Loading video...

Video Failed to Load

Go Home

โ€œ๐ˆ ๐–๐€๐’ ๐๐‘๐„๐“๐“๐˜ ๐‚๐„๐‘๐“๐€๐ˆ๐ ๐…๐‘๐Ž๐Œ ๐“๐‡๐„ ๐…๐”๐‘๐‹๐Ž๐๐† ๐“๐‡๐€๐“ ๐ˆ ๐–๐€๐’ ๐†๐Ž๐ˆ๐๐† ๐“๐Ž ๐†๐„๐“ ๐‡๐ˆ๐Œ ๐€๐๐ƒ ๐–๐ˆ๐.โ€ Billy Loughnane relives his superb ride aboard Bow Echo in the ยฃ1.5 million Group 1 Visit Qatar Sussex Stakes. From tracking Gstaad throughout, to waiting patiently for the gap before unleashing Bow Echoโ€™s...

Goodwood_Races's profile picture

Goodwood Racecourse

45,800 subscribers

23,378 views โ€ข 9 days ago โ€ขvia X (Twitter)

LIVE

Anya Rossiโ€ข Live Now

Private livecam show

0 Comments

No comments available

Comments from the original post will appear here

Related Videos

โ€œWhen you keep winning, every horse becomes your enemy.โ€ โ€” 2000 Arima Kinen, T. M. Opera O In the year 2000, T. M. Opera O, a horse of humble pedigree and purchased for a mere ten million yen, had already claimed every major race for which older horses were eligible. He had conquered the Tenno Sho (Spring), the Takarazuka Kinen, the Tenno Sho (Autumn), the Japan Cup. All that remained for his unprecedented clean sweep of these top-tier events, a feat never before achieved in the annals of Japanese racing, was victory in the Arima Kinen. There was nothing conventional about this horseโ€”its modest bloodline, the bargain price paid at auction, and an inexperienced young jockey at the reins. T. M. Opera O had remained undefeated that year, and his rivals had grown determined not to let him have his way any longer. To suffer defeat time and again at the hands of the same adversary was intolerable. Even to a casual spectator, something seemed off that day at the Arima Kinen. The pack bore down on T. M. Opera O from the start, hounding him with ruthless intent. On the first pass down the home stretch, the tension was so thick that even the spectators let out startled cries. So relentless was the pressure that T. M. Opera Oโ€™s owner would later remark, โ€œIt was enough to make both horse and jockey weep.โ€ As fate would have it, T. M. Opera O had struck his head that morning, handicapped by a nosebleed and rendered partially blind in one eye. As they rounded the final turn, the champion-to-be still lagged at the rear. The grandstands, normally a cacophony of cheers, were instead filled with anxious murmurs that day. โ€œItโ€™s over,โ€ many must have thought. Yet in that critical instant, a slender gap opened in the crowded field. T. M. Opera O seized his moment, surging through to accomplish a once-in-history perfect sweep of the prestigious races for older horses. It was a triumph forged in the crucible of adversity, both visible and hidden. After the race, Jockey Wada discovered that T. M. Opera Oโ€™s legs were covered in fresh, raw wounds inflicted by the surrounding packโ€™s assault. Overcome with tears, he felt both a profound gratitude to the horse who had refused to surrender and a stinging regret that he himself, as the race reached its most desperate phase, had nearly given up hopeโ€”reduced to clinging helplessly to T. M. Opera Oโ€™s back. Even in the winnerโ€™s interview, Wadaโ€™s smile remained stiff and uneasy, a testament to the depths of emotion stirred by that dayโ€™s ordeal.
3:33

โ€œWhen you keep winning, every horse becomes your enemy.โ€ โ€” 2000 Arima Kinen, T. M. Opera O In the year 2000, T. M. Opera O, a horse of humble pedigree and purchased for a mere ten million yen, had already claimed every major race for which older horses were eligible. He had conquered the Tenno Sho (Spring), the Takarazuka Kinen, the Tenno Sho (Autumn), the Japan Cup. All that remained for his unprecedented clean sweep of these top-tier events, a feat never before achieved in the annals of Japanese racing, was victory in the Arima Kinen. There was nothing conventional about this horseโ€”its modest bloodline, the bargain price paid at auction, and an inexperienced young jockey at the reins. T. M. Opera O had remained undefeated that year, and his rivals had grown determined not to let him have his way any longer. To suffer defeat time and again at the hands of the same adversary was intolerable. Even to a casual spectator, something seemed off that day at the Arima Kinen. The pack bore down on T. M. Opera O from the start, hounding him with ruthless intent. On the first pass down the home stretch, the tension was so thick that even the spectators let out startled cries. So relentless was the pressure that T. M. Opera Oโ€™s owner would later remark, โ€œIt was enough to make both horse and jockey weep.โ€ As fate would have it, T. M. Opera O had struck his head that morning, handicapped by a nosebleed and rendered partially blind in one eye. As they rounded the final turn, the champion-to-be still lagged at the rear. The grandstands, normally a cacophony of cheers, were instead filled with anxious murmurs that day. โ€œItโ€™s over,โ€ many must have thought. Yet in that critical instant, a slender gap opened in the crowded field. T. M. Opera O seized his moment, surging through to accomplish a once-in-history perfect sweep of the prestigious races for older horses. It was a triumph forged in the crucible of adversity, both visible and hidden. After the race, Jockey Wada discovered that T. M. Opera Oโ€™s legs were covered in fresh, raw wounds inflicted by the surrounding packโ€™s assault. Overcome with tears, he felt both a profound gratitude to the horse who had refused to surrender and a stinging regret that he himself, as the race reached its most desperate phase, had nearly given up hopeโ€”reduced to clinging helplessly to T. M. Opera Oโ€™s back. Even in the winnerโ€™s interview, Wadaโ€™s smile remained stiff and uneasy, a testament to the depths of emotion stirred by that dayโ€™s ordeal.

๐Š๐Ž๐๐“๐„๐๐€๐ŸŽ๐‚๐ซโ—‰๐ข๐ฑ_๐๐ฎ_๐โ—‰๐ซ๐

34,181 views โ€ข 1 year ago

โ€ก The Pacific Classic Result It was unfortunate that Nysos was scratched, but the result was interesting, with Fierceness, the 1.6/1 second-favorite, comfortably handling Journalism, the (overbet) 2/5 choice. That the odds of the remaining five runners ranged between 22/1 and 72/1, underscored the yawning gap in quality between the top pair and the rest. So it was clearly no surprise that the "also-rans" toiled in their wake. What was surprising, at least at first glance, was how well Fierceness appeared to handle less than ideal conditions. But on closer inspection, his trip was actually far less challenging than the vast majority of post-race takes have suggested. His having ducked in soon after the start, almost making contact with the temporary extension rail, could have been a disaster, but it wasn't, and its importance has arguably been overblown. I say that because it was not similar to the trouble that he had encountered early in some of his previous races, in that he was in his own space, and was neither bumped, constricted, nor otherwise intimidated by other runners. This is an important distinction, because the mental weakness that he had previously displayed was related to close encounters with other horses, and his ducking-in after the break did not fall into that category. Inexperienced horses may suffer from that type of self-inflicted event, but given a mature, experienced runner, they are almost always forgotten quickly, which was clearly the case here. The fact that it was a long race also helped to mitigate the event, as there was no need for the rider to panic, or feel pressure to make up ground immediately. It is even possible that the early ground loss actually helped Fierceness, as had he been drawn closer to the pace early, it could have rendered him vulnerable in the late stages of the race. At the same time, due to the inside post, and how the race unfolded, Johnny Velasquez, who has done such a brilliant job keeping Fierceness outside and clear of his rivals in his previous wins, was forced to make the best of racing inside of horses. I understand why some are tempted to argue that Fierceness displayed a new dimension, as there were no obvious signs of him having been intimidated, despite the inside trip. But while I am willing to consider the possibility that he has gained confidence, I remain skeptical of any significant change, in part because it would be highly unusual for a horse to overcome that type of mental weakness midway through its four-year-old season, and/or in its 13th start. I also remain unconvinced for more subtle reasons. First, Fierceness was never bounced around, and with the possible exception of the first turn, he was never forced to race in especially tight quarters. Secondly, the rhythm of the race, after the initial duck-in, was actually smooth, and therefore beneficial to him. To understand why the above points are important, consider that Fierceness was never, so to speak, allergic to racing inside, but was more likely to face contact, be squeezed into a tight space, or have his rhythm thrown off when breaking from an inside post. In contrast, when breaking from an outside post, JV has invariably been able to place him clear of the pack, and in a comfortable, stalking rhythm. Fierceness is also essentially a free-runner, with a "light" mouth, and as such performs best when his rider allows him to dictate his own rhythm and pace. That is why, for example, Johnny V was not at all responsible for his loss in the Breeders' Cup Classic, as he is not the type of horse that a rider can take a strong hold of in order to restrain him further off of the pace, as that would discourage him. And to the great credit of both JV and Todd Pletcher, they picked up on this early on, and have done a superb job mitigating the colt's limitations, and maximizing his potential. In the Pacific Classic, despite racing on the inside, Johnny V remained cool and calm, and gave Fierceness another masterful ride. He and the colt's connections did benefit though, as none of his rivals, either intentionally or not, tightened things up significantly, or otherwise disrupted his rhythm. In fact, quite the opposite. Having tracked comfortably through much of the race, and with space around him, Fierceness displayed his trademark spurt on the final turn. And while the pan shot may suggest that he slipped though a tight opening, it was more like the red sea parting, as the embedded head-on view illustrates. If you are able to view the full head-on replay, you will find that despite racing inside, Fierceness actually enjoyed quite a comfortable trip, after the eventful few strides. A more subtle indication that we were watching the same horse as in his previous races comes :12-14 seconds into the embedded clip. When he was about to take the lead, he cocked his head to the right, as if he may have been worried about the horse outside of him. He was able to draw away from that one so quickly that it was ultimately of no practical consequence, but I would say that it implies that he hasn't suddenly developed the heart of a lion. *** Two qualities that have been crucial to Fierceness' success are his tactical speed, coupled with the separation that he produces on the final turn of his (two-turn) races. His ability to take command at that crucial stage has served him very well, particularly in his narrow win over Thorpedo Anna, and it was again on display in the Pacific Classic. A big part of the reason why that move has been such an important part of his arsenal is that it typically allows his him to take a "breather", before digging deep in an effort to fend off any late dangers. I encourage you to watch the (pan) replay of the Pacific Classic, and focus on Johnny V from around the 3/8th pole to the head of the stretch, as he was sitting like the proverbial statue. So for at least a furlong and a half, Fierceness was on cruise control, while Journalism, his only danger, was under pressure to make up ground, in an attempt to simply reach striking distance. But with all due credit to Fierceness and his rider for having produced fine efforts in the Pacific Classic, was this really an exceptionally outstanding performance, or was it at least partly a reflection of his only serious rival failing to run his best? I'm inclined to argue the latter. Despite Journalism having produced an unusually good 3yo campaign, capped by three Gr. I wins, including a Classic success in the Preakness, and never finishing worse than second, there have been some lingering questions. One of them is whether he is actually as well-suited to 10f. as he is to 8-9f. races. Yes, he was beaten in his two previous tries over 10f. by Sovereignty, a better horse. But in each race he was able to gain first-run on that one, an advantage that is typically difficult to overcome, yet lost ground late to the winner both times, and to Baeza as well, in the KY Derby. Some have suggested that he may have a tendency to loaf when in front, but I haven't seen any compelling evidence of that. And such horses typically dig in when passed, in efforts to re-engage, which we haven't seen, at least overtly, from Journalism. He also drew away from his rivals late in his first three wins. Alex Evers made this interesting comment about the kickback in the Pacific Classic: "I've photographed racing for 20 years, I've never seen kick back knock a jockeys goggles off like this." Here is a link to his supporting photos, which are typically excellent: Could that have discouraged Journalism? I suppose that it could have been an impediment, but he is such a tough and honest horse, that I would be surprised to learn that it was a meaningful factor. By contemporary standards, Journalism has also had a busy campaign, having raced a touch over once per month since March, all but one of which in Grade I events, and four times well away from his home base. So it is possible that he is beginning to feel the effects of those races, and travels. I have also noted that from a Beyer figure standpoint, he hasn't really moved forward, and it's worth noting that in contrast to Sovereignty and Baeza, both of which were late (May) foals, Journalism was a February foal, and may not have had quite as much room to improve. I don't know why he lagged so far behind in the early stages of the Pacific Classic, or if there was any tactical intention behind it. I had previously suggested that it might make sense to ride him more patiently, a tactic that is sometimes adopted when there are questions about a horse staying a trip. But I didn't notice any improved late kick, so it's difficult to interpret the performance. Fierceness earned a 107 Beyer figure for his victory, slower than his best three races last year, and merely equivalent to his comeback victory in the Gr. II Alysheba at Churchill Downs, in May. That doesn't suggest that it was a particularly outstanding performance. Journalism was given a 102, which implies that the return to his home court did not catalyze any notable forward move. *** I would say that there is one relevant pattern that has emerged, namely that Fierceness has an apparent affinity for the faster, high energy return track surfaces in California. He has now contested three races in CA (Beyer): 1st Breeders' Cup Juvenile (105) 2nd Breeders' Cup Classic (111) 1st Pacific Classic (107) It's also interesting to compare the colt's first and last half-mile fractions in his effort in last year's BCC, and the PC, both contested at Del Mar over 10f.: BCC โ€“ :45 1/5 โ€ข :51 3/5 PC โ€“ :46 1/5 โ€ข :50 2/5 Predictably, he finished better in the PC, thanks to more manageable early fractions. But would a repeat of that effort be nearly sufficient to win this year's Classic? Given the various points noted above, coupled with Sovereignty's continued improvement, and seemingly bottomless stamina, I would be inclined to say no. And that's before even factoring Sierra Leone, Mindframe, Forever Young, et al, into the conversation. But setting aside all of the fine parsing, I'm happy to congratulate Repole Stable, and Fierceness' other connections, for having shipped to California, and for being rewarded with an exciting, winning effort. Assuming that the colt makes it to the Breeders' Cup Classic in good order, he should minimally add spice to the race, and who knows, perhaps even provide a serious challenge to knock Sovereignty off of his current throne.
0:24

โ€ก The Pacific Classic Result It was unfortunate that Nysos was scratched, but the result was interesting, with Fierceness, the 1.6/1 second-favorite, comfortably handling Journalism, the (overbet) 2/5 choice. That the odds of the remaining five runners ranged between 22/1 and 72/1, underscored the yawning gap in quality between the top pair and the rest. So it was clearly no surprise that the "also-rans" toiled in their wake. What was surprising, at least at first glance, was how well Fierceness appeared to handle less than ideal conditions. But on closer inspection, his trip was actually far less challenging than the vast majority of post-race takes have suggested. His having ducked in soon after the start, almost making contact with the temporary extension rail, could have been a disaster, but it wasn't, and its importance has arguably been overblown. I say that because it was not similar to the trouble that he had encountered early in some of his previous races, in that he was in his own space, and was neither bumped, constricted, nor otherwise intimidated by other runners. This is an important distinction, because the mental weakness that he had previously displayed was related to close encounters with other horses, and his ducking-in after the break did not fall into that category. Inexperienced horses may suffer from that type of self-inflicted event, but given a mature, experienced runner, they are almost always forgotten quickly, which was clearly the case here. The fact that it was a long race also helped to mitigate the event, as there was no need for the rider to panic, or feel pressure to make up ground immediately. It is even possible that the early ground loss actually helped Fierceness, as had he been drawn closer to the pace early, it could have rendered him vulnerable in the late stages of the race. At the same time, due to the inside post, and how the race unfolded, Johnny Velasquez, who has done such a brilliant job keeping Fierceness outside and clear of his rivals in his previous wins, was forced to make the best of racing inside of horses. I understand why some are tempted to argue that Fierceness displayed a new dimension, as there were no obvious signs of him having been intimidated, despite the inside trip. But while I am willing to consider the possibility that he has gained confidence, I remain skeptical of any significant change, in part because it would be highly unusual for a horse to overcome that type of mental weakness midway through its four-year-old season, and/or in its 13th start. I also remain unconvinced for more subtle reasons. First, Fierceness was never bounced around, and with the possible exception of the first turn, he was never forced to race in especially tight quarters. Secondly, the rhythm of the race, after the initial duck-in, was actually smooth, and therefore beneficial to him. To understand why the above points are important, consider that Fierceness was never, so to speak, allergic to racing inside, but was more likely to face contact, be squeezed into a tight space, or have his rhythm thrown off when breaking from an inside post. In contrast, when breaking from an outside post, JV has invariably been able to place him clear of the pack, and in a comfortable, stalking rhythm. Fierceness is also essentially a free-runner, with a "light" mouth, and as such performs best when his rider allows him to dictate his own rhythm and pace. That is why, for example, Johnny V was not at all responsible for his loss in the Breeders' Cup Classic, as he is not the type of horse that a rider can take a strong hold of in order to restrain him further off of the pace, as that would discourage him. And to the great credit of both JV and Todd Pletcher, they picked up on this early on, and have done a superb job mitigating the colt's limitations, and maximizing his potential. In the Pacific Classic, despite racing on the inside, Johnny V remained cool and calm, and gave Fierceness another masterful ride. He and the colt's connections did benefit though, as none of his rivals, either intentionally or not, tightened things up significantly, or otherwise disrupted his rhythm. In fact, quite the opposite. Having tracked comfortably through much of the race, and with space around him, Fierceness displayed his trademark spurt on the final turn. And while the pan shot may suggest that he slipped though a tight opening, it was more like the red sea parting, as the embedded head-on view illustrates. If you are able to view the full head-on replay, you will find that despite racing inside, Fierceness actually enjoyed quite a comfortable trip, after the eventful few strides. A more subtle indication that we were watching the same horse as in his previous races comes :12-14 seconds into the embedded clip. When he was about to take the lead, he cocked his head to the right, as if he may have been worried about the horse outside of him. He was able to draw away from that one so quickly that it was ultimately of no practical consequence, but I would say that it implies that he hasn't suddenly developed the heart of a lion. *** Two qualities that have been crucial to Fierceness' success are his tactical speed, coupled with the separation that he produces on the final turn of his (two-turn) races. His ability to take command at that crucial stage has served him very well, particularly in his narrow win over Thorpedo Anna, and it was again on display in the Pacific Classic. A big part of the reason why that move has been such an important part of his arsenal is that it typically allows his him to take a "breather", before digging deep in an effort to fend off any late dangers. I encourage you to watch the (pan) replay of the Pacific Classic, and focus on Johnny V from around the 3/8th pole to the head of the stretch, as he was sitting like the proverbial statue. So for at least a furlong and a half, Fierceness was on cruise control, while Journalism, his only danger, was under pressure to make up ground, in an attempt to simply reach striking distance. But with all due credit to Fierceness and his rider for having produced fine efforts in the Pacific Classic, was this really an exceptionally outstanding performance, or was it at least partly a reflection of his only serious rival failing to run his best? I'm inclined to argue the latter. Despite Journalism having produced an unusually good 3yo campaign, capped by three Gr. I wins, including a Classic success in the Preakness, and never finishing worse than second, there have been some lingering questions. One of them is whether he is actually as well-suited to 10f. as he is to 8-9f. races. Yes, he was beaten in his two previous tries over 10f. by Sovereignty, a better horse. But in each race he was able to gain first-run on that one, an advantage that is typically difficult to overcome, yet lost ground late to the winner both times, and to Baeza as well, in the KY Derby. Some have suggested that he may have a tendency to loaf when in front, but I haven't seen any compelling evidence of that. And such horses typically dig in when passed, in efforts to re-engage, which we haven't seen, at least overtly, from Journalism. He also drew away from his rivals late in his first three wins. Alex Evers made this interesting comment about the kickback in the Pacific Classic: "I've photographed racing for 20 years, I've never seen kick back knock a jockeys goggles off like this." Here is a link to his supporting photos, which are typically excellent: Could that have discouraged Journalism? I suppose that it could have been an impediment, but he is such a tough and honest horse, that I would be surprised to learn that it was a meaningful factor. By contemporary standards, Journalism has also had a busy campaign, having raced a touch over once per month since March, all but one of which in Grade I events, and four times well away from his home base. So it is possible that he is beginning to feel the effects of those races, and travels. I have also noted that from a Beyer figure standpoint, he hasn't really moved forward, and it's worth noting that in contrast to Sovereignty and Baeza, both of which were late (May) foals, Journalism was a February foal, and may not have had quite as much room to improve. I don't know why he lagged so far behind in the early stages of the Pacific Classic, or if there was any tactical intention behind it. I had previously suggested that it might make sense to ride him more patiently, a tactic that is sometimes adopted when there are questions about a horse staying a trip. But I didn't notice any improved late kick, so it's difficult to interpret the performance. Fierceness earned a 107 Beyer figure for his victory, slower than his best three races last year, and merely equivalent to his comeback victory in the Gr. II Alysheba at Churchill Downs, in May. That doesn't suggest that it was a particularly outstanding performance. Journalism was given a 102, which implies that the return to his home court did not catalyze any notable forward move. *** I would say that there is one relevant pattern that has emerged, namely that Fierceness has an apparent affinity for the faster, high energy return track surfaces in California. He has now contested three races in CA (Beyer): 1st Breeders' Cup Juvenile (105) 2nd Breeders' Cup Classic (111) 1st Pacific Classic (107) It's also interesting to compare the colt's first and last half-mile fractions in his effort in last year's BCC, and the PC, both contested at Del Mar over 10f.: BCC โ€“ :45 1/5 โ€ข :51 3/5 PC โ€“ :46 1/5 โ€ข :50 2/5 Predictably, he finished better in the PC, thanks to more manageable early fractions. But would a repeat of that effort be nearly sufficient to win this year's Classic? Given the various points noted above, coupled with Sovereignty's continued improvement, and seemingly bottomless stamina, I would be inclined to say no. And that's before even factoring Sierra Leone, Mindframe, Forever Young, et al, into the conversation. But setting aside all of the fine parsing, I'm happy to congratulate Repole Stable, and Fierceness' other connections, for having shipped to California, and for being rewarded with an exciting, winning effort. Assuming that the colt makes it to the Breeders' Cup Classic in good order, he should minimally add spice to the race, and who knows, perhaps even provide a serious challenge to knock Sovereignty off of his current throne.

Tinky

10,516 views โ€ข 11 months ago

๐Ÿ”ŠUNBELIEVERS: ONE MORE TIMEโ€”DON'T CLOSE YOUR EARS!! The tribulation is coming, and you are completely unprepared for whatโ€™s around the corner! It will be the worst time in all of history, and you have no idea whatโ€™s coming. God is about to unleash His judgment on this world, and NO ONE will stop Him. The 7-year tribulation will soon begin, but before that, He will come to take His Church OUT of this world. IT'S TIME TO TURN TO JESUS!! ๐Ÿ”ฅTimes are about to change once the Church is removed! The world as we know it will come to an end and it will face the 7-year tribulation. ๐Ÿ“œIt's all written in the book of Revelation which is a letter written by Jesus to His Church, where He tells us HOW He will judge and unveil His divine nature to this world after being hidden for 6,000 years. He opens the scroll and breaks the seals, revealing what is about to happen. โš ๏ธSNEAK PEEK OF WHAT'S COMING UP! ๐Ÿ‘‰๐ŸผFirst, Jesus will descend from heaven to resurrect and rapture His Church. All believers who have died in Him will be raised from the dead, and then, those of us who are still alive will be taken to heaven to be the Lord. The world will try to spin it as if it's related to aliens or some other fabricated storyโ€”do NOT be deceived! Remember, it's written: ๐Ÿ“– "For the Lord Himself will descend from heaven with a shout, with the voice of an archangel, and with the trumpet of God. And the dead in Christ will rise first. Then we who are alive and remain shall be caught up together with them in the clouds to meet the Lord in the air. And thus we shall always be with the Lord." 1 Thess 4:15-17 ๐Ÿ–Š๏ธAfter the Church is taken away, the Antichrist will emerge and will sign a 7-year peace agreement with Israel allowing them to rebuild the third temple. This agreement will mark the beginning of the 7-year tribulation. It will be a time of great trouble, the worst the world has ever seen! ๐Ÿ‘‰๐ŸผDuring this time, according to the Book of Revelation, God will unleash 21 divine judgments upon the Earth, leading to the death of over half the world's population. These judgments will include turning both the seas and fresh drinking water into blood and causing the sun and moon to lose their light. ๐Ÿ“œTHIS IS HOW IT WILL UNFOLD: ๐Ÿ‘‰๐Ÿผ Seven Seals: 1/4 of the worldโ€™s population dies. (Revelation 6) 1. The White Horse (Antichrist-false peace). 2. The Red Horse (War). 3. The Black Horse (Drought/Famine/Economic disaster). 4. The Pale Horse (Plague/Disease). 5. Martyrdom of those who refuse to worship the beast (The Tribulation saints massacre). 6. A massive earthquake reshapes the earth. 7. Silence in Heaven. ๐Ÿ‘‰๐Ÿผ Seven Trumpets: 1/3 of the worldโ€™s population dies. (Revelation 8-11) 1. Hail and fire mixed with blood. 2. A great mountain cast into the sea. 3. Wormwood โ€” a meteor that poisons a third of the drinking water. 4. A third of the sun, moon, and stars darkened (great cold and darkness) 5. First Woe (Those who accept the mark suffer under a plague of demonic locusts). 6. Second Woe (one-third of mankind killed by a demon army). 7. Third Woe (Lightning, Voices, Thunder, an Earthquake, and Great hail.) ๐Ÿ‘‰๐Ÿผ Seven Vials/Bowls (Revelation 16) 1. Grievous Sores on those who take the mark of the beast. 2. The rest of the seas turn to blood. 3. Rivers and fountains turned to blood. 4. Great heat. 5. Great darkness over the earth. 6. The Euphrates River dries up. 7. A Massive earthquake and vast earth changes. ๐Ÿ•žDuring the midpoint of the tribulation, 3.5 years after the Antichrist signs the deal with Israel, he will sit in the temple, declaring himself as God and demanding to be worshipped. Israel will realize they've been deceived and seek refuge. If you're still here during this time, DO NOT ACCEPT THE MARK OF THE BEAST, it will be your doom, and you will go straight to hell! ๐Ÿ‘‰๐Ÿผ The Battle of Armageddon (Revelation 19) At the conclusion of the seven years, the Beast's armies, alongside the kings from the east, assemble in the Megiddo Valley (Israel) with the intent to annihilate the remaining Jewish population. At this moment Christ will return in power and glory, accompanied by the Armies of Heaven. Together, they defeat the evil armies, securing the final victory! ๐Ÿ‘‰๐Ÿผ The Judgment of the Nations (Matthew 25) Christ judges the remaining nations. This will be the end of the 6,000 years and a new era will begin for this world. ๐Ÿ‘‰๐ŸผTHE MILLENIAL KINGDOM: Christ will reign on the throne of David in Israel, ruling over the earth for a thousand years. During this time, the world will be freed from the curse of sin, and it will become a peaceful place, as it was originally intended to be from the beginning! ๐Ÿ”ฅAs far as our understanding goes, without salvation, all those who rejected Him will be sent to Hades (Luke 16:22โ€“23) upon death, where they will experience an excruciating time waiting for the end of the 7-year tribulation and the 1,000-year millennial period when Jesus will rule on Earth. ๐Ÿ’ฃAfter this, Satan who was bound will be released, and he will revolt against God again, but his rebellion will be finally defeated. At that point, the Bible tells us that he will be thrown into the lake of fire (Revelation 19: 19-20; 20:7-10). Then everyone who has died, whether they were important or not who rejected Christ and His cross, will face God at the "Great White Throne" (Revelation 20:11โ€“15). ๐Ÿ‘‰๐ŸผNext, "the books" described in Revelation 20: 12 will be opened. These books hold records of everyone's deeds, whether good or evil. It's crucial to understand that God knows everything that has ever been said, done or even thought. Using this information, God will fairly judge each person based on their actions. ๐Ÿ“•Another book will be opened at this moment, known as the "Book of Life" (Revelation 20: 12). This specific book plays a crucial role in deciding whether a person will receive eternal life with God or endure eternal punishment in the lake of fire. ๐Ÿ”ฅOn this horrific day, all those who are not morally perfect and have rejected the free gift of salvation in Christ, His cross, will be thrown into hell, known as the lake of fire. Their fate will be sealed, and there will be NO HOPE of ever getting out! (Revelation 20:13) ๐Ÿ‘‰๐ŸผI don't share any of these terrible things with you to scare you, but to awaken you to the reality you face. The most important decision of your entire life is where you put your trust. Jesus is the way, the truth, and the life! He died so you can spend eternity at His side! ๐Ÿ‘‰๐ŸผGod says: ๐Ÿ“–" โ€˜As I live,โ€™ says the Lord God, โ€˜I have no pleasure in the death of the wicked, but that the wicked turn from his way and live. Turn, turn from your evil ways! For why should you die, O house of Israel?" Ezekiel 33:11 โœ๏ธReady or not, the world as we know it is coming to an end, and at the end of that road, we will ALL face HIS cross. At that point, our future will depend on ONE decision we make here on Earth โ€” choosing Jesus! Jesus Christ is Lord! ๐Ÿ”šAt the end of that road, it will not matter what your opinion of Jesus is anymore. The Bible states that "every knee will bow and every tongue will confess that Jesus Christ is Lord." ๐Ÿ”Š At the cross is where it all ends for every person who has ever lived. The most important decision that you could ever make in your life is to believe in Jesus, this is where our life truly begins! ๐Ÿ”ŠTURN to HIM BEFORE YOUR FATE IS SEALED! DON'T REFUSE HIS INVITATION!! Jesus is coming for His Church to rescue us from those horrific 7 years of tribulation that the world must endure. We are at the end of the road! ๐Ÿ‘‡๐Ÿผ๐Ÿ‘‡๐Ÿผ๐Ÿ‘‡๐Ÿผ โš ๏ธBelieve Jesus is the Son of God, who shed His blood for you, and died on the cross for our sins, He was buried and resurrected during the third day, according to the Scriptures, so we can have eternal life with Him. The moment you believe in Him and that He died for your sins - you're saved, justified, sealed until the day of redemption, and rapture ready! The Holy Spirit will come to live inside of you - He will help you, guide you, change you, and be with you FOREVER! ๐Ÿ“–"For God so loved the world that He gave His only begotten Son, that whoever believes in Him should not perish but have everlasting life." For God did not send His Son into the world to condemn the world, but that the world through Him might be saved. He who believes in Him is not condemned; but he who does not believe is condemned already, because he has not believed in the name of the only begotten Son of God." (John 3:16-18) ๏ธตโ€ฟ๏ธตโ€ฟ๏ธตโ€ฟ๏ธต๏ธตโ€ฟ๏ธตโ€ฟ๏ธตโ€ฟ๏ธต๏ธตโ€ฟ๏ธตโ€ฟ๏ธตโ€ฟ Maranatha!๐Ÿค๐Ÿค๐Ÿค
0:55

๐Ÿ”ŠUNBELIEVERS: ONE MORE TIMEโ€”DON'T CLOSE YOUR EARS!! The tribulation is coming, and you are completely unprepared for whatโ€™s around the corner! It will be the worst time in all of history, and you have no idea whatโ€™s coming. God is about to unleash His judgment on this world, and NO ONE will stop Him. The 7-year tribulation will soon begin, but before that, He will come to take His Church OUT of this world. IT'S TIME TO TURN TO JESUS!! ๐Ÿ”ฅTimes are about to change once the Church is removed! The world as we know it will come to an end and it will face the 7-year tribulation. ๐Ÿ“œIt's all written in the book of Revelation which is a letter written by Jesus to His Church, where He tells us HOW He will judge and unveil His divine nature to this world after being hidden for 6,000 years. He opens the scroll and breaks the seals, revealing what is about to happen. โš ๏ธSNEAK PEEK OF WHAT'S COMING UP! ๐Ÿ‘‰๐ŸผFirst, Jesus will descend from heaven to resurrect and rapture His Church. All believers who have died in Him will be raised from the dead, and then, those of us who are still alive will be taken to heaven to be the Lord. The world will try to spin it as if it's related to aliens or some other fabricated storyโ€”do NOT be deceived! Remember, it's written: ๐Ÿ“– "For the Lord Himself will descend from heaven with a shout, with the voice of an archangel, and with the trumpet of God. And the dead in Christ will rise first. Then we who are alive and remain shall be caught up together with them in the clouds to meet the Lord in the air. And thus we shall always be with the Lord." 1 Thess 4:15-17 ๐Ÿ–Š๏ธAfter the Church is taken away, the Antichrist will emerge and will sign a 7-year peace agreement with Israel allowing them to rebuild the third temple. This agreement will mark the beginning of the 7-year tribulation. It will be a time of great trouble, the worst the world has ever seen! ๐Ÿ‘‰๐ŸผDuring this time, according to the Book of Revelation, God will unleash 21 divine judgments upon the Earth, leading to the death of over half the world's population. These judgments will include turning both the seas and fresh drinking water into blood and causing the sun and moon to lose their light. ๐Ÿ“œTHIS IS HOW IT WILL UNFOLD: ๐Ÿ‘‰๐Ÿผ Seven Seals: 1/4 of the worldโ€™s population dies. (Revelation 6) 1. The White Horse (Antichrist-false peace). 2. The Red Horse (War). 3. The Black Horse (Drought/Famine/Economic disaster). 4. The Pale Horse (Plague/Disease). 5. Martyrdom of those who refuse to worship the beast (The Tribulation saints massacre). 6. A massive earthquake reshapes the earth. 7. Silence in Heaven. ๐Ÿ‘‰๐Ÿผ Seven Trumpets: 1/3 of the worldโ€™s population dies. (Revelation 8-11) 1. Hail and fire mixed with blood. 2. A great mountain cast into the sea. 3. Wormwood โ€” a meteor that poisons a third of the drinking water. 4. A third of the sun, moon, and stars darkened (great cold and darkness) 5. First Woe (Those who accept the mark suffer under a plague of demonic locusts). 6. Second Woe (one-third of mankind killed by a demon army). 7. Third Woe (Lightning, Voices, Thunder, an Earthquake, and Great hail.) ๐Ÿ‘‰๐Ÿผ Seven Vials/Bowls (Revelation 16) 1. Grievous Sores on those who take the mark of the beast. 2. The rest of the seas turn to blood. 3. Rivers and fountains turned to blood. 4. Great heat. 5. Great darkness over the earth. 6. The Euphrates River dries up. 7. A Massive earthquake and vast earth changes. ๐Ÿ•žDuring the midpoint of the tribulation, 3.5 years after the Antichrist signs the deal with Israel, he will sit in the temple, declaring himself as God and demanding to be worshipped. Israel will realize they've been deceived and seek refuge. If you're still here during this time, DO NOT ACCEPT THE MARK OF THE BEAST, it will be your doom, and you will go straight to hell! ๐Ÿ‘‰๐Ÿผ The Battle of Armageddon (Revelation 19) At the conclusion of the seven years, the Beast's armies, alongside the kings from the east, assemble in the Megiddo Valley (Israel) with the intent to annihilate the remaining Jewish population. At this moment Christ will return in power and glory, accompanied by the Armies of Heaven. Together, they defeat the evil armies, securing the final victory! ๐Ÿ‘‰๐Ÿผ The Judgment of the Nations (Matthew 25) Christ judges the remaining nations. This will be the end of the 6,000 years and a new era will begin for this world. ๐Ÿ‘‰๐ŸผTHE MILLENIAL KINGDOM: Christ will reign on the throne of David in Israel, ruling over the earth for a thousand years. During this time, the world will be freed from the curse of sin, and it will become a peaceful place, as it was originally intended to be from the beginning! ๐Ÿ”ฅAs far as our understanding goes, without salvation, all those who rejected Him will be sent to Hades (Luke 16:22โ€“23) upon death, where they will experience an excruciating time waiting for the end of the 7-year tribulation and the 1,000-year millennial period when Jesus will rule on Earth. ๐Ÿ’ฃAfter this, Satan who was bound will be released, and he will revolt against God again, but his rebellion will be finally defeated. At that point, the Bible tells us that he will be thrown into the lake of fire (Revelation 19: 19-20; 20:7-10). Then everyone who has died, whether they were important or not who rejected Christ and His cross, will face God at the "Great White Throne" (Revelation 20:11โ€“15). ๐Ÿ‘‰๐ŸผNext, "the books" described in Revelation 20: 12 will be opened. These books hold records of everyone's deeds, whether good or evil. It's crucial to understand that God knows everything that has ever been said, done or even thought. Using this information, God will fairly judge each person based on their actions. ๐Ÿ“•Another book will be opened at this moment, known as the "Book of Life" (Revelation 20: 12). This specific book plays a crucial role in deciding whether a person will receive eternal life with God or endure eternal punishment in the lake of fire. ๐Ÿ”ฅOn this horrific day, all those who are not morally perfect and have rejected the free gift of salvation in Christ, His cross, will be thrown into hell, known as the lake of fire. Their fate will be sealed, and there will be NO HOPE of ever getting out! (Revelation 20:13) ๐Ÿ‘‰๐ŸผI don't share any of these terrible things with you to scare you, but to awaken you to the reality you face. The most important decision of your entire life is where you put your trust. Jesus is the way, the truth, and the life! He died so you can spend eternity at His side! ๐Ÿ‘‰๐ŸผGod says: ๐Ÿ“–" โ€˜As I live,โ€™ says the Lord God, โ€˜I have no pleasure in the death of the wicked, but that the wicked turn from his way and live. Turn, turn from your evil ways! For why should you die, O house of Israel?" Ezekiel 33:11 โœ๏ธReady or not, the world as we know it is coming to an end, and at the end of that road, we will ALL face HIS cross. At that point, our future will depend on ONE decision we make here on Earth โ€” choosing Jesus! Jesus Christ is Lord! ๐Ÿ”šAt the end of that road, it will not matter what your opinion of Jesus is anymore. The Bible states that "every knee will bow and every tongue will confess that Jesus Christ is Lord." ๐Ÿ”Š At the cross is where it all ends for every person who has ever lived. The most important decision that you could ever make in your life is to believe in Jesus, this is where our life truly begins! ๐Ÿ”ŠTURN to HIM BEFORE YOUR FATE IS SEALED! DON'T REFUSE HIS INVITATION!! Jesus is coming for His Church to rescue us from those horrific 7 years of tribulation that the world must endure. We are at the end of the road! ๐Ÿ‘‡๐Ÿผ๐Ÿ‘‡๐Ÿผ๐Ÿ‘‡๐Ÿผ โš ๏ธBelieve Jesus is the Son of God, who shed His blood for you, and died on the cross for our sins, He was buried and resurrected during the third day, according to the Scriptures, so we can have eternal life with Him. The moment you believe in Him and that He died for your sins - you're saved, justified, sealed until the day of redemption, and rapture ready! The Holy Spirit will come to live inside of you - He will help you, guide you, change you, and be with you FOREVER! ๐Ÿ“–"For God so loved the world that He gave His only begotten Son, that whoever believes in Him should not perish but have everlasting life." For God did not send His Son into the world to condemn the world, but that the world through Him might be saved. He who believes in Him is not condemned; but he who does not believe is condemned already, because he has not believed in the name of the only begotten Son of God." (John 3:16-18) ๏ธตโ€ฟ๏ธตโ€ฟ๏ธตโ€ฟ๏ธต๏ธตโ€ฟ๏ธตโ€ฟ๏ธตโ€ฟ๏ธต๏ธตโ€ฟ๏ธตโ€ฟ๏ธตโ€ฟ Maranatha!๐Ÿค๐Ÿค๐Ÿค

Maranatha777

15,233 views โ€ข 11 months ago

This Chinese guy created agents in Claude Code for landing pages and single-handedly serves 47 small businesses a month, taking $400 from each. He built a system of 7 agents on Claude Sonnet 4.6 that analyzes Google Maps in small towns, finds small businesses without websites there, and over 1 weekend takes each one to a finished mockup with video and cold message. No assistant, no sales team, no SDR. Just him, a MacBook, an iPhone, and 1 API key. And traditional web design agencies keep teams of 8 people on salary for the same order flow, while his expenses are only tokens and subscriptions to Lovable, Higgsfield, and Calendly. 7 agents work through 1 orchestrator on Claude Code Router. Usage is about 3 million tokens a day, the average API bill is about $480 a month. All 7 go through MCP servers and write shared state to the file system, without shared state in memory and without race conditions, and 1 of them lives right in the iPhone and picks up positive replies from the subway, a taxi, or on walks. And here is the system prompt he put into the orchestrator before launch: "You are the orchestrator of a solo agency that sells ready-made websites to local businesses. You delegate read-only tasks to 6 sub-agents and own all writes. sub-agents: // Scout (walks through Google Maps in selected cities, looks for narrow niches: 5+ years on the map, fewer than 50 reviews, no website or a website from 2014, but high ratings) // Diagnoser (for each lead writes a 50-word diagnosis, hero angle, tone matched to the industry, and a cold message under 70 words) // Builder (generates a landing page mockup in Lovable through MCP only for the top 5 leads per day, with the sharpest diagnoses and the biggest gap) // Filmer (pulls 5 screenshots of the mockup and through Higgsfield renders a 10-second vertical video 1080x1920 with a soft zoom) // Pitcher (sends a personalized cold message through the right channel for the niche: email to roofers, SMS to tradesmen, IG DM to salons, LinkedIn to realtors) // Checker (runs every message through evals for personalization, absence of AI markers and buzzwords before sending) // Mobile (lives in the iPhone, handles positive replies in real time, books Zoom calls in Calendly through MCP while the owner is on the go). You never let 2 sub-agents touch 1 lead. You stop and request approval from the human only when a deal exceeds $3,000 or the reply rate in a niche for the day drops below 12%." Meaning the system knows what it is and within what boundaries it is allowed to act. It knows it is supposed to find leads on its own. It knows it is supposed to take each one to a mockup, video, and cold message without intervention. It knows the human only steps in when a deal goes above $3,000 or the reply rate stops converging. โ†’ The system runs 24 hours a day โ†’ Scout goes through about 220 local businesses on Google Maps per day and leaves 30 new leads in the queue โ†’ Diagnoser outputs 30 structured diagnoses + briefs + cold messages per day โ†’ Builder assembles 3 to 5 finished landing pages in Lovable for the sharpest leads โ†’ Filmer renders a 10-second vertical video in Higgsfield for each one โ†’ Pitcher sends 30 personalized messages per day across 4 channels with a reply rate of about 14% โ†’ Checker runs every message through evals before sending And only when a deal breaks $3,000 or the reply rate for the day drops below 12% does the orchestrator wake the owner. And when the owner at that moment is sitting in the subway or a taxi, the Mobile agent in his iPhone picks up 1 move on its own: replies to a fresh positive reply from a dentist, books a Zoom through Calendly synced to the local time of the client, and puts the lead back in the queue. The owner only has to tap "approve" and in just 10 minutes join the call. Here is what the system writes in his log during 1 of the Saturdays: "scout report: 218 businesses checked in Austin, Denver, and Miami, 34 without a website, 19 with a website from 2014, 6 with an active redesign request in reviews. passing top 30 to diagnoser." "pitcher: 30 cold messages sent across 4 channels, 14 replies, 5 positive, 3 Zoom calls booked for Sunday. passing to closer." "builder: landing page for Westside Cosmetic Dentistry built in Lovable, 5 sections, mobile, soft beige. URL placed at /Users/dev/maps-agency/clients/westside/v1. filmer launching Higgsfield." "eval flag: deal with The Lotus Salon at $3,400 exceeds the approved limit of $3,000. sending for manual review." He has no server of his own and no separate backend. Just a local file sandbox at /Users/dev/maps-agency, an MCP router, 1 API key to Claude, and the same key forwarded to Claude Code on his iPhone. Out of everything I have seen this year, this is the cleanest one-person agency for selling websites to small businesses: $480 a month on the API, about $18,800 into the account, and between them 7 prompts, 1 file system, and 1 phone in the pocket.
2:02

This Chinese guy created agents in Claude Code for landing pages and single-handedly serves 47 small businesses a month, taking $400 from each. He built a system of 7 agents on Claude Sonnet 4.6 that analyzes Google Maps in small towns, finds small businesses without websites there, and over 1 weekend takes each one to a finished mockup with video and cold message. No assistant, no sales team, no SDR. Just him, a MacBook, an iPhone, and 1 API key. And traditional web design agencies keep teams of 8 people on salary for the same order flow, while his expenses are only tokens and subscriptions to Lovable, Higgsfield, and Calendly. 7 agents work through 1 orchestrator on Claude Code Router. Usage is about 3 million tokens a day, the average API bill is about $480 a month. All 7 go through MCP servers and write shared state to the file system, without shared state in memory and without race conditions, and 1 of them lives right in the iPhone and picks up positive replies from the subway, a taxi, or on walks. And here is the system prompt he put into the orchestrator before launch: "You are the orchestrator of a solo agency that sells ready-made websites to local businesses. You delegate read-only tasks to 6 sub-agents and own all writes. sub-agents: // Scout (walks through Google Maps in selected cities, looks for narrow niches: 5+ years on the map, fewer than 50 reviews, no website or a website from 2014, but high ratings) // Diagnoser (for each lead writes a 50-word diagnosis, hero angle, tone matched to the industry, and a cold message under 70 words) // Builder (generates a landing page mockup in Lovable through MCP only for the top 5 leads per day, with the sharpest diagnoses and the biggest gap) // Filmer (pulls 5 screenshots of the mockup and through Higgsfield renders a 10-second vertical video 1080x1920 with a soft zoom) // Pitcher (sends a personalized cold message through the right channel for the niche: email to roofers, SMS to tradesmen, IG DM to salons, LinkedIn to realtors) // Checker (runs every message through evals for personalization, absence of AI markers and buzzwords before sending) // Mobile (lives in the iPhone, handles positive replies in real time, books Zoom calls in Calendly through MCP while the owner is on the go). You never let 2 sub-agents touch 1 lead. You stop and request approval from the human only when a deal exceeds $3,000 or the reply rate in a niche for the day drops below 12%." Meaning the system knows what it is and within what boundaries it is allowed to act. It knows it is supposed to find leads on its own. It knows it is supposed to take each one to a mockup, video, and cold message without intervention. It knows the human only steps in when a deal goes above $3,000 or the reply rate stops converging. โ†’ The system runs 24 hours a day โ†’ Scout goes through about 220 local businesses on Google Maps per day and leaves 30 new leads in the queue โ†’ Diagnoser outputs 30 structured diagnoses + briefs + cold messages per day โ†’ Builder assembles 3 to 5 finished landing pages in Lovable for the sharpest leads โ†’ Filmer renders a 10-second vertical video in Higgsfield for each one โ†’ Pitcher sends 30 personalized messages per day across 4 channels with a reply rate of about 14% โ†’ Checker runs every message through evals before sending And only when a deal breaks $3,000 or the reply rate for the day drops below 12% does the orchestrator wake the owner. And when the owner at that moment is sitting in the subway or a taxi, the Mobile agent in his iPhone picks up 1 move on its own: replies to a fresh positive reply from a dentist, books a Zoom through Calendly synced to the local time of the client, and puts the lead back in the queue. The owner only has to tap "approve" and in just 10 minutes join the call. Here is what the system writes in his log during 1 of the Saturdays: "scout report: 218 businesses checked in Austin, Denver, and Miami, 34 without a website, 19 with a website from 2014, 6 with an active redesign request in reviews. passing top 30 to diagnoser." "pitcher: 30 cold messages sent across 4 channels, 14 replies, 5 positive, 3 Zoom calls booked for Sunday. passing to closer." "builder: landing page for Westside Cosmetic Dentistry built in Lovable, 5 sections, mobile, soft beige. URL placed at /Users/dev/maps-agency/clients/westside/v1. filmer launching Higgsfield." "eval flag: deal with The Lotus Salon at $3,400 exceeds the approved limit of $3,000. sending for manual review." He has no server of his own and no separate backend. Just a local file sandbox at /Users/dev/maps-agency, an MCP router, 1 API key to Claude, and the same key forwarded to Claude Code on his iPhone. Out of everything I have seen this year, this is the cleanest one-person agency for selling websites to small businesses: $480 a month on the API, about $18,800 into the account, and between them 7 prompts, 1 file system, and 1 phone in the pocket.

Blaze

2,712,408 views โ€ข 3 months ago

Crazy week. Spent part of it in South Dakota, visiting trade schools and telling the incredible story of Build Dakota, a scholarship program similar to mikeroweWORKS thatโ€™s assisted nearly 3,500 kids with over $43 million dollars. Iโ€™ll tell you more about that later, and about how South Dakota is leading the country in the race to reinvigorate the skilled trades. For now, I just want to share some video from a ride-along I did on my way back to the airport. As it happens, the annual Buffalo Round-Up took place yesterday in Custer State Park - another one of things Iโ€™d always wanted to see. Well, I finally saw it, and all I can say is holy crap! Thirteen hundred buffalo who preferred not to be relocated, versus a couple dozen expert cowboys and cowgirls determined to get them out of the hills, into a valley, and through a narrow gate that led into a large corral. Assisting the riders were half-a-dozen F-150โ€™s driven by park employees โ€“ one of which I was allowed to occupy. So much fun. Thousands of people showed up on a gorgeous morning to see what could possibly go wrong, and marvel at the sight of a buffalo herd on the move. The people lined the ridges above the valley, and watched for a few hours as the buffalo stampeded and the horses galloped and the riders cracked their whips and the trucks accelerated over the wild and rocky terrain, trying to keep the herd headed in the right direction. My driver, Cory, told me to buckle up and hang on. โ€œYou got one job, Mike. Keep an eye out for big rocks hidden in the grass. Theyโ€™re all over the place. Last year, a driver hit one and snapped the chassis in two. Had a Senator on board. Not good.โ€ Perhaps if I hadnโ€™t been on the lookout for rocks, the attached video would look more professional, but it should give you an idea of whatโ€™s it looks like to chase a herd of buffalo in a pickup truck. In short, itโ€™s a blast, but itโ€™s also a bit unsettling. As we sped over the plains and over a massive prairie dog town, I couldnโ€™t help but wonder what would happen if the buffalo suddenly all decided, together, to resist our best efforts to push them into a place they didnโ€™t wish to enter. In other words, what would we do if the herd stopped acting like a herd, and realized that they were in fact, the superior force? Probably something similar to what happens when bipeds grow weary of being pushed in directions they donโ€™t wish to go. I was about to share that philosophical observation with the other passengers in the pickup, when Cory ran over a large rock that I had neglected to spot. โ€œRock!โ€ I yelled, a second too late. โ€œThanks,โ€ said Cory, as his head bounced off the ceiling. Moments later, Coryโ€™s walkie-talkie exploded with an urgent alert. โ€œRider down! Rider down.โ€ Someone one the other side of the herd, hopefully not in the middle of the herd, was on the ground, and there was nothing we could do. A couple of EMTโ€™s in a Razor were quickly dispatched to render assistance. Iโ€™m not sure what happened, but given the many thousands of prairie dog holes all over the sprawling landscape, I was worried for the horse as well as the rider. Herding buffalo on horseback is dangerous, and as I as tried to focus from keeping Cory from hitting anymore big rocks at high speeds, I couldnโ€™t help but consider the business of hunting buffalo 200 years ago on this very land. Back then, at the beginning of the 19th century, there were something like 50 million buffalo in North America. They say the herds stretched for miles in every direction and moved like a massive wave over the prairie. To be a Dakota Sioux back then, riding a horse without a saddle into a vast herd of stampeding buffalo with nothing but a bow and arrow was amazing enough. To somehow bring one down and then live to tell the tale is mind-boggling. But maybe not as mind-boggling as what we did to the buffalo population in the decades that followed. That was nothing short of genocide, just as bringing them back from the brink of extinction was nothing short of a miracle. โ€œRock!โ€ I yelled. Cory swerved to the left just in time, and then accelerated as a dozen animals broke away from the herd and tried to bolt back up the hill. I couldnโ€™t help but notice they crapped as they ran - a lot. So much so, it made me wonder about the sheer volume of turds that 50 million buffalo would have produced two hundred years ago. (After 20 years of Dirty Jobs, my brain is still wired to ponder the impact of feces from every species.) Yesterday, the buffalo poop was literally everywhere. It was impossible not to walk in, ride over, or drive through. The tread on our tires was packed with scat, and thatโ€™s just from chasing down 1,300 of them. What would the poop from 50 million of these things look like? It must have been a foot deep for miles in every direction. And what would the impact of all that poop be on the early pioneers used to travel these same plains? How did their wagon wheels get any traction in all that dung? โ€œRock!โ€ I yelled, again, just in the nick of time. The mind wanders when youโ€™re riding shotgun in a buffalo chase vehicle, even when you only have one job to do. But if you ever have the chance to ride along on a round up like this one, do it. The sight will stick with you, even as you find yourself pondering the history of our great country, the impact of feces from every species, and the great good fortune of those lucky Dakotans who make their home here today. A home, where the buffalo roam.
2:14

Crazy week. Spent part of it in South Dakota, visiting trade schools and telling the incredible story of Build Dakota, a scholarship program similar to mikeroweWORKS thatโ€™s assisted nearly 3,500 kids with over $43 million dollars. Iโ€™ll tell you more about that later, and about how South Dakota is leading the country in the race to reinvigorate the skilled trades. For now, I just want to share some video from a ride-along I did on my way back to the airport. As it happens, the annual Buffalo Round-Up took place yesterday in Custer State Park - another one of things Iโ€™d always wanted to see. Well, I finally saw it, and all I can say is holy crap! Thirteen hundred buffalo who preferred not to be relocated, versus a couple dozen expert cowboys and cowgirls determined to get them out of the hills, into a valley, and through a narrow gate that led into a large corral. Assisting the riders were half-a-dozen F-150โ€™s driven by park employees โ€“ one of which I was allowed to occupy. So much fun. Thousands of people showed up on a gorgeous morning to see what could possibly go wrong, and marvel at the sight of a buffalo herd on the move. The people lined the ridges above the valley, and watched for a few hours as the buffalo stampeded and the horses galloped and the riders cracked their whips and the trucks accelerated over the wild and rocky terrain, trying to keep the herd headed in the right direction. My driver, Cory, told me to buckle up and hang on. โ€œYou got one job, Mike. Keep an eye out for big rocks hidden in the grass. Theyโ€™re all over the place. Last year, a driver hit one and snapped the chassis in two. Had a Senator on board. Not good.โ€ Perhaps if I hadnโ€™t been on the lookout for rocks, the attached video would look more professional, but it should give you an idea of whatโ€™s it looks like to chase a herd of buffalo in a pickup truck. In short, itโ€™s a blast, but itโ€™s also a bit unsettling. As we sped over the plains and over a massive prairie dog town, I couldnโ€™t help but wonder what would happen if the buffalo suddenly all decided, together, to resist our best efforts to push them into a place they didnโ€™t wish to enter. In other words, what would we do if the herd stopped acting like a herd, and realized that they were in fact, the superior force? Probably something similar to what happens when bipeds grow weary of being pushed in directions they donโ€™t wish to go. I was about to share that philosophical observation with the other passengers in the pickup, when Cory ran over a large rock that I had neglected to spot. โ€œRock!โ€ I yelled, a second too late. โ€œThanks,โ€ said Cory, as his head bounced off the ceiling. Moments later, Coryโ€™s walkie-talkie exploded with an urgent alert. โ€œRider down! Rider down.โ€ Someone one the other side of the herd, hopefully not in the middle of the herd, was on the ground, and there was nothing we could do. A couple of EMTโ€™s in a Razor were quickly dispatched to render assistance. Iโ€™m not sure what happened, but given the many thousands of prairie dog holes all over the sprawling landscape, I was worried for the horse as well as the rider. Herding buffalo on horseback is dangerous, and as I as tried to focus from keeping Cory from hitting anymore big rocks at high speeds, I couldnโ€™t help but consider the business of hunting buffalo 200 years ago on this very land. Back then, at the beginning of the 19th century, there were something like 50 million buffalo in North America. They say the herds stretched for miles in every direction and moved like a massive wave over the prairie. To be a Dakota Sioux back then, riding a horse without a saddle into a vast herd of stampeding buffalo with nothing but a bow and arrow was amazing enough. To somehow bring one down and then live to tell the tale is mind-boggling. But maybe not as mind-boggling as what we did to the buffalo population in the decades that followed. That was nothing short of genocide, just as bringing them back from the brink of extinction was nothing short of a miracle. โ€œRock!โ€ I yelled. Cory swerved to the left just in time, and then accelerated as a dozen animals broke away from the herd and tried to bolt back up the hill. I couldnโ€™t help but notice they crapped as they ran - a lot. So much so, it made me wonder about the sheer volume of turds that 50 million buffalo would have produced two hundred years ago. (After 20 years of Dirty Jobs, my brain is still wired to ponder the impact of feces from every species.) Yesterday, the buffalo poop was literally everywhere. It was impossible not to walk in, ride over, or drive through. The tread on our tires was packed with scat, and thatโ€™s just from chasing down 1,300 of them. What would the poop from 50 million of these things look like? It must have been a foot deep for miles in every direction. And what would the impact of all that poop be on the early pioneers used to travel these same plains? How did their wagon wheels get any traction in all that dung? โ€œRock!โ€ I yelled, again, just in the nick of time. The mind wanders when youโ€™re riding shotgun in a buffalo chase vehicle, even when you only have one job to do. But if you ever have the chance to ride along on a round up like this one, do it. The sight will stick with you, even as you find yourself pondering the history of our great country, the impact of feces from every species, and the great good fortune of those lucky Dakotans who make their home here today. A home, where the buffalo roam.

The Real Mike Rowe

96,273 views โ€ข 1 year ago

//The Wire//2300Z July 13, 2026// //ROUTINE// //BLUF: GULF WAR REIGNITES AS MAJOR STRIKES REPORTED THROUGHOUT MIDDLE EAST. HOUTHIS JOIN THE WAR AS MILITARY BASES STRUCK IN SAUDI ARABIA. USA/IRAN CONTINUE MUTUAL TARGETING WITH MANY MILITARY INSTALLATIONS TARGETED THROUGHOUT THE DAY. SENATOR LINDSEY GRAHAM PASSES AWAY UNDER UNCLEAR CIRCUMSTANCES IN WASHINGTON.// -----BEGIN TEARLINE----- -International Events- Middle East: Over the weekend the war continued to escalate with major attacks being reported throughout the region. On Saturday, the Iranians allegedly struck a containership in the Strait of Hormuz for attempting to sneak through the waterway without their permission. The crew of this vessel abandoned ship, and the vessel is reportedly sinking in the Strait. After this initial strike, the United States struck several dozen targets within Iran. One of the most significant strikes conducted by the United States was an airstrike at the Bushehr Nuclear Power Plant. One of the buildings a few feet away from the reactor core was struck, and the status of the power plant is unknown. At least one of the attacks this morning involved the United States conducting several Unmanned Surface Vessel attacks on the port of Bandar Abbas, targeting an Iranian submarine and several other warships. Analyst Comment: Other more traditional airstrikes also continued regularly throughout the day, with Iranian retaliatory strikes being reported at nearly every US base in the region, from Kuwait to the UAE. Full battle damage assessment will take some time due to the sheer volume of locations struck by both the United States and Iran. Red Sea/HOA: Following last night's targeting efforts to the north in the Persian Gulf, the Houthis and Saudi Arabia engaged in mutual targeting early this morning. Houthi rebels launched several ballistic missiles toward targets in Saudi Arabia, and the Saudi's responded by conducting airstrikes throughout the Houthi-controlled areas of Yemen. Analyst Comment: These targeting efforts in Yemen have complicated maritime shipping through the Bab El Mandeb Strait, elevating concerns that another major maritime choke point might be turning into a warzone. During the American campaign to combat the Houthis in March of last year (dubbed Operation ROUGH RIDER), the Houthis demonstrated the ability to disrupt shipping through the Strait, to the point that nearly all maritime shipping chose to re-route around the continent of Africa. Though that military operation departed the news headlines after a few weeks, even as of a year later (even before the Iran war began), many maritime shipping companies were avoiding the Red Sea a full year after the strikes. Everyone has been waiting for the Houthis to enter the current war on the Iranian side, and last night's strikes may be an indication that relationship is growing. -HomeFront- Washington D.C. - Saturday night, Senator Lindsey Graham reportedly died after suffering a cardiac incident at his home on Capitol Hill, after returning from his trip to Ukraine. Initial statements claim that he suffered a tear of his aorta, and died instantly. -----END TEARLINE----- Analyst Comments: As one might expect based on current events, the theories surrounding Graham's death largely focus around his trip to Ukraine. Normally, the trip into Ukraine for diplomats involves flying into Poland, then taking a train into Kiev. This trip usually takes most of the day. Also, on the same day as Graham's trip, Russia conducted two major strikes in Kiev. Some claims have been made that both of these strikes targeted both the drone factory that Graham visited, but also the hotel where he was staying during his visit. These claims will take some time to verify independently. Due to the timing of Graham's alleged departure, it's possibly mathematically questionable that Graham would have had enough time to transit back to the United States before his death was reported. As always, there's enough discrepancy in the timing to make it technically possible for Graham to have arrived home from Ukraine and immediately had a cardiac incident, but this timing would have been incredibly tight. In short, the theory that Graham was actually killed in Ukraine holds some weight at this present moment, based on the evidence we have right now, even as speculative as it is. Further investigation will indicate whether or not more credence should be granted to this possibility. Perhaps the biggest bit of evidence countering the theory of Graham being killed in Ukraine, is the sheer logistics of such a coverup operation. There's very little chance that his remains would have been located, recovered, identified, and transported back to the United States if he was killed during the strikes on a Ukrainian drone factory. These attacks would have made it challenging to identify anyone's remains, and similarly to the concerns of Graham possibly not having enough time to arrive back in the US, timing is the main issue. If Graham was observed alive after his departure from Ukraine, this would obviously dispel any of the more nefarious theories, but as it stands, it is not known which flight he took from Poland to the United States (which was likely a military or government flight). All things considered, the suspicious and coincidental circumstances of Graham's death can certainly be verified either way in due time, but Graham's death coupled with Senator Mitch McConnell's questionable status, means that Washington has been host to several shakeups involving key wartime decision makers this week. Analyst: S2A1 Research: NomadNet: 5fa68c88be727a0e1a250a75e5e79269 Disclaimer: No LLMs were used in the writing of this report. //END REPORT//
4:28

//The Wire//2300Z July 13, 2026// //ROUTINE// //BLUF: GULF WAR REIGNITES AS MAJOR STRIKES REPORTED THROUGHOUT MIDDLE EAST. HOUTHIS JOIN THE WAR AS MILITARY BASES STRUCK IN SAUDI ARABIA. USA/IRAN CONTINUE MUTUAL TARGETING WITH MANY MILITARY INSTALLATIONS TARGETED THROUGHOUT THE DAY. SENATOR LINDSEY GRAHAM PASSES AWAY UNDER UNCLEAR CIRCUMSTANCES IN WASHINGTON.// -----BEGIN TEARLINE----- -International Events- Middle East: Over the weekend the war continued to escalate with major attacks being reported throughout the region. On Saturday, the Iranians allegedly struck a containership in the Strait of Hormuz for attempting to sneak through the waterway without their permission. The crew of this vessel abandoned ship, and the vessel is reportedly sinking in the Strait. After this initial strike, the United States struck several dozen targets within Iran. One of the most significant strikes conducted by the United States was an airstrike at the Bushehr Nuclear Power Plant. One of the buildings a few feet away from the reactor core was struck, and the status of the power plant is unknown. At least one of the attacks this morning involved the United States conducting several Unmanned Surface Vessel attacks on the port of Bandar Abbas, targeting an Iranian submarine and several other warships. Analyst Comment: Other more traditional airstrikes also continued regularly throughout the day, with Iranian retaliatory strikes being reported at nearly every US base in the region, from Kuwait to the UAE. Full battle damage assessment will take some time due to the sheer volume of locations struck by both the United States and Iran. Red Sea/HOA: Following last night's targeting efforts to the north in the Persian Gulf, the Houthis and Saudi Arabia engaged in mutual targeting early this morning. Houthi rebels launched several ballistic missiles toward targets in Saudi Arabia, and the Saudi's responded by conducting airstrikes throughout the Houthi-controlled areas of Yemen. Analyst Comment: These targeting efforts in Yemen have complicated maritime shipping through the Bab El Mandeb Strait, elevating concerns that another major maritime choke point might be turning into a warzone. During the American campaign to combat the Houthis in March of last year (dubbed Operation ROUGH RIDER), the Houthis demonstrated the ability to disrupt shipping through the Strait, to the point that nearly all maritime shipping chose to re-route around the continent of Africa. Though that military operation departed the news headlines after a few weeks, even as of a year later (even before the Iran war began), many maritime shipping companies were avoiding the Red Sea a full year after the strikes. Everyone has been waiting for the Houthis to enter the current war on the Iranian side, and last night's strikes may be an indication that relationship is growing. -HomeFront- Washington D.C. - Saturday night, Senator Lindsey Graham reportedly died after suffering a cardiac incident at his home on Capitol Hill, after returning from his trip to Ukraine. Initial statements claim that he suffered a tear of his aorta, and died instantly. -----END TEARLINE----- Analyst Comments: As one might expect based on current events, the theories surrounding Graham's death largely focus around his trip to Ukraine. Normally, the trip into Ukraine for diplomats involves flying into Poland, then taking a train into Kiev. This trip usually takes most of the day. Also, on the same day as Graham's trip, Russia conducted two major strikes in Kiev. Some claims have been made that both of these strikes targeted both the drone factory that Graham visited, but also the hotel where he was staying during his visit. These claims will take some time to verify independently. Due to the timing of Graham's alleged departure, it's possibly mathematically questionable that Graham would have had enough time to transit back to the United States before his death was reported. As always, there's enough discrepancy in the timing to make it technically possible for Graham to have arrived home from Ukraine and immediately had a cardiac incident, but this timing would have been incredibly tight. In short, the theory that Graham was actually killed in Ukraine holds some weight at this present moment, based on the evidence we have right now, even as speculative as it is. Further investigation will indicate whether or not more credence should be granted to this possibility. Perhaps the biggest bit of evidence countering the theory of Graham being killed in Ukraine, is the sheer logistics of such a coverup operation. There's very little chance that his remains would have been located, recovered, identified, and transported back to the United States if he was killed during the strikes on a Ukrainian drone factory. These attacks would have made it challenging to identify anyone's remains, and similarly to the concerns of Graham possibly not having enough time to arrive back in the US, timing is the main issue. If Graham was observed alive after his departure from Ukraine, this would obviously dispel any of the more nefarious theories, but as it stands, it is not known which flight he took from Poland to the United States (which was likely a military or government flight). All things considered, the suspicious and coincidental circumstances of Graham's death can certainly be verified either way in due time, but Graham's death coupled with Senator Mitch McConnell's questionable status, means that Washington has been host to several shakeups involving key wartime decision makers this week. Analyst: S2A1 Research: NomadNet: 5fa68c88be727a0e1a250a75e5e79269 Disclaimer: No LLMs were used in the writing of this report. //END REPORT//

S2 Underground

13,751 views โ€ข 25 days ago

My fellow Kenyans, Many of you have seen my recent posts about the deadly cancer that is corruption in our country. In my last post, I tried to paint a picture of the disconnect between our potential as a country and the economic circumstances we find ourselves in today, and the connection between corruption and the incalculable pain and suffering and cruelty that is meted out every single day to the most vulnerable among us by thieves operating out of public office. And after covering the goings-on in Mandera County, I told you that in my honest opinion, our governments exist to cater for the filthy-rich lifestyles of the vilest and most corrupt among us, at the expense of everyone else. I received tremendous support from all of you, for speaking on behalf of so many struggling Kenyans who donโ€™t have a voice, or the audience necessary to spark the much-needed discussion about where we are heading as a country. But even with all that support, I have received messages asking me to be careful. One compatriot told me: โ€œprepare to be relentlessly pursued, threatened, enticed, guilt-tripped, and gas-litโ€. This is from a someone who knows how our government operates, and how it uses violence and its monopoly on power to silence those who question why politicians are stealing so much. I am not naive about the dangers of speaking up and calling out thieves who control state machinery, and who possess the ability to shut me up in a few seconds. But I will tell you why we CAN NOT and MUST NOT keep quiet. In November of 2023, I stumbled upon the story of a young man from Turkana, Calvin Esekon Esewit , who, despite scoring an A-, and getting an acceptance into medical school, spent two years not knowing whether his dreams of becoming a doctor would ever come true. I was moved by that story in a way that I can never adequately explain. I could not understand how it is possible that, in our country, a young man who appears to be every parentโ€™s dream child can spend two years in limbo while we as a country possess the ability to invest in our best and brightest. And so, I spent weeks trying to chase down Calvin to see how I could help him attend college. After a lot of searching, I finally found Calvin, and by this time he had managed to get some help and is now in college. While this story has a great ending, it did not to be this way. And we know that the number of cases that end like this, with some success, are a small fraction of those ones which end tragically, with broken dreams. This is what happens when corruption consumes anything and everything in a country. It destroys lives. See attached video to learn about Calvin's story. I tell you all this story because it provides context to today's topic. For one story like this one that you see on the news, there are millions that never make the news. But they are real situations, nonetheless. There are millions of your compatriots who are devastated by this killer cancer of corruption that is perpetuated by people that you and I have put into public office ostensibly to improve our lives. They go into these offices and abuse the trust you bestowed upon them and deny you and everyone else a decent opportunity in life. You see, Calvin and millions of other victims of this shameless level of corruption and plunder have no voice, and no real ability to look the thieves that are destroying lives and generations of Kenyans in eye and tell them to stop this unbearable pain and the cruelty. This is the reason I embarked on this journey to attempt to expose this shameful situation. Watch the attached video of Calvinโ€™s situation, and I am sure that you will agree that the millions of Calvins in our country need a voice, NO MATTER THE RISK. The thieves that are destroying the futures of millions of children just so they can have beachside homes in Miami, Dubai and other places count on the idea that most people will fear for their lives, and therefore not speak up. They count on the growing apathy in the Kenyan psyche. But we cannot give in to that. We cannot cower to thieves. We must look them straight in the eye and tell them that they MUST STOP. If we don't, our children and their children are guaranteed the same level of cruelty. And so with that, today I want to talk about the utterly insane crime scene that is Turkana County. I donโ€™t know any other way to describe it, other than, it is a โ€œshit-showโ€. Just follow along, and let me know if you disagree. As I did in my previous commentary, I will ask you to indulge me a little bit, and allow me to use a couple of pictures, because pictures speak louder than a thousand words. The first picture shows the state-of-the art County Government offices, that the County Government of Turkana decided to invest an ungodly amount of money on. Close to a billion shillings. The second picture is a classroom in session. In Turkana County. These two realities are occurring in parallel in the same county, at the same time. Ladies and gentlemen, let me just tell you that I do not go out of my way to find bad news. I want stories that would help re-affirm our belief in the fundamental decency of human beings. When I find good news as I review these Countiesโ€™ decisions and how they behave with our resources, I will be the first one to report it to you. But I donโ€™t have any good news today. I have bad news. If you read my commentary yesterday and were offended by what you saw, I am afraid you might not make it to the end of this article, because what you will hear will be quite shocking. The cancer of corruption, particularly at the County Government level, is worse than your wildest imagination. And so, as I like to do, I like to start off by putting some numbers on the table for us to use as reference points. Bear in my that all the information I put in this article is publicly available. Nothing came to me through a whistle blower. The first number is KSH 100 Billion. With a B. In the last decade or so, you and I, through the National Government, has sent over KSH 100 billion to Turkana County. To support recurrent expenditure, and development. For example, in the 2022-2023 fiscal year, we sent KSH 12.6 billion. In the 2021-2022 fiscal year, we sent KSH 11.4 billion. And on and on and on. The second number is 1 million. This is the population of Turkana County. The third number is KSH 18.4 billion. This was Turkana Countyโ€™s budget for the 2022-2023 fiscal year. The fourth number is KSH 190 million. This was the amount of money that Turkana County was able to generate on its own accord within the county, from all its investments and other activities in the period in question. This number is an important proxy, in my view, for the value of the countyโ€™s economic prospects for the foreseeable future, and to people that are not driven by greed and corruption, would be an important consideration when they are thinking about how and where to deploy your money as taxpayers. If you are doing the math, Turkana County, for the 2022-2023 fiscal year, was only able to raise 1% of the funds needed to keep the lights on. 99% came from you and I, and a tiny amount from grants. The next number is KSH 129, 040. This is the average ANNUAL [emphasis added] income of a resident of Turkana County ( Keep that number in mind when we are discussing the massive theft of public funds by Turkana County leaders. The next number is 80%. 80% of the residents of Turkana County live below the poverty line. They have a really difficult time putting food on the table. ( The next number is KSH 12 Million. This is the basic salary of the Governor of Turkana County before other benefits that, as I explained yesterday, can often double the salary. Remember the โ€œhousing allowanceโ€, the โ€œhardship allowanceโ€, the โ€œcommuter allowanceโ€, the โ€œrisk allowanceโ€, the โ€œextraneous allowanceโ€, etc.? Remember that? I still cannot figure out, for the life of me, what โ€œextraneousโ€ means in the context of County business, but we donโ€™t time to dwell on this. The next number is 93. The Governor of Turkana County makes 93 times the average Turkana County residentโ€™s annual income. 93 times! The next number is 82%. This was the percentage of people that were illiterate in Turkana County in 2013 ( Could not read or write. A point to note about the above literacy figure. Ten years later, and despite over KSH 100 billion is spent in Turkana County, including many billions for education, that literacy rate HAS NOT CHANGED ONE BIT. Only 20% of the population can read or write today. ( KSH 829 million. This is how much it cost to build the County Government offices. Yes, the ones shown in the first picture. KSH 120 million. The County Government decided that it was prudent to pay a contractor KSH 120 million to construct the Governorโ€™s personal residence. Get this, even after this payment, no construction took place. The money was stolen. All of it. KSH 90 Million. This is the amount that the County Government paid to another contractor, to build the Governor a mansion, having previously lost KSH 120 million. So, the tally for the Governorโ€™s residence now stands at KSH 210 million. Never mind that the limit allowed by law is KSH 45 million. KSH 5 billion. In the last days of his term in office, an outgoing Governor of Turkana, Koli Nanok, EGH. , sought to inflate pending bills by adding KSH 5 billion so that it can be paid to his criminal cartel. KSH 5 billion. We have our key numbers, ladies and gentlemen, so let us discuss. So, we have a county that is dead last in literacy, and in the top 2 of the poorest counties in the republic. Only 20% of the population can read. The Governor earns 92 times the average citizen. The Governor lives in a house that cost over KSH 200 million. When he leaves his house in the morning, he goes to his office that cost KSH 829 million. And this is all happening when 80% of the County residents struggle to put food on the table. Those are the facts, and they are not in dispute. During the same time, the County Government geniuses decide to build the Speaker of the County Assembly a house. And a home office, and a garage. The house was initially estimated to cost KSH 75 million. But due to circumstances that not a soul in the government could explain to auditors, the contract expired before the house was completed, and the County Government found a new contractor to complete the job for an additional KSH 29 million. But this palace in the jungle worth apparently worth over KSH 100 million in Turkana County was not enough. The County proceeded to build the Speaker a guest house for another KSH 19 million, and a few other amenities, and so the whole cost went to KSH 276 million! The legal limit for a Speakerโ€™s house is KSH 35 million, and they spent close to KSH 130 million just for one residence. By this time, I am sure you are getting tired of these obscene numbers. You and I work, and pay taxes. Nobody pays you 92 times the income your average neighbor is making. And for sure nobody will drop KSH 100 million to build you a house. These are the perks of working in government in a poor country. Go figure. And so, as a country, we need to answer for ourselves the question I posed yesterday, which is, what is the point of government? What is its role in our lives. If this level of criminality and pillaging can occur in our country in the midst of so much poverty, questioning the need for government is a totally valid question. I said in my last post that, when the average citizen looks at the thug on the street and the government, and is unable to discern any meaningful difference between them, that society from that point on is on its journey to becoming a failed state. A journey to anarchy. Over the last two months or so, Kenyans have been shouting at the top of their lungs, begging for their government to listen. To hear them out. Kenyans have asked that their government stop this unbelievable level of plunder. Dozens of Kenyans have died, thousands injured, and many more are missing today. To this day, the people that govern us continue to use the power of the gun to subdue Kenyans, until they can take everything in their sight. And so, as a society, we all have to ask whether today there is any difference between the thug on the street and our governments. Every Kenyan will have to answer this question for themselves. And before answering this question, everyone needs to remember the many Calvins in our society. Smart, upright children whose only crime is to be born in an unforgiving, lawless, and corrupt purgatory that is Kenya today. For myself, I have concluded that there is no difference between the thug on the street and our governments, county and national alike. If you can see any meaningful difference, let me know. I am willing to listen. So despite over KSH 100 billion in money sent to Turkana County, there is almost no measurable improvement in peopleโ€™s life today. None. And it makes sense, when you look at how that money is spent. I want you to forget for a second the obscene obsession by the County Government with spending ungodly amounts of money on themselves. The houses, etc. If you step back and look at how the government is actually spending the hard-earned money on other things, you will be depressed. I am telling you that I wept three times in the middle of the night trying to make sense of this crazy situation in Turkana County. Three times. I have never imagined that human beings can be so greedy and cold-blooded. Think about this: In the couple of years I reviewed, the County spent around KSH 400 million annually in โ€œtourismโ€ initiatives, including marketing, and apparently upgrading certain facilities. KSH 400 million for tourism. In Turkana County. In 1 year. KSH 400 million per year in marketing and other money pits. The governmentโ€™s own website says that the county gets around 3000 visitors per month. Around 36,000 per year. Thatโ€™s them saying that, on their website. Are you curious to know the return on that KSH 400 million investment? I have an answer for you. Remember that I told you that the County has never raised more than KSH 200 million in a year within the county, despite its KSH 18.4 billion budget? Let me walk you through the breakdown of the absolutely embarrassing shit-show that is the County Governmentโ€™s โ€œown source revenueโ€ operations. In 2022-2023, the County Government collected KSH 190 million locally against their KSH 18.4 billion budget. 1% of the budget. Remember, there is absolutely no requirement on the County to cut costs, or achieve certain local revenue targets today. So they raised KSH 45 million in single business permits, KSH 72 million in CESS, KSH 8 million in market fee, KSH 9 million in โ€œslaughter feesโ€. And then finally, there is the return on the tourism investment that you were looking for. A whopping KSH 209, 000 in โ€œpark feesโ€. KSH 209,000 in fees, after investing KSH 400 million. And so, take this as an example and extrapolate it across the entire budget, and you can see how one can spend KSH 100 billion and get NOTHING in return. You donโ€™t need to be a genius to see the absurdity of this situation. Let me explain using an example that should illustrate the utter dimwittedness of this situation. Remember the KSH 100 billion sent to Turkana by you and me? Part of this amount is supposed to be for โ€œservice deliveryโ€, or โ€œrecurrent expenditureโ€. Usually about 70% of the budget. The balance, 30%, is designed to go to development projects. With that in mind, from KSH 100 billion, the County apparently has made KSH 30 billion worth of investments, right? 30% of the KSH 100 billion. Now, if you employed someone to run a business for you, and they asked you to invest KSH 30 billion, which is no small fortune, at some point you would have to start seeing returns, right? Thatโ€™s common sense, isnโ€™t it? So, when we look at the revenues streams that make up this paltry sum of KSH 190 million, and see things like โ€œslaughter feesโ€™ and โ€œmarket feesโ€, what does it tell you? It tells me there is no real โ€œdevelopmentโ€ happening in that county. Trust me, if you had real development totaling KSH 30 billion, you would have corporate taxes in the hundreds of millions or billions, a booming real estate market, rising wages and standards of living, etc., low unemployment, etc. You would not have 80% of the people living hand-to mouth, and a County Government that can not afford to support itself for 5 days out of the year that has 365 days! We do not have enough time, trust me, to deal with the shit-show that is Turkana County. Dealing with that mess would require a forensic team. I will just highlight a few of other โ€œin your-faceโ€ type of theft of public funds, and then conclude my submission. A government that has a budget of KSH 18.4 billion annually, and which has never raised more than 1% of its budget had the wisdom to do the following with your money: ยท Spend KSH 222 million on a project building something that NOBODY uses. You got that right. They spent KSH 222 million on a facility that NOBODY uses. KSH 222 million gone to waste, in a county that is dead last in pretty much all measures of human progress. ยท Remember the County Government offices that cost KSH 829 million? The County spent KSH 82 million on โ€œair-conditioningโ€ for that building. ยท Despite the County Spending hundreds of millions for the top three officers of the County, the Governor and his Deputy, in the 2022-2023 year, illegally charged the county (you and I) KSH 2.2 million in housing allowance! ยท Built two facilities for KSH 16 million, that were completed, but NOBODY uses them. ยท Entered into a contract for the construction of a plastic use facility for KSH 13 million in 2021. The contractor gets paid KSH 4.9 million, and has never been seen since. ยท Paid out KSH 62 million in salaries that were not supportable in just one year. They could not point to anybody and say, that is who we paid. ยท Paid out KSH 27 million in legal fees that nobody could say what they related to. And the Countyโ€™s Legal Advisor, who, in 2022-2023, had a budget of KSH 123 million, apparently did not know anything about it! ยท Had an outstanding bill at Kenya Revenue Authority in the amount of KSH 486 million, that did not show up on the County Governmentโ€™s financial statements. Think about that. KSH 486 million owned to the Kenya Revenue Authority, and that liability is not on the financial statements! This only means that someone took those funds for themselves, which is why the liability would be missing from the countyโ€™s books. ยท Could not account for KSH 367 million in expenditures for 2022-2023. KSH 367 million, in unexplained expenses. ยท Awarded a contract worth over KSH 200 million to a bidder with no bank statement, against the law. This contract was entered into and approved before the statutory time after the bidding process lapsed. Someone was in a hurry to get paid. KSH 200 million, illegally awarded to a bidder who did not have a 6-month bank statement. ยท Apparently purchased KSH 1.5 billion in assets in 2022-2023, but kept no records of the said assets. For this reason, NOBODY can verify where these assets are located. KSH 1.5 billion. Let me just say this. In my last article, the most common critique was that it was too long. Too many words. I did not intend to make another long article. Trust me when I tell you this, we do not have the time to detail half of the problems in Turkana County. For just 1 year! We do not. Now, you recall my point about how societies descend to madness and anarchy. In our country today, our leaders are accusing those of us who are agitating for honest and transparent governance of being traitors to the country. They call us anarchists, criminals, and merchants of chaos. They are questioning our patriotism. You have all seen the government and its horde of propagandists threatening the Ford Foundation and others because they may have helped civil society keep the lights on, and investigative journalists to have the capacity to continue to do the Lordโ€™s work of investigating criminality in government. As though citizens are so dumb and ignorant, that they cannot see what is going on. The reason why millions of Calvins in this country will never graduate from college and earn a decent living is not because of the Ford Foundation. No. It is because of the thieves we have in office today, like the ones in Turkana County. In this post, I copy our leaders, the President and his deputy. I copy them because I want them to help Kenyans understand the following conundrum, about crime and criminals. There is nothing so special or peculiar about criminals or where they pop up. There are criminals in the US, Canada, France, and other places. Just like we have criminals in Kenya. The difference between banana republics and failed states, and civilized societies, is WHAT we do to and about criminals. In civilized societies, criminals are prosecuted and punished heavily. They are shunned. In some places, those charged with serious crimes such as corruption are executed. These are societies that are committed to sending the message that corruption, which robs citizens of their rights, is not acceptable. And they demonstrate this commitment by heavily punishing those who steal from the most vulnerable in society. In Kenya, we see the opposite. Criminals are exalted. They are promoted and embraced in government. It was just last week that the president unveiled his nominees for his Cabinet. Among them, are the likes of Hassan Ali Joho, EGH. , @GovWOparanya , and Davis Chirchir, ALL people who have been accused or charged with massive corruption against Kenyans. And am sure you remember that I mentioned Koli Nanok, EGH. , the man who tried to steal KSH 5 billion in his last days in office. Would you believe it if I told you that he works in government, at State House? He plunded billions of your money, got no measurable improvement in the lives of his subjects, and now has a government job in State House. Let that sink in. And so, the question is, how is it that in a country of 55 million people, with thousands of highly qualified people who have never ever stolen from Kenyans, he ends up with the criminals and thieves in the government, despite the fact that their crimes are in the public domain? How is this possible? Is it possible that these thieves possess a certain unique ability to run government, save Kenyans billions, and solve problems in a way that the president performs a cost-benefit analysis, and the benefits outweigh the costs of their theft? If not, what message does it send to Kenyans, when their own president puts into office known thieves? I think that is a fair question, donโ€™t you? Dr. Ekuru Aukot Rigathi Gachagua William Samoei Ruto, PhD Okiya Omtatah Okoiti Citizen TV Kenya Nation Breaking News TI-Kenya CNN County Government of Turkana
3:09

My fellow Kenyans, Many of you have seen my recent posts about the deadly cancer that is corruption in our country. In my last post, I tried to paint a picture of the disconnect between our potential as a country and the economic circumstances we find ourselves in today, and the connection between corruption and the incalculable pain and suffering and cruelty that is meted out every single day to the most vulnerable among us by thieves operating out of public office. And after covering the goings-on in Mandera County, I told you that in my honest opinion, our governments exist to cater for the filthy-rich lifestyles of the vilest and most corrupt among us, at the expense of everyone else. I received tremendous support from all of you, for speaking on behalf of so many struggling Kenyans who donโ€™t have a voice, or the audience necessary to spark the much-needed discussion about where we are heading as a country. But even with all that support, I have received messages asking me to be careful. One compatriot told me: โ€œprepare to be relentlessly pursued, threatened, enticed, guilt-tripped, and gas-litโ€. This is from a someone who knows how our government operates, and how it uses violence and its monopoly on power to silence those who question why politicians are stealing so much. I am not naive about the dangers of speaking up and calling out thieves who control state machinery, and who possess the ability to shut me up in a few seconds. But I will tell you why we CAN NOT and MUST NOT keep quiet. In November of 2023, I stumbled upon the story of a young man from Turkana, Calvin Esekon Esewit , who, despite scoring an A-, and getting an acceptance into medical school, spent two years not knowing whether his dreams of becoming a doctor would ever come true. I was moved by that story in a way that I can never adequately explain. I could not understand how it is possible that, in our country, a young man who appears to be every parentโ€™s dream child can spend two years in limbo while we as a country possess the ability to invest in our best and brightest. And so, I spent weeks trying to chase down Calvin to see how I could help him attend college. After a lot of searching, I finally found Calvin, and by this time he had managed to get some help and is now in college. While this story has a great ending, it did not to be this way. And we know that the number of cases that end like this, with some success, are a small fraction of those ones which end tragically, with broken dreams. This is what happens when corruption consumes anything and everything in a country. It destroys lives. See attached video to learn about Calvin's story. I tell you all this story because it provides context to today's topic. For one story like this one that you see on the news, there are millions that never make the news. But they are real situations, nonetheless. There are millions of your compatriots who are devastated by this killer cancer of corruption that is perpetuated by people that you and I have put into public office ostensibly to improve our lives. They go into these offices and abuse the trust you bestowed upon them and deny you and everyone else a decent opportunity in life. You see, Calvin and millions of other victims of this shameless level of corruption and plunder have no voice, and no real ability to look the thieves that are destroying lives and generations of Kenyans in eye and tell them to stop this unbearable pain and the cruelty. This is the reason I embarked on this journey to attempt to expose this shameful situation. Watch the attached video of Calvinโ€™s situation, and I am sure that you will agree that the millions of Calvins in our country need a voice, NO MATTER THE RISK. The thieves that are destroying the futures of millions of children just so they can have beachside homes in Miami, Dubai and other places count on the idea that most people will fear for their lives, and therefore not speak up. They count on the growing apathy in the Kenyan psyche. But we cannot give in to that. We cannot cower to thieves. We must look them straight in the eye and tell them that they MUST STOP. If we don't, our children and their children are guaranteed the same level of cruelty. And so with that, today I want to talk about the utterly insane crime scene that is Turkana County. I donโ€™t know any other way to describe it, other than, it is a โ€œshit-showโ€. Just follow along, and let me know if you disagree. As I did in my previous commentary, I will ask you to indulge me a little bit, and allow me to use a couple of pictures, because pictures speak louder than a thousand words. The first picture shows the state-of-the art County Government offices, that the County Government of Turkana decided to invest an ungodly amount of money on. Close to a billion shillings. The second picture is a classroom in session. In Turkana County. These two realities are occurring in parallel in the same county, at the same time. Ladies and gentlemen, let me just tell you that I do not go out of my way to find bad news. I want stories that would help re-affirm our belief in the fundamental decency of human beings. When I find good news as I review these Countiesโ€™ decisions and how they behave with our resources, I will be the first one to report it to you. But I donโ€™t have any good news today. I have bad news. If you read my commentary yesterday and were offended by what you saw, I am afraid you might not make it to the end of this article, because what you will hear will be quite shocking. The cancer of corruption, particularly at the County Government level, is worse than your wildest imagination. And so, as I like to do, I like to start off by putting some numbers on the table for us to use as reference points. Bear in my that all the information I put in this article is publicly available. Nothing came to me through a whistle blower. The first number is KSH 100 Billion. With a B. In the last decade or so, you and I, through the National Government, has sent over KSH 100 billion to Turkana County. To support recurrent expenditure, and development. For example, in the 2022-2023 fiscal year, we sent KSH 12.6 billion. In the 2021-2022 fiscal year, we sent KSH 11.4 billion. And on and on and on. The second number is 1 million. This is the population of Turkana County. The third number is KSH 18.4 billion. This was Turkana Countyโ€™s budget for the 2022-2023 fiscal year. The fourth number is KSH 190 million. This was the amount of money that Turkana County was able to generate on its own accord within the county, from all its investments and other activities in the period in question. This number is an important proxy, in my view, for the value of the countyโ€™s economic prospects for the foreseeable future, and to people that are not driven by greed and corruption, would be an important consideration when they are thinking about how and where to deploy your money as taxpayers. If you are doing the math, Turkana County, for the 2022-2023 fiscal year, was only able to raise 1% of the funds needed to keep the lights on. 99% came from you and I, and a tiny amount from grants. The next number is KSH 129, 040. This is the average ANNUAL [emphasis added] income of a resident of Turkana County ( Keep that number in mind when we are discussing the massive theft of public funds by Turkana County leaders. The next number is 80%. 80% of the residents of Turkana County live below the poverty line. They have a really difficult time putting food on the table. ( The next number is KSH 12 Million. This is the basic salary of the Governor of Turkana County before other benefits that, as I explained yesterday, can often double the salary. Remember the โ€œhousing allowanceโ€, the โ€œhardship allowanceโ€, the โ€œcommuter allowanceโ€, the โ€œrisk allowanceโ€, the โ€œextraneous allowanceโ€, etc.? Remember that? I still cannot figure out, for the life of me, what โ€œextraneousโ€ means in the context of County business, but we donโ€™t time to dwell on this. The next number is 93. The Governor of Turkana County makes 93 times the average Turkana County residentโ€™s annual income. 93 times! The next number is 82%. This was the percentage of people that were illiterate in Turkana County in 2013 ( Could not read or write. A point to note about the above literacy figure. Ten years later, and despite over KSH 100 billion is spent in Turkana County, including many billions for education, that literacy rate HAS NOT CHANGED ONE BIT. Only 20% of the population can read or write today. ( KSH 829 million. This is how much it cost to build the County Government offices. Yes, the ones shown in the first picture. KSH 120 million. The County Government decided that it was prudent to pay a contractor KSH 120 million to construct the Governorโ€™s personal residence. Get this, even after this payment, no construction took place. The money was stolen. All of it. KSH 90 Million. This is the amount that the County Government paid to another contractor, to build the Governor a mansion, having previously lost KSH 120 million. So, the tally for the Governorโ€™s residence now stands at KSH 210 million. Never mind that the limit allowed by law is KSH 45 million. KSH 5 billion. In the last days of his term in office, an outgoing Governor of Turkana, Koli Nanok, EGH. , sought to inflate pending bills by adding KSH 5 billion so that it can be paid to his criminal cartel. KSH 5 billion. We have our key numbers, ladies and gentlemen, so let us discuss. So, we have a county that is dead last in literacy, and in the top 2 of the poorest counties in the republic. Only 20% of the population can read. The Governor earns 92 times the average citizen. The Governor lives in a house that cost over KSH 200 million. When he leaves his house in the morning, he goes to his office that cost KSH 829 million. And this is all happening when 80% of the County residents struggle to put food on the table. Those are the facts, and they are not in dispute. During the same time, the County Government geniuses decide to build the Speaker of the County Assembly a house. And a home office, and a garage. The house was initially estimated to cost KSH 75 million. But due to circumstances that not a soul in the government could explain to auditors, the contract expired before the house was completed, and the County Government found a new contractor to complete the job for an additional KSH 29 million. But this palace in the jungle worth apparently worth over KSH 100 million in Turkana County was not enough. The County proceeded to build the Speaker a guest house for another KSH 19 million, and a few other amenities, and so the whole cost went to KSH 276 million! The legal limit for a Speakerโ€™s house is KSH 35 million, and they spent close to KSH 130 million just for one residence. By this time, I am sure you are getting tired of these obscene numbers. You and I work, and pay taxes. Nobody pays you 92 times the income your average neighbor is making. And for sure nobody will drop KSH 100 million to build you a house. These are the perks of working in government in a poor country. Go figure. And so, as a country, we need to answer for ourselves the question I posed yesterday, which is, what is the point of government? What is its role in our lives. If this level of criminality and pillaging can occur in our country in the midst of so much poverty, questioning the need for government is a totally valid question. I said in my last post that, when the average citizen looks at the thug on the street and the government, and is unable to discern any meaningful difference between them, that society from that point on is on its journey to becoming a failed state. A journey to anarchy. Over the last two months or so, Kenyans have been shouting at the top of their lungs, begging for their government to listen. To hear them out. Kenyans have asked that their government stop this unbelievable level of plunder. Dozens of Kenyans have died, thousands injured, and many more are missing today. To this day, the people that govern us continue to use the power of the gun to subdue Kenyans, until they can take everything in their sight. And so, as a society, we all have to ask whether today there is any difference between the thug on the street and our governments. Every Kenyan will have to answer this question for themselves. And before answering this question, everyone needs to remember the many Calvins in our society. Smart, upright children whose only crime is to be born in an unforgiving, lawless, and corrupt purgatory that is Kenya today. For myself, I have concluded that there is no difference between the thug on the street and our governments, county and national alike. If you can see any meaningful difference, let me know. I am willing to listen. So despite over KSH 100 billion in money sent to Turkana County, there is almost no measurable improvement in peopleโ€™s life today. None. And it makes sense, when you look at how that money is spent. I want you to forget for a second the obscene obsession by the County Government with spending ungodly amounts of money on themselves. The houses, etc. If you step back and look at how the government is actually spending the hard-earned money on other things, you will be depressed. I am telling you that I wept three times in the middle of the night trying to make sense of this crazy situation in Turkana County. Three times. I have never imagined that human beings can be so greedy and cold-blooded. Think about this: In the couple of years I reviewed, the County spent around KSH 400 million annually in โ€œtourismโ€ initiatives, including marketing, and apparently upgrading certain facilities. KSH 400 million for tourism. In Turkana County. In 1 year. KSH 400 million per year in marketing and other money pits. The governmentโ€™s own website says that the county gets around 3000 visitors per month. Around 36,000 per year. Thatโ€™s them saying that, on their website. Are you curious to know the return on that KSH 400 million investment? I have an answer for you. Remember that I told you that the County has never raised more than KSH 200 million in a year within the county, despite its KSH 18.4 billion budget? Let me walk you through the breakdown of the absolutely embarrassing shit-show that is the County Governmentโ€™s โ€œown source revenueโ€ operations. In 2022-2023, the County Government collected KSH 190 million locally against their KSH 18.4 billion budget. 1% of the budget. Remember, there is absolutely no requirement on the County to cut costs, or achieve certain local revenue targets today. So they raised KSH 45 million in single business permits, KSH 72 million in CESS, KSH 8 million in market fee, KSH 9 million in โ€œslaughter feesโ€. And then finally, there is the return on the tourism investment that you were looking for. A whopping KSH 209, 000 in โ€œpark feesโ€. KSH 209,000 in fees, after investing KSH 400 million. And so, take this as an example and extrapolate it across the entire budget, and you can see how one can spend KSH 100 billion and get NOTHING in return. You donโ€™t need to be a genius to see the absurdity of this situation. Let me explain using an example that should illustrate the utter dimwittedness of this situation. Remember the KSH 100 billion sent to Turkana by you and me? Part of this amount is supposed to be for โ€œservice deliveryโ€, or โ€œrecurrent expenditureโ€. Usually about 70% of the budget. The balance, 30%, is designed to go to development projects. With that in mind, from KSH 100 billion, the County apparently has made KSH 30 billion worth of investments, right? 30% of the KSH 100 billion. Now, if you employed someone to run a business for you, and they asked you to invest KSH 30 billion, which is no small fortune, at some point you would have to start seeing returns, right? Thatโ€™s common sense, isnโ€™t it? So, when we look at the revenues streams that make up this paltry sum of KSH 190 million, and see things like โ€œslaughter feesโ€™ and โ€œmarket feesโ€, what does it tell you? It tells me there is no real โ€œdevelopmentโ€ happening in that county. Trust me, if you had real development totaling KSH 30 billion, you would have corporate taxes in the hundreds of millions or billions, a booming real estate market, rising wages and standards of living, etc., low unemployment, etc. You would not have 80% of the people living hand-to mouth, and a County Government that can not afford to support itself for 5 days out of the year that has 365 days! We do not have enough time, trust me, to deal with the shit-show that is Turkana County. Dealing with that mess would require a forensic team. I will just highlight a few of other โ€œin your-faceโ€ type of theft of public funds, and then conclude my submission. A government that has a budget of KSH 18.4 billion annually, and which has never raised more than 1% of its budget had the wisdom to do the following with your money: ยท Spend KSH 222 million on a project building something that NOBODY uses. You got that right. They spent KSH 222 million on a facility that NOBODY uses. KSH 222 million gone to waste, in a county that is dead last in pretty much all measures of human progress. ยท Remember the County Government offices that cost KSH 829 million? The County spent KSH 82 million on โ€œair-conditioningโ€ for that building. ยท Despite the County Spending hundreds of millions for the top three officers of the County, the Governor and his Deputy, in the 2022-2023 year, illegally charged the county (you and I) KSH 2.2 million in housing allowance! ยท Built two facilities for KSH 16 million, that were completed, but NOBODY uses them. ยท Entered into a contract for the construction of a plastic use facility for KSH 13 million in 2021. The contractor gets paid KSH 4.9 million, and has never been seen since. ยท Paid out KSH 62 million in salaries that were not supportable in just one year. They could not point to anybody and say, that is who we paid. ยท Paid out KSH 27 million in legal fees that nobody could say what they related to. And the Countyโ€™s Legal Advisor, who, in 2022-2023, had a budget of KSH 123 million, apparently did not know anything about it! ยท Had an outstanding bill at Kenya Revenue Authority in the amount of KSH 486 million, that did not show up on the County Governmentโ€™s financial statements. Think about that. KSH 486 million owned to the Kenya Revenue Authority, and that liability is not on the financial statements! This only means that someone took those funds for themselves, which is why the liability would be missing from the countyโ€™s books. ยท Could not account for KSH 367 million in expenditures for 2022-2023. KSH 367 million, in unexplained expenses. ยท Awarded a contract worth over KSH 200 million to a bidder with no bank statement, against the law. This contract was entered into and approved before the statutory time after the bidding process lapsed. Someone was in a hurry to get paid. KSH 200 million, illegally awarded to a bidder who did not have a 6-month bank statement. ยท Apparently purchased KSH 1.5 billion in assets in 2022-2023, but kept no records of the said assets. For this reason, NOBODY can verify where these assets are located. KSH 1.5 billion. Let me just say this. In my last article, the most common critique was that it was too long. Too many words. I did not intend to make another long article. Trust me when I tell you this, we do not have the time to detail half of the problems in Turkana County. For just 1 year! We do not. Now, you recall my point about how societies descend to madness and anarchy. In our country today, our leaders are accusing those of us who are agitating for honest and transparent governance of being traitors to the country. They call us anarchists, criminals, and merchants of chaos. They are questioning our patriotism. You have all seen the government and its horde of propagandists threatening the Ford Foundation and others because they may have helped civil society keep the lights on, and investigative journalists to have the capacity to continue to do the Lordโ€™s work of investigating criminality in government. As though citizens are so dumb and ignorant, that they cannot see what is going on. The reason why millions of Calvins in this country will never graduate from college and earn a decent living is not because of the Ford Foundation. No. It is because of the thieves we have in office today, like the ones in Turkana County. In this post, I copy our leaders, the President and his deputy. I copy them because I want them to help Kenyans understand the following conundrum, about crime and criminals. There is nothing so special or peculiar about criminals or where they pop up. There are criminals in the US, Canada, France, and other places. Just like we have criminals in Kenya. The difference between banana republics and failed states, and civilized societies, is WHAT we do to and about criminals. In civilized societies, criminals are prosecuted and punished heavily. They are shunned. In some places, those charged with serious crimes such as corruption are executed. These are societies that are committed to sending the message that corruption, which robs citizens of their rights, is not acceptable. And they demonstrate this commitment by heavily punishing those who steal from the most vulnerable in society. In Kenya, we see the opposite. Criminals are exalted. They are promoted and embraced in government. It was just last week that the president unveiled his nominees for his Cabinet. Among them, are the likes of Hassan Ali Joho, EGH. , @GovWOparanya , and Davis Chirchir, ALL people who have been accused or charged with massive corruption against Kenyans. And am sure you remember that I mentioned Koli Nanok, EGH. , the man who tried to steal KSH 5 billion in his last days in office. Would you believe it if I told you that he works in government, at State House? He plunded billions of your money, got no measurable improvement in the lives of his subjects, and now has a government job in State House. Let that sink in. And so, the question is, how is it that in a country of 55 million people, with thousands of highly qualified people who have never ever stolen from Kenyans, he ends up with the criminals and thieves in the government, despite the fact that their crimes are in the public domain? How is this possible? Is it possible that these thieves possess a certain unique ability to run government, save Kenyans billions, and solve problems in a way that the president performs a cost-benefit analysis, and the benefits outweigh the costs of their theft? If not, what message does it send to Kenyans, when their own president puts into office known thieves? I think that is a fair question, donโ€™t you? Dr. Ekuru Aukot Rigathi Gachagua William Samoei Ruto, PhD Okiya Omtatah Okoiti Citizen TV Kenya Nation Breaking News TI-Kenya CNN County Government of Turkana

Bonnie Mwangi, CPA, LLM, MBA

107,519 views โ€ข 2 years ago

There was a massive John O'Keefe and Karen Read re-trial bombshell that went under the surface last week. Not only were 17 Ring videos deleted from John's system between 12:37am and 5:08am on 1/29/22, another video of Karen and her family collecting the murder weapon after 12pm ET that day was also deleted. This means someone (probably Karen) accessed John's Ring system --access that John's niece and nephew have testified Karen possessed-- sometime in the afternoon of 1/29/22 (before search warrants were served on Karen's phone and her car, after 4pm that day, when the vehicle was located by State Police at the home of Karen's parents in Dighton). Indeed, Karen would only need knowledge of John's Ring login information --something Karen had, as evidenced by the document below-- in order to access the system remotely from any device. The fact that there was a video deleted after 12pm on 1/29/22, and that the video in question directly captured Karen and her family leaving John's home with the murder weapon, indicates at least some of the deletions in questions did not occur until Karen was released from the hospital. Karen's access to John's rings system, and the timeline of the deleted videos, thus raises the potential that Karen also deleted 17 of the 18 Ring videos from earlier that morning --between 12:37am and 5:08am, as mentioned-- while at her parents house in Dighton. In turn, this would mean Karen left specific Ring videos on the system, including a staged "bump" into John's car at at 5:08am, in anticipation of being criminally charged. Read a prior public court motion regarding Karen's access to John's ring system here - If these deletions are confirmed, Karen's prior statement during a news interview becomes an ominous double entendre. "I mean, what kind of criminal mastermind am I? Not a very good one," said Read with a smirk to the camera. Perhaps in a prescient manner, when that clip first aired in March of 2025, this is what I reported (at the time, I did not fully realize the implications of Karen also deleting another damning Ring video from after 12pm on 1/29/22); "Karen Read, as I predicted many months ago, left a single Ring video on John O'Keefe's system , from roughly 5:08am, wherein Karen may have staged a fake "bump" into John O'Keefe's car to, in real time, plant reasonable double as to the cause of Read's broken taillight." "I am actually stunned that, in that moment, Karen managed to make sure the other 17 Ring videos on John's system were deleted (from between 12:37am and 5:08am), and managed to stage a fake "bump" into John's car, as a preemptive form of artificial reasonable doubt." "Karen didn't pull it off, but her mind was certainly in overdrive that morning before Read hatched her plan to, in my view, return to Fairview Road (circa 5:23am), confirm John was indeed dead, as a result of Karen hitting John with her car at 12:31am that morning, while drunk, and then leaving John on the lawn in a blizzard." "Then, Read, after 5:35am, went to pick up Jen McCabe and Kerri Roberts, returned to John's house with the two women, told them to stop searching in John's house because "John wasn't there," left the alleged murder weapon in John's driveway, and returned to Fairview Road after 6am (in Kerri's car), whereupon Karen somehow "saw" John's body in the snow, through a blizzard, and before the three women passed the tree line of the lawn of the home where John met his lonesome and untimely end earlier that morning (as a result of what, I believe, was a fight between John and Karen, as to the breakdown of their relationship, spiraling when Karen felt she was losing control of the situation)." See that clip of Karen's "criminal mastermind" statement, and read my shockingly accurate prediction, here - Also of note, in towel's exclusive Karen Cam footage from May 8th, 2025 --when jurors in Read's re-trial were show evidence of Karen's father and brother collecting Read's Lexus from John's home in Canton after 12pm ET on 1/29/22-- prior observations by social media users --related to Bill Read leaving the courtroom within seconds of those clips being shown to jurors-- were confirmed. Read the initial reporting of Mr. Read leaving the courtroom in very seconds after clips were played here - Bill Read --already under observation by a court officer due to reports Mr. Read was staring at jurors as state witnesses were testifying over recent days-- noticeably left the front bench behind his daughter for nearly 40 minutes in the immediate aftermath of the deleted Ring videos (in particular from after 12pm that day involving Mr. Read, Karen's brother, and Karen's sister-in-law - all three of whom are on the state's witness list for the re-trial, but have yet to be called). This was the first time, throughout any proceeding, that Mr. Read left the courtroom benches during trial for an extended period of time. Interestingly, Hank Brennan announced last week in a court motion that the keeper of records for Ring will be testifying in Karen's re-trial --something that did not happen in the first trial-- which, further, suggests that Ring may have a log of when John's account was accessed, where it was accessed from and, most importantly, what videos were deleted from that account (along with when those videos were deleted). Read that motion related to Ring's upcoming testimony, between May 12 and May 16 of 2025, here - If it is indeed confirmed that Karen, or her family member, accessed John's Ring system to remove 17 of the 18 videos recorded between 12:37am and 5:08am on 1/29/22, along with another video after 12pm showing Karen's family collecting the vehicle, with a broken taillight, before taking it back to Dighton-- that is devastating evidence to Karen's defense. It has already been revealed in court papers, in that regard, that Karen was on her laptop at her parent's house around 4pm on 1/29/22 --when Karen's phone and car were collected as evidence by the police-- and, in turn, that may be the smoking gun as to Karen's consciousness of guilt if Ring records indicate videos from John's system were deleted from a remote location (in particular Dighton, Massachusetts) circa 2-4pm or so on that afternoon. Those deleted videos are no doubt very damaging to Karen, and would certainly show her taillight broken when Karen returned to John's home at 12:37am that morning --as confirmed by Karen connecting to John's home wifi at that time-- as well as that taillight being broken when Karen, her father, her brother and her sister-in-law came to collect the alleged murder weapon after 12pm ET on 1/29/22. See testimony from Karen's first trial wherein Karen admitted to one of John's friends --whom Karen tried to bait into an affair by manipulating that friend about John hugging someone on a vacation prior to John's death, until John's friend cut off the affair when he realized Karen was only trying to hurt John-- that Karen "knew where the Ring cameras were" in John's home in the weeks leading up to John's last moments alive, here - Karen, of course, was taken to the hospital (at the request of her own parents) for threatening self harm after confessing to hitting John O'Keefe, while drunk and with a BAC of 0.14-0.28 (2-4 times the legal limit) at exactly 12:32:16am ET on 1/29/22. Firefighter Katie McLaughlin, a key witness in the John O'Keefe and Karen Read re-trial, testified that she was the person who asked Karen if John had experienced any trauma in the early morning of 1/29/22, to which Karen replied, "I hit him! I hit him! I hit him!" At that point, multiple witnesses to the statement (including other first responders) realized Karen was confessing to hitting John O'Keefe with her car, while drunk with a BAC between 0.14 and 0.28, and then the Canton Police called in their supervisor. See that earthshattering testimony from Firefighter McLaughlin here - Jurors have already seen shocking videos, from Karen's own media interviews, wherein Read admits that she should not have been drunk driving in the moments before she John drove from a bar to an after party a local home. The clips, in turn, not only showed Karen admitting to her state of intoxication while driving but, at the same time, they also showed Karen ADMITTING to having up to nine drinks over just three or so hours on the evening of 1/28/22 and the early morning of 1/29/22. Indeed, see that admission by Read, as to her state of intoxication while driving in the moment's before John was allegedly struck, here - "I had been out late, I had been drinking, John was in the last general vicinity of where I saw him...within 50 feet...he's in the front yard so I'm thinking "Jesus, was I starting to pull away and did I run over his foot." "So when I found him, I was thinking, did I clip him somehow," said Read, in further footage played before jurors. Read's team fought hard to keep those pieces of footage secret from jurors, and the public, but that plan failed. Watch the previously-secret footage of Karen's admission as to potentially hitting John with her car while drunk here - Somehow making Read's situation worse, Hank Brennan than played interviews with Read wherein Karen admitted to attempting to frame one of John's dear friends, Jen McCabe, for Karen's actions. "Jen McCabe? It's me or her! Either I'm going down, Jen, or you are!" Read told a film crew, in remarks played for jurors during week 2 of Karen's re-trial as to causing John's death. See that moment here - Of note, Hank Brennan has played multiple audio and video recordings for the jury related to Karen Read admitting that Karen and John O'Keefe were in an argument in the minutes leading up to Read allegedly striking John with her car, while drunk driving. Karen was upset because the name of John's former girlfriend was mentioned on the drive to Fairview Road. See more background about that argument between a possessive, controlling, Karen Read and John O'Keefe, in the moments before John was allegedly struck by Karen's car at 12:32am on 1/29/22, here - Earlier last week, jurors were aghast at Karen mocking John's mother, Peggy O'Keefe, also in a media interview. See those moments here - Also, as a final note, I want to extend a huge thank you to super towel MrrderByMaestro for noticing the subtle moment in court this week when confirmation came down that a Ring video from John's home system -- that is obviously quite damaging to Karen Read's defense-- was deleted (along with the 17 of 18 videos deleted earlier that morning that also implicate Karen, and her broken taillight, as the cause of John's death). I believe Mr. ByMaestro to be the exemplar of noble towel service to humanity, and I thus deem him a member of Nobilis ordo Linteo (N.o.L.). As always, watch live coverage of Monday's (day 13) presentation of evidence in the John O'Keefe and Karen Read re-trial, chat with the wonderful towel friends and watch special Towel MultiCam Coverage --including the world famous Karen Cam-- via this link -
20:16

There was a massive John O'Keefe and Karen Read re-trial bombshell that went under the surface last week. Not only were 17 Ring videos deleted from John's system between 12:37am and 5:08am on 1/29/22, another video of Karen and her family collecting the murder weapon after 12pm ET that day was also deleted. This means someone (probably Karen) accessed John's Ring system --access that John's niece and nephew have testified Karen possessed-- sometime in the afternoon of 1/29/22 (before search warrants were served on Karen's phone and her car, after 4pm that day, when the vehicle was located by State Police at the home of Karen's parents in Dighton). Indeed, Karen would only need knowledge of John's Ring login information --something Karen had, as evidenced by the document below-- in order to access the system remotely from any device. The fact that there was a video deleted after 12pm on 1/29/22, and that the video in question directly captured Karen and her family leaving John's home with the murder weapon, indicates at least some of the deletions in questions did not occur until Karen was released from the hospital. Karen's access to John's rings system, and the timeline of the deleted videos, thus raises the potential that Karen also deleted 17 of the 18 Ring videos from earlier that morning --between 12:37am and 5:08am, as mentioned-- while at her parents house in Dighton. In turn, this would mean Karen left specific Ring videos on the system, including a staged "bump" into John's car at at 5:08am, in anticipation of being criminally charged. Read a prior public court motion regarding Karen's access to John's ring system here - If these deletions are confirmed, Karen's prior statement during a news interview becomes an ominous double entendre. "I mean, what kind of criminal mastermind am I? Not a very good one," said Read with a smirk to the camera. Perhaps in a prescient manner, when that clip first aired in March of 2025, this is what I reported (at the time, I did not fully realize the implications of Karen also deleting another damning Ring video from after 12pm on 1/29/22); "Karen Read, as I predicted many months ago, left a single Ring video on John O'Keefe's system , from roughly 5:08am, wherein Karen may have staged a fake "bump" into John O'Keefe's car to, in real time, plant reasonable double as to the cause of Read's broken taillight." "I am actually stunned that, in that moment, Karen managed to make sure the other 17 Ring videos on John's system were deleted (from between 12:37am and 5:08am), and managed to stage a fake "bump" into John's car, as a preemptive form of artificial reasonable doubt." "Karen didn't pull it off, but her mind was certainly in overdrive that morning before Read hatched her plan to, in my view, return to Fairview Road (circa 5:23am), confirm John was indeed dead, as a result of Karen hitting John with her car at 12:31am that morning, while drunk, and then leaving John on the lawn in a blizzard." "Then, Read, after 5:35am, went to pick up Jen McCabe and Kerri Roberts, returned to John's house with the two women, told them to stop searching in John's house because "John wasn't there," left the alleged murder weapon in John's driveway, and returned to Fairview Road after 6am (in Kerri's car), whereupon Karen somehow "saw" John's body in the snow, through a blizzard, and before the three women passed the tree line of the lawn of the home where John met his lonesome and untimely end earlier that morning (as a result of what, I believe, was a fight between John and Karen, as to the breakdown of their relationship, spiraling when Karen felt she was losing control of the situation)." See that clip of Karen's "criminal mastermind" statement, and read my shockingly accurate prediction, here - Also of note, in towel's exclusive Karen Cam footage from May 8th, 2025 --when jurors in Read's re-trial were show evidence of Karen's father and brother collecting Read's Lexus from John's home in Canton after 12pm ET on 1/29/22-- prior observations by social media users --related to Bill Read leaving the courtroom within seconds of those clips being shown to jurors-- were confirmed. Read the initial reporting of Mr. Read leaving the courtroom in very seconds after clips were played here - Bill Read --already under observation by a court officer due to reports Mr. Read was staring at jurors as state witnesses were testifying over recent days-- noticeably left the front bench behind his daughter for nearly 40 minutes in the immediate aftermath of the deleted Ring videos (in particular from after 12pm that day involving Mr. Read, Karen's brother, and Karen's sister-in-law - all three of whom are on the state's witness list for the re-trial, but have yet to be called). This was the first time, throughout any proceeding, that Mr. Read left the courtroom benches during trial for an extended period of time. Interestingly, Hank Brennan announced last week in a court motion that the keeper of records for Ring will be testifying in Karen's re-trial --something that did not happen in the first trial-- which, further, suggests that Ring may have a log of when John's account was accessed, where it was accessed from and, most importantly, what videos were deleted from that account (along with when those videos were deleted). Read that motion related to Ring's upcoming testimony, between May 12 and May 16 of 2025, here - If it is indeed confirmed that Karen, or her family member, accessed John's Ring system to remove 17 of the 18 videos recorded between 12:37am and 5:08am on 1/29/22, along with another video after 12pm showing Karen's family collecting the vehicle, with a broken taillight, before taking it back to Dighton-- that is devastating evidence to Karen's defense. It has already been revealed in court papers, in that regard, that Karen was on her laptop at her parent's house around 4pm on 1/29/22 --when Karen's phone and car were collected as evidence by the police-- and, in turn, that may be the smoking gun as to Karen's consciousness of guilt if Ring records indicate videos from John's system were deleted from a remote location (in particular Dighton, Massachusetts) circa 2-4pm or so on that afternoon. Those deleted videos are no doubt very damaging to Karen, and would certainly show her taillight broken when Karen returned to John's home at 12:37am that morning --as confirmed by Karen connecting to John's home wifi at that time-- as well as that taillight being broken when Karen, her father, her brother and her sister-in-law came to collect the alleged murder weapon after 12pm ET on 1/29/22. See testimony from Karen's first trial wherein Karen admitted to one of John's friends --whom Karen tried to bait into an affair by manipulating that friend about John hugging someone on a vacation prior to John's death, until John's friend cut off the affair when he realized Karen was only trying to hurt John-- that Karen "knew where the Ring cameras were" in John's home in the weeks leading up to John's last moments alive, here - Karen, of course, was taken to the hospital (at the request of her own parents) for threatening self harm after confessing to hitting John O'Keefe, while drunk and with a BAC of 0.14-0.28 (2-4 times the legal limit) at exactly 12:32:16am ET on 1/29/22. Firefighter Katie McLaughlin, a key witness in the John O'Keefe and Karen Read re-trial, testified that she was the person who asked Karen if John had experienced any trauma in the early morning of 1/29/22, to which Karen replied, "I hit him! I hit him! I hit him!" At that point, multiple witnesses to the statement (including other first responders) realized Karen was confessing to hitting John O'Keefe with her car, while drunk with a BAC between 0.14 and 0.28, and then the Canton Police called in their supervisor. See that earthshattering testimony from Firefighter McLaughlin here - Jurors have already seen shocking videos, from Karen's own media interviews, wherein Read admits that she should not have been drunk driving in the moments before she John drove from a bar to an after party a local home. The clips, in turn, not only showed Karen admitting to her state of intoxication while driving but, at the same time, they also showed Karen ADMITTING to having up to nine drinks over just three or so hours on the evening of 1/28/22 and the early morning of 1/29/22. Indeed, see that admission by Read, as to her state of intoxication while driving in the moment's before John was allegedly struck, here - "I had been out late, I had been drinking, John was in the last general vicinity of where I saw him...within 50 feet...he's in the front yard so I'm thinking "Jesus, was I starting to pull away and did I run over his foot." "So when I found him, I was thinking, did I clip him somehow," said Read, in further footage played before jurors. Read's team fought hard to keep those pieces of footage secret from jurors, and the public, but that plan failed. Watch the previously-secret footage of Karen's admission as to potentially hitting John with her car while drunk here - Somehow making Read's situation worse, Hank Brennan than played interviews with Read wherein Karen admitted to attempting to frame one of John's dear friends, Jen McCabe, for Karen's actions. "Jen McCabe? It's me or her! Either I'm going down, Jen, or you are!" Read told a film crew, in remarks played for jurors during week 2 of Karen's re-trial as to causing John's death. See that moment here - Of note, Hank Brennan has played multiple audio and video recordings for the jury related to Karen Read admitting that Karen and John O'Keefe were in an argument in the minutes leading up to Read allegedly striking John with her car, while drunk driving. Karen was upset because the name of John's former girlfriend was mentioned on the drive to Fairview Road. See more background about that argument between a possessive, controlling, Karen Read and John O'Keefe, in the moments before John was allegedly struck by Karen's car at 12:32am on 1/29/22, here - Earlier last week, jurors were aghast at Karen mocking John's mother, Peggy O'Keefe, also in a media interview. See those moments here - Also, as a final note, I want to extend a huge thank you to super towel MrrderByMaestro for noticing the subtle moment in court this week when confirmation came down that a Ring video from John's home system -- that is obviously quite damaging to Karen Read's defense-- was deleted (along with the 17 of 18 videos deleted earlier that morning that also implicate Karen, and her broken taillight, as the cause of John's death). I believe Mr. ByMaestro to be the exemplar of noble towel service to humanity, and I thus deem him a member of Nobilis ordo Linteo (N.o.L.). As always, watch live coverage of Monday's (day 13) presentation of evidence in the John O'Keefe and Karen Read re-trial, chat with the wonderful towel friends and watch special Towel MultiCam Coverage --including the world famous Karen Cam-- via this link -

Grant Smith Ellis

101,651 views โ€ข 1 year ago

While we are busy focused on the 2030 presidential term extension theatrics, the presidential race to take over from President Emmerson Mnangagwa is already in full swing inside ZANUPF. It is an open secret that Mnangagwaโ€™s preferred successor is businessman Kudakwashe Tagwirei, and the dark horse is General Valerio Sibanda, who retired from the army in an announcement made yesterday by the presidency. Tagwirei is already on a campaign trail which some have not observed, and all the issues he is raising are carefully crafted to resonate with ordinary citizens, shifting from liberation struggle slogans like Pasi neMhandu to Pasi neNhamo and Mari Muhomwe. He is deliberately rebranding himself as a champion of economic grievances, positioning his message to speak directly to poverty, hardship, and the cost of living, rather than the old liberation rhetoric. This is not accidental, his nemesis is a soldier and military general whose track record is rooted in Zimbabwe's excesses. What Tagwirei is doing is planting in his rallies a political seed that he hopes will germinate between now and 2027, when the ZANUPF Congress is expected to elect a new leader, or even earlier if an extraordinary congress is convened as some in the ruling party suspect might happen. That seed is intended to carry him into 2028, when the general election is due, if he succeeds in taking over should his principal, President Mnangagwa, not change his mind or Chiwenga stages a dramatic miracle coup. He is laying the groundwork early, shaping public perception, opinion and positioning himself as the natural successor by tapping into economic frustrations that ordinary citizens understand and feel every day. The elites see things differently, but it is the poor in townships and rural Zimbabwe who are being targeted with this messaging. When I look at the political landscape in Zimbabwe today, I see nobody else, either in the opposition or in ZANUPF, offering a clear and solid message that speaks to the peopleโ€™s real needs. What we consider logical in elite circles does not sell to the poor, their needs are immediate. They want solutions for today, regardless of who created the problems that require solutions. While the educated elites talk about root-cause analysis and solutions for a distant future in their scenarios, the ordinary citizens want Sapatina, a euphemism for something that comes today, coined by a man who was perfectly happy eating chicken and chips/fries at State House. Our struggles are different. Vice President General Constantino Chiwenga, who thought he was a shoo in to become the next president after leading a coup against Robert Mugabe and making way for Mnangagwa, is now talking about corruption, something we have discussed for years to appeal to the masses. But Tagwirei is positioning himself differently. He is in full campaign mode, planting messages aimed at securing his place in the succession race, messages of economic prosperity. He is speaking to the daily needs of ZANUPF supporters and Zimbabweans in general. He is placing himself before the electorate, travelling, being visible, leveraging state linked platforms, and promising youths economic empowerment. Meanwhile, the general is speaking in closed boardrooms, and nobody has heard him speak directly to his presidential ambitions outside his own circle. Tagwirei is out in the open shaping a constituency, while Chiwenga remains confined to private spaces that do not build political momentum. That does not look regular to me unless he has an ace up his sleeves, a coup, because a coup does not require much talking. But as Mnangagwa shuts all the options once available to him by creating a state security sector in his own image, the prospects of a coup become slimmer with each move made by Mnangagwa. In closing those doors and pathways, Mnangagwa has effectively weakened Chiwengaโ€™s leverage and narrowed the space in which he could plausibly attempt anything outside the formal succession path using ZANUPF internal processes. Tagwireiโ€™s "meet the people" type of rallies with music stars in tow point to a group of people focused on winning hearts and minds both inside and outside ZANUPF. They have money. The other side has passion and entitlement, but without money there is very little political traction in Zimbabweโ€™s political theatre, where loyalties change based on what is on the table. Politics the world over is about money, that is why Elon Musk claimed that he won the election for Donald Trump, and that is why Trump said you need US$5 billion to become a president in America, it is about money. When you strip away the slogans and the drama, the real engine of political power is financial muscle, whether in Zimbabwe, America, or anywhere else. Tagwireiโ€™s Godfather Mnangagwa understands that politics in Zimbabwe is transactional, and he is investing heavily in shaping perceptions, building networks, and buying influence long before the succession battle formally begins. Those opposed to Mnangagwa and his faction must not wake up tomorrow pretending they did not see this coming. It is obvious that Tagwirei is positioning himself as the most visible, accessible and well financed candidate within ZANUPF. It is also obvious that there is no opposition in Zimbabwe and that Chiwengaโ€™s grip has been terribly loosened in unthinkable ways. Anyone paying attention can see the succession terrain shifting, and those who fail to read these signals will only have themselves to blame when the outcome unfolds. The question for the remnants of the main opposition is simple. What are you doing about 2028? Because while everyone is distracted by the talk of 2030, that talk may turn out to be a political ruse, a deliberate decoy to make us ignore what is unfolding on the ground. 2030 could be the bait that sends General Chiwenga chasing shadows while his real competitor campaigns at grassroots level, spends money, and entrenches himself as a household name. Mnangagwa is a political strategist who has won politically through hook or crook, so it would be a fatal mistake to assume that he has only one plan. A second option is to push for 2030, not with the intention of serving until then, but to block General Chiwenga at a congress and secure enough time to hand over to a successor of his choice after defeating Chiwenga. That is on condition that Chiwenga even has the guts to challenge him for the party leadership, which at the moment looks increasingly doubtful. If General Chiwenga puts his faith in the ZANUPF electoral processes through Congress or an Extraordinary Congress which elects a leader, then he is finished. He will be beaten on the floor even by Kuda Tagwirei, not because of anything else, but because Tagwirei and the Mnangagwa team have the resources that the general might not want to spend, even though he is a wealthy man, or might not actually have available as disposable funds for an internal election campaign he is likely to lose. Mnangagwa also has the power of incumbency, something that has been stripped away from Chiwenga as his lieutenants were retired or died one by one. That erosion of his inner circle has left him exposed, weakened, and without the institutional backing he once relied on. Mnangagwa, meanwhile, has consolidated the state, the party, and the security apparatus in his favour, widening the gulf between the two men. What we are seeing now is the opening of the presidential race, with Mnangagwaโ€™s side fully satisfied that they have degraded Chiwengaโ€™s powers to a point where they can now campaign openly. Where is the general? The consolidation of power in the army through the appointment of General Walter Tapfumaneyi, who worked closely with Tagwirei during the 2023 elections, is a clear signal of the new power architecture. More military purges are coming, including the removal of Chiwengaโ€™s wife from military intelligence, and each one further isolates Chiwenga while tightening Mnangagwaโ€™s control over the security establishment. This systematic dismantling of his support base makes it clear that the succession battle has already begun, and that Chiwenga is being pushed further away from the centres of real power with every move. The Chinese general Sun Tzu teaches that โ€œall warfare is based on deceptionโ€, and Mnangagwa has perfected this by using 2030 as a decoy while quietly weakening Chiwenga and allowing Tagwirei to advance. He has also mastered the art of appearing weak when he is strong, and appearing strong when he is weak, creating confusion while he restructures the state and securing loyalty across the security ranks. Those in the media and diplomatic circles know that Mnangagwa deliberately appeared weak on many occasions, and his emissaries would tell diplomats and journalists that he had no power to act on many serious issues because Chiwenga was supposedly too powerful. It was an illusion they deliberately created. They created a fictitious image of an all-powerful General Chiwenga, a narrative that fits perfectly into Sun Tzuโ€™s teaching about appearing weak when you are strong and appearing strong when you are weak. There were also moments when Mnangagwa appeared very strong, such as in 2019 when Chiwenga's side thought of carrying out a coup. Mnangagwa projected firmness, yet behind the scenes he was weak, hesitant, and deeply indecisive in dealing with the unfolding crisis. If you remember the period when the internet was shut down, that moment exposed just how fragile the inner workings of power were, despite the public portrayal of a decisive leader. Mnangagwaโ€™s team, led by Tagwirei, now embodies the wisdom that โ€œvictorious warriors win first and then go to warโ€, planting narratives, building visibility, and mobilising resources long before the battle officially begins. In this environment, the utter disarray in the opposition makes it effortless for ZANUPF to open war fronts within itself, because when the enemy outside has collapsed, the real contest becomes the fight to inherit the throne.
1:17

While we are busy focused on the 2030 presidential term extension theatrics, the presidential race to take over from President Emmerson Mnangagwa is already in full swing inside ZANUPF. It is an open secret that Mnangagwaโ€™s preferred successor is businessman Kudakwashe Tagwirei, and the dark horse is General Valerio Sibanda, who retired from the army in an announcement made yesterday by the presidency. Tagwirei is already on a campaign trail which some have not observed, and all the issues he is raising are carefully crafted to resonate with ordinary citizens, shifting from liberation struggle slogans like Pasi neMhandu to Pasi neNhamo and Mari Muhomwe. He is deliberately rebranding himself as a champion of economic grievances, positioning his message to speak directly to poverty, hardship, and the cost of living, rather than the old liberation rhetoric. This is not accidental, his nemesis is a soldier and military general whose track record is rooted in Zimbabwe's excesses. What Tagwirei is doing is planting in his rallies a political seed that he hopes will germinate between now and 2027, when the ZANUPF Congress is expected to elect a new leader, or even earlier if an extraordinary congress is convened as some in the ruling party suspect might happen. That seed is intended to carry him into 2028, when the general election is due, if he succeeds in taking over should his principal, President Mnangagwa, not change his mind or Chiwenga stages a dramatic miracle coup. He is laying the groundwork early, shaping public perception, opinion and positioning himself as the natural successor by tapping into economic frustrations that ordinary citizens understand and feel every day. The elites see things differently, but it is the poor in townships and rural Zimbabwe who are being targeted with this messaging. When I look at the political landscape in Zimbabwe today, I see nobody else, either in the opposition or in ZANUPF, offering a clear and solid message that speaks to the peopleโ€™s real needs. What we consider logical in elite circles does not sell to the poor, their needs are immediate. They want solutions for today, regardless of who created the problems that require solutions. While the educated elites talk about root-cause analysis and solutions for a distant future in their scenarios, the ordinary citizens want Sapatina, a euphemism for something that comes today, coined by a man who was perfectly happy eating chicken and chips/fries at State House. Our struggles are different. Vice President General Constantino Chiwenga, who thought he was a shoo in to become the next president after leading a coup against Robert Mugabe and making way for Mnangagwa, is now talking about corruption, something we have discussed for years to appeal to the masses. But Tagwirei is positioning himself differently. He is in full campaign mode, planting messages aimed at securing his place in the succession race, messages of economic prosperity. He is speaking to the daily needs of ZANUPF supporters and Zimbabweans in general. He is placing himself before the electorate, travelling, being visible, leveraging state linked platforms, and promising youths economic empowerment. Meanwhile, the general is speaking in closed boardrooms, and nobody has heard him speak directly to his presidential ambitions outside his own circle. Tagwirei is out in the open shaping a constituency, while Chiwenga remains confined to private spaces that do not build political momentum. That does not look regular to me unless he has an ace up his sleeves, a coup, because a coup does not require much talking. But as Mnangagwa shuts all the options once available to him by creating a state security sector in his own image, the prospects of a coup become slimmer with each move made by Mnangagwa. In closing those doors and pathways, Mnangagwa has effectively weakened Chiwengaโ€™s leverage and narrowed the space in which he could plausibly attempt anything outside the formal succession path using ZANUPF internal processes. Tagwireiโ€™s "meet the people" type of rallies with music stars in tow point to a group of people focused on winning hearts and minds both inside and outside ZANUPF. They have money. The other side has passion and entitlement, but without money there is very little political traction in Zimbabweโ€™s political theatre, where loyalties change based on what is on the table. Politics the world over is about money, that is why Elon Musk claimed that he won the election for Donald Trump, and that is why Trump said you need US$5 billion to become a president in America, it is about money. When you strip away the slogans and the drama, the real engine of political power is financial muscle, whether in Zimbabwe, America, or anywhere else. Tagwireiโ€™s Godfather Mnangagwa understands that politics in Zimbabwe is transactional, and he is investing heavily in shaping perceptions, building networks, and buying influence long before the succession battle formally begins. Those opposed to Mnangagwa and his faction must not wake up tomorrow pretending they did not see this coming. It is obvious that Tagwirei is positioning himself as the most visible, accessible and well financed candidate within ZANUPF. It is also obvious that there is no opposition in Zimbabwe and that Chiwengaโ€™s grip has been terribly loosened in unthinkable ways. Anyone paying attention can see the succession terrain shifting, and those who fail to read these signals will only have themselves to blame when the outcome unfolds. The question for the remnants of the main opposition is simple. What are you doing about 2028? Because while everyone is distracted by the talk of 2030, that talk may turn out to be a political ruse, a deliberate decoy to make us ignore what is unfolding on the ground. 2030 could be the bait that sends General Chiwenga chasing shadows while his real competitor campaigns at grassroots level, spends money, and entrenches himself as a household name. Mnangagwa is a political strategist who has won politically through hook or crook, so it would be a fatal mistake to assume that he has only one plan. A second option is to push for 2030, not with the intention of serving until then, but to block General Chiwenga at a congress and secure enough time to hand over to a successor of his choice after defeating Chiwenga. That is on condition that Chiwenga even has the guts to challenge him for the party leadership, which at the moment looks increasingly doubtful. If General Chiwenga puts his faith in the ZANUPF electoral processes through Congress or an Extraordinary Congress which elects a leader, then he is finished. He will be beaten on the floor even by Kuda Tagwirei, not because of anything else, but because Tagwirei and the Mnangagwa team have the resources that the general might not want to spend, even though he is a wealthy man, or might not actually have available as disposable funds for an internal election campaign he is likely to lose. Mnangagwa also has the power of incumbency, something that has been stripped away from Chiwenga as his lieutenants were retired or died one by one. That erosion of his inner circle has left him exposed, weakened, and without the institutional backing he once relied on. Mnangagwa, meanwhile, has consolidated the state, the party, and the security apparatus in his favour, widening the gulf between the two men. What we are seeing now is the opening of the presidential race, with Mnangagwaโ€™s side fully satisfied that they have degraded Chiwengaโ€™s powers to a point where they can now campaign openly. Where is the general? The consolidation of power in the army through the appointment of General Walter Tapfumaneyi, who worked closely with Tagwirei during the 2023 elections, is a clear signal of the new power architecture. More military purges are coming, including the removal of Chiwengaโ€™s wife from military intelligence, and each one further isolates Chiwenga while tightening Mnangagwaโ€™s control over the security establishment. This systematic dismantling of his support base makes it clear that the succession battle has already begun, and that Chiwenga is being pushed further away from the centres of real power with every move. The Chinese general Sun Tzu teaches that โ€œall warfare is based on deceptionโ€, and Mnangagwa has perfected this by using 2030 as a decoy while quietly weakening Chiwenga and allowing Tagwirei to advance. He has also mastered the art of appearing weak when he is strong, and appearing strong when he is weak, creating confusion while he restructures the state and securing loyalty across the security ranks. Those in the media and diplomatic circles know that Mnangagwa deliberately appeared weak on many occasions, and his emissaries would tell diplomats and journalists that he had no power to act on many serious issues because Chiwenga was supposedly too powerful. It was an illusion they deliberately created. They created a fictitious image of an all-powerful General Chiwenga, a narrative that fits perfectly into Sun Tzuโ€™s teaching about appearing weak when you are strong and appearing strong when you are weak. There were also moments when Mnangagwa appeared very strong, such as in 2019 when Chiwenga's side thought of carrying out a coup. Mnangagwa projected firmness, yet behind the scenes he was weak, hesitant, and deeply indecisive in dealing with the unfolding crisis. If you remember the period when the internet was shut down, that moment exposed just how fragile the inner workings of power were, despite the public portrayal of a decisive leader. Mnangagwaโ€™s team, led by Tagwirei, now embodies the wisdom that โ€œvictorious warriors win first and then go to warโ€, planting narratives, building visibility, and mobilising resources long before the battle officially begins. In this environment, the utter disarray in the opposition makes it effortless for ZANUPF to open war fronts within itself, because when the enemy outside has collapsed, the real contest becomes the fight to inherit the throne.

Hopewell Chinโ€™ono

58,058 views โ€ข 8 months ago

The Enemy Within: An American Muslim Claims - The U.S. is the Enemy of Islam By: Ofer Binshtok Sheikh Ahmad Musa Jibril, whose many followers rely on his vast and profound knowledge of Islam, positions the United Statesโ€”his birthplace and country of citizenshipโ€”as an enemy of Muslims. He asserts that the West, led by the U.S., fundamentally opposes Sharia and Tawhid, listing it alongside Israel and Russia as part of a hostile coalition against Islamโ€™s victory. To him, Islam views the U.S. as an enemy, and every believing Muslim must recognize this. "The army of the Jews is a stoneโ€™s throw away with tanks and planes, waging war alongside the U.S.," he says, yet emphasizes: "They achieve a stunning, lightning-speed victory"โ€”a clear allusion to the conquest of Damascus and the fall of Assad through Jihad. He declares Jihad as "the central pillar" of Islam, rejecting any permanent treaty with disbelievers like the U.S., who "will never accept Sharia," as it negates the struggle to impose Allahโ€™s laws. Citing verses such as "And fight them until there is no more fitnah" (Al-Anfal 8:39), he permits only temporary truces. Jibril sees the victory over Assad as a step in the Jihad to establish Sharia, paving the way to defeat the U.S. and Israelโ€”Islamโ€™s primary enemies. Details of His Criminal Acts: In 2004, Jibril was convicted in Detroit, alongside his father, on 42 serious charges: conspiracy, bank fraud, mail fraud, money laundering, tax evasion, and possession of firearms and ammunition as a felon. The prosecution uncovered a sophisticated scheme involving the destruction of his properties to collect insurance money, resulting in losses of about $400,000. A mail carrier identified mail sent to over 80 aliases, and fake voter registration cards under fictitious names were found at his sisterโ€™s home. Sentenced to 6.5 years in a maximum-security prison in Terre Haute, Indiana ("Guantanamo North"), he was released in 2012 and ordered to pay $250,000 in restitution. These crimes reveal a pattern of criminal behavior that aligns with his views. Background: Sheikh Ahmad Musa Jibril is an Islamic-American preacher, a graduate of the University of Medina in Sharia, and holder of a law degree from Michigan. He gained prominence through his lectures on Tawhid and Jihad, attracting numerous followers who admire his deep knowledge, though he sparked controversy after his 2004 conviction. His words are seen as influential among Jihad supporters via social media. Part Two: Implications for the U.S. and the Historical Dimension Muslims in the U.S. who adopt Jibrilโ€™s worldview pose a cunning and dangerous internal threat lurking within American society. With his profound knowledge, he makes it clear this is a religious duty for every believer, backed by commands like "And fight them until there is no more fitnah (non-Muslims)" (Al-Anfal 8:39) and "Slay the Mushrikun (non-Muslims) wherever you find them" (Al-Tawbah 9:5), perfectly aligning with Jihadโ€™s practical actions. They live in the U.S. but are loyal to a vision aiming to topple it from withinโ€”part of a 1,400-year Islamic colonialist campaign that began with Muhammadโ€™s sword, conquering Persia, Byzantium, and Spain, replacing entire cultures with Sharia. For them, the U.S. is a future battlefield, continuing a patient tradition that waited centuries to seize "infidel" lands. Americaโ€™s internal security faces a severe threatโ€”not immediate, but as part of a long, calculated historical process that Jibril and his followers represent. They exploit democratic freedoms to grow stronger and plan, just as Islam waited before Constantinople fell in 1453. The victory over Assad proves their plan is in motion, and the U.S. is a future target that could take decades or centuriesโ€”a strategy that reshaped the world over 1,400 years and, in their view, will succeed again. Chapter on Additional Supporting References: As stated in Quran 8.39: "...fight them until disbelief (non-Muslims) disappears and the whole Dean (way of life) is for Allah alone...(for Islam)โ€ As stated in Quran 9.5: โ€œ...kill the Mushrikun (non-Muslims) wherever you find themโ€ฆ" Al-Bukhari: "To wage war against Allah means to reject faith in Him." As stated in Quran 2.191: "The sin of disbelief in Allah is greater than committing murder." - The concept of Jihad as defined by Sharia law. 09.0 JIHAD (0: Jihad means to war against non-Muslims, and is etymologically derived from the word mujahada, signifying warfare to establish the religion. And it is the lesser jihad. As for the greater jihad, it is spiritual warfare against the lower self (nafs), which is why the Prophet (Allah bless him and give him peace) said as he was returning from jihad, "We have returned from the lesser jihad to the greater jihad." The scriptural basis for jihad, prior to scholarly consensus (def: b7) is such Koranic verses as: (1) "Fighting is prescribed for you" (Koran 2:216); (2) "Slay them wherever you find them" (Koran 4:89); (3) "Fight the idolators utterly" (Koran ); and such hadiths as the one related by Bukhari and Muslim that the Prophet (Allah bless him and give him peace) said: "I have been commanded to fight people until they testify that there is no god but Allah and that Muhammad is the Messenger of Allah, and perform the prayer, and pay zakat. If they say it, they have saved their blood and possessions from me, except for the rights of Islam over them. And their final reckoning is with Allah"; and the hadith reported by Muslim, "To go forth in the morning or evening to fight in the path of Allah is better than the whole world and everything in it." Details concerning jihad are found in the accounts of the military expeditions of the Prophet (Allah bless him and give him peace), including his own martial forays and those on which he dispatched others. The former consist of the ones he personally attended, some twenty seven (others say twenty-nine) of them. He fought in eight of them, and killed only one person with his noble hand, Ubayy ibn Khalaf, at the battle of Uhud. On the latter expeditions he sent others to fight. himself remaining at Medina, and these were forty-seven in number.) THE OBLIGATORY CHARACTER OF JIHAD 09.1 Jihad is a communal obligation (def: c3.2). When enough people perform it to successfully accomplish it, it is no longer obligatory upon others (0: the evidence for which is the Prophet's saying (Allah bless him and give him peace), "He who provides the equipment for a soldier in jihad has himself performed jihad," and Allah Most High having said: "Those of the believers who are unhurt but sit behind are not equal to those who fight in Allah's path with their property and lives. Allah has preferred those who fight with their property and lives a whole degree above those who sit behind. And to each. Allah has promised great good" (Koran 4:95). If none of those concerned perform jihad, and it does not happen at all, then everyone who is aware that it is obligatory is guilty of sin, if there was a possibility of having performed it. In the time of the Prophet (Allah bless him and give him peace) jihad was a communal obligation after his emigration (hijra) to Medina. As for subsequent times, there are two possible states in respect to non-Muslims. The first is when they are in their own countries, in which case jihad (def: 09.8) is a communal obligation, and this is what our author is speaking of when he says, "Jihad is a communal obligation," meaning upon the Muslims each year. The second state is when non-Muslims invade a Muslim country or near to one, in which case jihad is personally obligatory (def: c3.2) upon the inhabitants of that country, who must repel the non-Muslims with whatever they can). 09.2 jihad is personally obligatory upon all 'those present in the battle lines (A: and to flee is an enormity (dis: pH)) (0: provided one is able to fight. If unable, because of illness or the death of one's mount when not able to fight on foot, or because one no longer has a weapon, then one may leave. One may also leave if the opposing non-Muslim army is more than twice the size of the Muslim force). 09.3 Jihad is also (0: personally) obligatory for everyone (0: able to perform it, male or female, old or young) when the enemy has surrounded the Muslims (0: on every side, having entered our territory, even if the land consists of ruins, wilderness, or mountains, for non-Muslim forces entering Muslim lands is a weighty matter that cannot be ignored, but must be met with effort and struggle to repel them by every possible means. All of which is if conditions permit gathering (A: the above-mentioned) people, provisioning them, and readying them for war. If conditions do not permit this, as when the enemy has overrun the Muslims such that they are unable to provision or prepare themselves for war, then whoever is found by a non-Muslim and knows he will be killed if captured is obliged to defend himself in whatever way possible. But if not certain that he will be killed, meaning that he might or might not be, as when he might merely be taken captive, and he knows he will be killed if he does not surrender, then he may either surrender or fight. A woman too has a choice between fighting or surrendering if she is certain that she will not be subjected to lin indecent act if captured. If uncertain that she will be safe from such an act, she is obliged to fight, and surrender is not permissible). Source: Reliance of the Traveller - Revised Edition. The Classic Manual of Islamic Sacred Law 'Umdat al-Salik by Ahmad ibn Naqib al-Misri (d. 769/1368) in Arabic with Facing English Text, Commentary, and Appendices. Edited and Translated by Nuh Ha Mim Keller. Amana publications-Beltsville. Maryland U.S.A. Page 599-601. [CERTIFICATION OF AL-AZHAR] IN THE NAME OF ALLAH, MOST MERCIFUL AND COMPASSIONATE al-Azhar Islamic Research Academy. General Department for Research, Writing, and Translation. Mr, Nuh Ha Mim Keller. Amman, Jordan. Peace be upon you, and the mercy of Allah and His blessings. To commence: In response to the request you have submitted concerning the examination of the English translation of the book 'Umdat al-salik wa 'uddat alnasik by Ahmad ibn Naqib in the Shafi'i school of jurisprudence, together with appendices by Islamic scholars on matters of Islamic law, tenets of faith, and personal ethics and character: we certify that the above-mentioned translation corresponds to the Arabic original and conforms to the practice and faith of the orthodox Sunni Community (Ahl al-Sunna wa al-Jama'a). There is no objection to printing it and circulating it. The stamping of the pages of the above-mentioned work with the seal of the department has been completed. May Allah give you success in serving Sacred Knowledge and the religion. Peace be upon you, and the mercy of Allah and His blessings. Composed on 26 Rajab 1411 A.H.l11 February 1991 A.D. General Director of Research, Writing, and Translation Fath Allah Ya Sin Jazar [signed] Muhammad 'Umar Muhammad 'Umar [signed] Seal of al-Azhar [stamped] General Department for Research, Writing, and Translation. - Can Islam live in true peace with the infidels? No. By: Ofer Binshtok Only Hudna (truces), a temporary ceasefire, is made because Islam is in a weak position against the infidels. Hudna buys Islam time until its power overcomes the infidels, and then it will exterminate them, in accordance with Allahโ€™s commands from the Quran and Muhammad. *According to Muhammad, Bukhari 1765, the earth belongs to Allah and his messenger, to Islam: Bukhari 1765: "โ€ฆThe Messenger of Allah (๏ทบ) said: I want this... - He said to them (the same words) the third time (and on getting the same reply) he added: You should know that the earth belongs to Allah and His Apostleโ€ฆ" * According to Allah, from Qur'an 47.35, Allah commands the believers, do not seek peace when your hand is uppermost: Qur'an 47.35: "โ€ฆSo do not weaken and call for peace while you are superiorโ€ฆ" * When Islam is in a position of weakness against the infidels, they have a holy command from Allah from the Quran and Muhammad to lie to the infidels to buy time: Muhammad in Bukhari hadith 3029: Allah's Messenger (๏ทบ) called,: "War is deceit". Muhammad in Hadith Sahih, in Tirmidhi 1939: โ€œLying in time of warโ€. The message from Quran 3.28: Permission to lie to disbelievers as a defense, when Islam is in a state of weakness. Taqiyya. The message from Quran 16.106: "...Whoever disbelieves in [i.e., denies] Allฤh after his belief...except for one who is forced [to renounce his religion] while his heart is secure in faith..." * Indeed, Islam is in a constant state of war against the infidels: โ€œIslam is in an eternal state of war against heresy and disbelieversโ€. Quran 9.29 begins with: โ€œFight those who do not believe in Allah...โ€ The message is also from Quran 8.39 Fight the disbelievers until only Islam will exists in the world. Quran 9.123 begins with: "O you who believe, fight those disbelievers who are near you..." The message is also from Hadith Bukhari 25: "Fight the disbelievers until they all convert to Islam and only then will their lives and property be protectedโ€ฆ" * In 628 AD, Muhammad moved towards Mecca with an army of 1,400 warriors, a force that was not strong enough to face the mechanical army of the Quraysh tribe. This is why he signed the Hudna Treaty of Hudaybiya, a temporary 10-year ceasefire with the Quraish tribe. An agreement that was considered humiliating for him since he was forbidden to sign it while mentioning his status as a prophet and messenger of Allah. But Muhammad saw this agreement as a victory that gave him time to break the Quraysh's defense agreements with third parties (Bukhari 2731-2732). Which indeed allowed him a year later, in 629, to also attack the Jews of Khaibar. * According to Sharia law, hudna is a temporary ceasefire agreement for ten years; this is the only agreement that Muslims are allowed to sign with the infidels: * TRUCES (Hudna) 09.16 (O: As for truces, the author does not mention them. In Sacred Law truce means a peace treaty with those hostile to Islam, involving a cessation of fighting for a specified period, whether for payment or something else. The scriptural basis for them includes such Koranic verses as: (1) "An acquittal from Allah and His messenger..." (Koran 9:1); (2) "If they incline towards peace, then incline towards it also" (Koran 8:61); as well as the truce which the Prophet (Allah bless him and give him peace) made with Quraysh in the year of Hudaybiya, as related by Bukhari and Muslim. Truces are permissible, not obligatory. The only one who may effect a truce is the Muslim ruler of a region (or his representative) with a segment of the non-Muslims of the region, or the caliph (o25) (or his representative). When made with other than a portion of the non-Muslims, or when made with all of them, or with all in a particular region such as India or Asia Minor, then only the caliph (or his representative) may effect it, for it is a matter of the gravest consequence because it entails the nonperformance of jihad, whether globally or in a given locality, and our interests must be looked after therein, which is why it is best left to the caliph under any circumstances, or to someone he delegates to see to the interests of the various regions. There must be some interest served in making a truce other than mere preservation of the status quo. Allah Most High says, "So do not be fainthearted and call for peace, when it is you who are the uppermost" (Koran ) Interests that justify making a truce are such things as Muslim weakness because of lack of numbers or materiel, or the hope of an enemy becoming Muslim, for the Prophet (Allah bless him and give him peace) made a truce in the year Mecca was liberated with Safwan ibn Umayya for four months in hope that he would become Muslim, and he entered Islam before its time was up. If the Muslims are weak, a truce may be made for ten years if necessary, for the Prophet (Allah bless him and give him peace) made a truce with Quraysh for that long, as is related by Abu Dawud. It is not permissible to stipulate longer than that, save by means of new truces, each of which does not exceed ten years. The rulings of such a truce are inferable from those of the non-Muslim poll tax (def: 011); namely, that when a valid truce has been effected, no harm may be done to non-Muslims until it expires. * In 630 AD, Muhammad's power increased; he broke the agreement with Quraish and moved towards Mecca with about 10 thousand warriors and conquered it. The Quraish tribe converted to Islam, and Muhammad abolished the religious tolerance that existed in Mecca. With his own hands, he began to destroy the 360 holy sites for the different religions that lived there in mutual tolerance and harmony. He abolished this tolerance and left only the Islamic holy site. * Quran 8.58, in fact, allows Muslims to cancel any contract for "fearโ€ that the other party will break it. Not because the other party violated the agreement, but only out of fear. So signing an agreement with Islam is basically meaningless. Quran 8.58: "If you are afraid of the treachery of some of your allies, you may disregard your treaty with them. God does not love the treacherous ones." In conclusion: As a religious command, from Allah, from the Quran, from Muhammad, and from Sharia law: * Islam is in a constant state of war against the infidels, until it destroys them. * When Islam is weak, the believers are commanded to obtain a hudna (temporary ceasefire) so that they can gain strength that will surpass the strength of the infidels. * There is no meaning in signing an agreement with Islam since they are allowed to violate it at any moment. * When the power of the believers exceeds the power of the infidels, the believers are ordered to abandon the Hudna agreement and destroy the infidels. - A Muslim must be loyal only to the Islamic Ummah By: Ofer Binshtok The identity of the Muslim is solely to be a part of the global Islamic Ummah, without any connection to a nation-state or to another culture that is not the Islamic Ummah. The idea of independent Islamic nation-states contradicts the Islamic idea as it is found in the Quran and Muhammad's Sunnah. A Muslim, wherever he is in the world, is part of the Islamic Ummah. A Ummah that should be ruled by a caliph through Sharia law. Islam is a global political-religious worldview of a world without borders. The existing Islamic nation-states are actually an act of heresy. A disbeliever who converts to Islam must completely break away from his former identity, become part of the Islamic Ummah, and serve its purposes personally. Every Muslim, wherever he is, is personally obligated to act so that the Islamic Ummah will be establishedโ€”that is to say, to collapse every nation-state that exists in the world so that the Islamic Ummah will replace it. The fact that the idea of Ummah is included in the central motif of the Quran is evidence of the vital significance of this concept. In Islamic terminology, the term "Ummah" refers to the religious community, also known as the Islamic holy community. This is the primary interpretation of the phrase found in the Quran. Quran 5.51: "O you who believe! Take not the Jews and the Christians as Auliyรขโ€™ (friends, protectors, helpers), they are but Auliyรขโ€™ of each other. And if any amongst you takes them (as Auliyรขโ€™), then surely he is one of them. Verily, Allรขh guides not those people who are the Zรขlimรปn (polytheists and wrong-doers and unjust)." Quran 2.143 "Thus, have We made of you an Ummat justly balanced, that ye might be witnesses over the nations, and the Messenger a witness over yourselves; and We appointed the Qibla to which thou wast used, only to test those who followed the Messenger from those who would turn on their heels (From the Faith). Indeed it was (A change) momentous, except to those guided by Allah. And never would Allah Make your faith of no effect. For Allah is to all people Most surely full of kindness, Most Merciful." Quran 3.104 "Let there be one nation of you, calling to good, and bidding to honour, and forbidding dishonour; those are the prosperers." Quran 3.110 "You are the best nation produced [as an example] for mankind. You enjoin what is right and forbid what is wrong and believe in Allah. If only the People of the Scripture had believed, it would have been better for them. Among them are believers, but most of them are defiantly disobedient." Quran 16.92 "And be not like her who undoes the thread which she has spun after it has become strong, by taking your oaths a means of deception among yourselves, lest a nation may be more numerous than another nation. Allah only tests you by this [i.e who obeys Allah and fulfills Allah's Covenant and who disobeys Allah and breaks Allah's Covenant]. And on the Day of Resurrection, He will certainly make clear to you that wherein you used to differ [i.e. a believer confesses and believes in the Oneness of Allah and in the Prophethood of Prophet Muhammad SAW which the disbeliever denies it and that was their difference amongst them in the life of this world]." Tafsir Al-Qurtubi, volume 1, page 649: Muhammad said, "The earth was made a mosque for me." Sahih al-Bukhari, 3167: "The Prophet said, "If you embrace Islam, you will be safe. You should know that the earth belongs to Allah and His Apostle." - Islamic Conquests Throughout History
4:09

The Enemy Within: An American Muslim Claims - The U.S. is the Enemy of Islam By: Ofer Binshtok Sheikh Ahmad Musa Jibril, whose many followers rely on his vast and profound knowledge of Islam, positions the United Statesโ€”his birthplace and country of citizenshipโ€”as an enemy of Muslims. He asserts that the West, led by the U.S., fundamentally opposes Sharia and Tawhid, listing it alongside Israel and Russia as part of a hostile coalition against Islamโ€™s victory. To him, Islam views the U.S. as an enemy, and every believing Muslim must recognize this. "The army of the Jews is a stoneโ€™s throw away with tanks and planes, waging war alongside the U.S.," he says, yet emphasizes: "They achieve a stunning, lightning-speed victory"โ€”a clear allusion to the conquest of Damascus and the fall of Assad through Jihad. He declares Jihad as "the central pillar" of Islam, rejecting any permanent treaty with disbelievers like the U.S., who "will never accept Sharia," as it negates the struggle to impose Allahโ€™s laws. Citing verses such as "And fight them until there is no more fitnah" (Al-Anfal 8:39), he permits only temporary truces. Jibril sees the victory over Assad as a step in the Jihad to establish Sharia, paving the way to defeat the U.S. and Israelโ€”Islamโ€™s primary enemies. Details of His Criminal Acts: In 2004, Jibril was convicted in Detroit, alongside his father, on 42 serious charges: conspiracy, bank fraud, mail fraud, money laundering, tax evasion, and possession of firearms and ammunition as a felon. The prosecution uncovered a sophisticated scheme involving the destruction of his properties to collect insurance money, resulting in losses of about $400,000. A mail carrier identified mail sent to over 80 aliases, and fake voter registration cards under fictitious names were found at his sisterโ€™s home. Sentenced to 6.5 years in a maximum-security prison in Terre Haute, Indiana ("Guantanamo North"), he was released in 2012 and ordered to pay $250,000 in restitution. These crimes reveal a pattern of criminal behavior that aligns with his views. Background: Sheikh Ahmad Musa Jibril is an Islamic-American preacher, a graduate of the University of Medina in Sharia, and holder of a law degree from Michigan. He gained prominence through his lectures on Tawhid and Jihad, attracting numerous followers who admire his deep knowledge, though he sparked controversy after his 2004 conviction. His words are seen as influential among Jihad supporters via social media. Part Two: Implications for the U.S. and the Historical Dimension Muslims in the U.S. who adopt Jibrilโ€™s worldview pose a cunning and dangerous internal threat lurking within American society. With his profound knowledge, he makes it clear this is a religious duty for every believer, backed by commands like "And fight them until there is no more fitnah (non-Muslims)" (Al-Anfal 8:39) and "Slay the Mushrikun (non-Muslims) wherever you find them" (Al-Tawbah 9:5), perfectly aligning with Jihadโ€™s practical actions. They live in the U.S. but are loyal to a vision aiming to topple it from withinโ€”part of a 1,400-year Islamic colonialist campaign that began with Muhammadโ€™s sword, conquering Persia, Byzantium, and Spain, replacing entire cultures with Sharia. For them, the U.S. is a future battlefield, continuing a patient tradition that waited centuries to seize "infidel" lands. Americaโ€™s internal security faces a severe threatโ€”not immediate, but as part of a long, calculated historical process that Jibril and his followers represent. They exploit democratic freedoms to grow stronger and plan, just as Islam waited before Constantinople fell in 1453. The victory over Assad proves their plan is in motion, and the U.S. is a future target that could take decades or centuriesโ€”a strategy that reshaped the world over 1,400 years and, in their view, will succeed again. Chapter on Additional Supporting References: As stated in Quran 8.39: "...fight them until disbelief (non-Muslims) disappears and the whole Dean (way of life) is for Allah alone...(for Islam)โ€ As stated in Quran 9.5: โ€œ...kill the Mushrikun (non-Muslims) wherever you find themโ€ฆ" Al-Bukhari: "To wage war against Allah means to reject faith in Him." As stated in Quran 2.191: "The sin of disbelief in Allah is greater than committing murder." - The concept of Jihad as defined by Sharia law. 09.0 JIHAD (0: Jihad means to war against non-Muslims, and is etymologically derived from the word mujahada, signifying warfare to establish the religion. And it is the lesser jihad. As for the greater jihad, it is spiritual warfare against the lower self (nafs), which is why the Prophet (Allah bless him and give him peace) said as he was returning from jihad, "We have returned from the lesser jihad to the greater jihad." The scriptural basis for jihad, prior to scholarly consensus (def: b7) is such Koranic verses as: (1) "Fighting is prescribed for you" (Koran 2:216); (2) "Slay them wherever you find them" (Koran 4:89); (3) "Fight the idolators utterly" (Koran ); and such hadiths as the one related by Bukhari and Muslim that the Prophet (Allah bless him and give him peace) said: "I have been commanded to fight people until they testify that there is no god but Allah and that Muhammad is the Messenger of Allah, and perform the prayer, and pay zakat. If they say it, they have saved their blood and possessions from me, except for the rights of Islam over them. And their final reckoning is with Allah"; and the hadith reported by Muslim, "To go forth in the morning or evening to fight in the path of Allah is better than the whole world and everything in it." Details concerning jihad are found in the accounts of the military expeditions of the Prophet (Allah bless him and give him peace), including his own martial forays and those on which he dispatched others. The former consist of the ones he personally attended, some twenty seven (others say twenty-nine) of them. He fought in eight of them, and killed only one person with his noble hand, Ubayy ibn Khalaf, at the battle of Uhud. On the latter expeditions he sent others to fight. himself remaining at Medina, and these were forty-seven in number.) THE OBLIGATORY CHARACTER OF JIHAD 09.1 Jihad is a communal obligation (def: c3.2). When enough people perform it to successfully accomplish it, it is no longer obligatory upon others (0: the evidence for which is the Prophet's saying (Allah bless him and give him peace), "He who provides the equipment for a soldier in jihad has himself performed jihad," and Allah Most High having said: "Those of the believers who are unhurt but sit behind are not equal to those who fight in Allah's path with their property and lives. Allah has preferred those who fight with their property and lives a whole degree above those who sit behind. And to each. Allah has promised great good" (Koran 4:95). If none of those concerned perform jihad, and it does not happen at all, then everyone who is aware that it is obligatory is guilty of sin, if there was a possibility of having performed it. In the time of the Prophet (Allah bless him and give him peace) jihad was a communal obligation after his emigration (hijra) to Medina. As for subsequent times, there are two possible states in respect to non-Muslims. The first is when they are in their own countries, in which case jihad (def: 09.8) is a communal obligation, and this is what our author is speaking of when he says, "Jihad is a communal obligation," meaning upon the Muslims each year. The second state is when non-Muslims invade a Muslim country or near to one, in which case jihad is personally obligatory (def: c3.2) upon the inhabitants of that country, who must repel the non-Muslims with whatever they can). 09.2 jihad is personally obligatory upon all 'those present in the battle lines (A: and to flee is an enormity (dis: pH)) (0: provided one is able to fight. If unable, because of illness or the death of one's mount when not able to fight on foot, or because one no longer has a weapon, then one may leave. One may also leave if the opposing non-Muslim army is more than twice the size of the Muslim force). 09.3 Jihad is also (0: personally) obligatory for everyone (0: able to perform it, male or female, old or young) when the enemy has surrounded the Muslims (0: on every side, having entered our territory, even if the land consists of ruins, wilderness, or mountains, for non-Muslim forces entering Muslim lands is a weighty matter that cannot be ignored, but must be met with effort and struggle to repel them by every possible means. All of which is if conditions permit gathering (A: the above-mentioned) people, provisioning them, and readying them for war. If conditions do not permit this, as when the enemy has overrun the Muslims such that they are unable to provision or prepare themselves for war, then whoever is found by a non-Muslim and knows he will be killed if captured is obliged to defend himself in whatever way possible. But if not certain that he will be killed, meaning that he might or might not be, as when he might merely be taken captive, and he knows he will be killed if he does not surrender, then he may either surrender or fight. A woman too has a choice between fighting or surrendering if she is certain that she will not be subjected to lin indecent act if captured. If uncertain that she will be safe from such an act, she is obliged to fight, and surrender is not permissible). Source: Reliance of the Traveller - Revised Edition. The Classic Manual of Islamic Sacred Law 'Umdat al-Salik by Ahmad ibn Naqib al-Misri (d. 769/1368) in Arabic with Facing English Text, Commentary, and Appendices. Edited and Translated by Nuh Ha Mim Keller. Amana publications-Beltsville. Maryland U.S.A. Page 599-601. [CERTIFICATION OF AL-AZHAR] IN THE NAME OF ALLAH, MOST MERCIFUL AND COMPASSIONATE al-Azhar Islamic Research Academy. General Department for Research, Writing, and Translation. Mr, Nuh Ha Mim Keller. Amman, Jordan. Peace be upon you, and the mercy of Allah and His blessings. To commence: In response to the request you have submitted concerning the examination of the English translation of the book 'Umdat al-salik wa 'uddat alnasik by Ahmad ibn Naqib in the Shafi'i school of jurisprudence, together with appendices by Islamic scholars on matters of Islamic law, tenets of faith, and personal ethics and character: we certify that the above-mentioned translation corresponds to the Arabic original and conforms to the practice and faith of the orthodox Sunni Community (Ahl al-Sunna wa al-Jama'a). There is no objection to printing it and circulating it. The stamping of the pages of the above-mentioned work with the seal of the department has been completed. May Allah give you success in serving Sacred Knowledge and the religion. Peace be upon you, and the mercy of Allah and His blessings. Composed on 26 Rajab 1411 A.H.l11 February 1991 A.D. General Director of Research, Writing, and Translation Fath Allah Ya Sin Jazar [signed] Muhammad 'Umar Muhammad 'Umar [signed] Seal of al-Azhar [stamped] General Department for Research, Writing, and Translation. - Can Islam live in true peace with the infidels? No. By: Ofer Binshtok Only Hudna (truces), a temporary ceasefire, is made because Islam is in a weak position against the infidels. Hudna buys Islam time until its power overcomes the infidels, and then it will exterminate them, in accordance with Allahโ€™s commands from the Quran and Muhammad. *According to Muhammad, Bukhari 1765, the earth belongs to Allah and his messenger, to Islam: Bukhari 1765: "โ€ฆThe Messenger of Allah (๏ทบ) said: I want this... - He said to them (the same words) the third time (and on getting the same reply) he added: You should know that the earth belongs to Allah and His Apostleโ€ฆ" * According to Allah, from Qur'an 47.35, Allah commands the believers, do not seek peace when your hand is uppermost: Qur'an 47.35: "โ€ฆSo do not weaken and call for peace while you are superiorโ€ฆ" * When Islam is in a position of weakness against the infidels, they have a holy command from Allah from the Quran and Muhammad to lie to the infidels to buy time: Muhammad in Bukhari hadith 3029: Allah's Messenger (๏ทบ) called,: "War is deceit". Muhammad in Hadith Sahih, in Tirmidhi 1939: โ€œLying in time of warโ€. The message from Quran 3.28: Permission to lie to disbelievers as a defense, when Islam is in a state of weakness. Taqiyya. The message from Quran 16.106: "...Whoever disbelieves in [i.e., denies] Allฤh after his belief...except for one who is forced [to renounce his religion] while his heart is secure in faith..." * Indeed, Islam is in a constant state of war against the infidels: โ€œIslam is in an eternal state of war against heresy and disbelieversโ€. Quran 9.29 begins with: โ€œFight those who do not believe in Allah...โ€ The message is also from Quran 8.39 Fight the disbelievers until only Islam will exists in the world. Quran 9.123 begins with: "O you who believe, fight those disbelievers who are near you..." The message is also from Hadith Bukhari 25: "Fight the disbelievers until they all convert to Islam and only then will their lives and property be protectedโ€ฆ" * In 628 AD, Muhammad moved towards Mecca with an army of 1,400 warriors, a force that was not strong enough to face the mechanical army of the Quraysh tribe. This is why he signed the Hudna Treaty of Hudaybiya, a temporary 10-year ceasefire with the Quraish tribe. An agreement that was considered humiliating for him since he was forbidden to sign it while mentioning his status as a prophet and messenger of Allah. But Muhammad saw this agreement as a victory that gave him time to break the Quraysh's defense agreements with third parties (Bukhari 2731-2732). Which indeed allowed him a year later, in 629, to also attack the Jews of Khaibar. * According to Sharia law, hudna is a temporary ceasefire agreement for ten years; this is the only agreement that Muslims are allowed to sign with the infidels: * TRUCES (Hudna) 09.16 (O: As for truces, the author does not mention them. In Sacred Law truce means a peace treaty with those hostile to Islam, involving a cessation of fighting for a specified period, whether for payment or something else. The scriptural basis for them includes such Koranic verses as: (1) "An acquittal from Allah and His messenger..." (Koran 9:1); (2) "If they incline towards peace, then incline towards it also" (Koran 8:61); as well as the truce which the Prophet (Allah bless him and give him peace) made with Quraysh in the year of Hudaybiya, as related by Bukhari and Muslim. Truces are permissible, not obligatory. The only one who may effect a truce is the Muslim ruler of a region (or his representative) with a segment of the non-Muslims of the region, or the caliph (o25) (or his representative). When made with other than a portion of the non-Muslims, or when made with all of them, or with all in a particular region such as India or Asia Minor, then only the caliph (or his representative) may effect it, for it is a matter of the gravest consequence because it entails the nonperformance of jihad, whether globally or in a given locality, and our interests must be looked after therein, which is why it is best left to the caliph under any circumstances, or to someone he delegates to see to the interests of the various regions. There must be some interest served in making a truce other than mere preservation of the status quo. Allah Most High says, "So do not be fainthearted and call for peace, when it is you who are the uppermost" (Koran ) Interests that justify making a truce are such things as Muslim weakness because of lack of numbers or materiel, or the hope of an enemy becoming Muslim, for the Prophet (Allah bless him and give him peace) made a truce in the year Mecca was liberated with Safwan ibn Umayya for four months in hope that he would become Muslim, and he entered Islam before its time was up. If the Muslims are weak, a truce may be made for ten years if necessary, for the Prophet (Allah bless him and give him peace) made a truce with Quraysh for that long, as is related by Abu Dawud. It is not permissible to stipulate longer than that, save by means of new truces, each of which does not exceed ten years. The rulings of such a truce are inferable from those of the non-Muslim poll tax (def: 011); namely, that when a valid truce has been effected, no harm may be done to non-Muslims until it expires. * In 630 AD, Muhammad's power increased; he broke the agreement with Quraish and moved towards Mecca with about 10 thousand warriors and conquered it. The Quraish tribe converted to Islam, and Muhammad abolished the religious tolerance that existed in Mecca. With his own hands, he began to destroy the 360 holy sites for the different religions that lived there in mutual tolerance and harmony. He abolished this tolerance and left only the Islamic holy site. * Quran 8.58, in fact, allows Muslims to cancel any contract for "fearโ€ that the other party will break it. Not because the other party violated the agreement, but only out of fear. So signing an agreement with Islam is basically meaningless. Quran 8.58: "If you are afraid of the treachery of some of your allies, you may disregard your treaty with them. God does not love the treacherous ones." In conclusion: As a religious command, from Allah, from the Quran, from Muhammad, and from Sharia law: * Islam is in a constant state of war against the infidels, until it destroys them. * When Islam is weak, the believers are commanded to obtain a hudna (temporary ceasefire) so that they can gain strength that will surpass the strength of the infidels. * There is no meaning in signing an agreement with Islam since they are allowed to violate it at any moment. * When the power of the believers exceeds the power of the infidels, the believers are ordered to abandon the Hudna agreement and destroy the infidels. - A Muslim must be loyal only to the Islamic Ummah By: Ofer Binshtok The identity of the Muslim is solely to be a part of the global Islamic Ummah, without any connection to a nation-state or to another culture that is not the Islamic Ummah. The idea of independent Islamic nation-states contradicts the Islamic idea as it is found in the Quran and Muhammad's Sunnah. A Muslim, wherever he is in the world, is part of the Islamic Ummah. A Ummah that should be ruled by a caliph through Sharia law. Islam is a global political-religious worldview of a world without borders. The existing Islamic nation-states are actually an act of heresy. A disbeliever who converts to Islam must completely break away from his former identity, become part of the Islamic Ummah, and serve its purposes personally. Every Muslim, wherever he is, is personally obligated to act so that the Islamic Ummah will be establishedโ€”that is to say, to collapse every nation-state that exists in the world so that the Islamic Ummah will replace it. The fact that the idea of Ummah is included in the central motif of the Quran is evidence of the vital significance of this concept. In Islamic terminology, the term "Ummah" refers to the religious community, also known as the Islamic holy community. This is the primary interpretation of the phrase found in the Quran. Quran 5.51: "O you who believe! Take not the Jews and the Christians as Auliyรขโ€™ (friends, protectors, helpers), they are but Auliyรขโ€™ of each other. And if any amongst you takes them (as Auliyรขโ€™), then surely he is one of them. Verily, Allรขh guides not those people who are the Zรขlimรปn (polytheists and wrong-doers and unjust)." Quran 2.143 "Thus, have We made of you an Ummat justly balanced, that ye might be witnesses over the nations, and the Messenger a witness over yourselves; and We appointed the Qibla to which thou wast used, only to test those who followed the Messenger from those who would turn on their heels (From the Faith). Indeed it was (A change) momentous, except to those guided by Allah. And never would Allah Make your faith of no effect. For Allah is to all people Most surely full of kindness, Most Merciful." Quran 3.104 "Let there be one nation of you, calling to good, and bidding to honour, and forbidding dishonour; those are the prosperers." Quran 3.110 "You are the best nation produced [as an example] for mankind. You enjoin what is right and forbid what is wrong and believe in Allah. If only the People of the Scripture had believed, it would have been better for them. Among them are believers, but most of them are defiantly disobedient." Quran 16.92 "And be not like her who undoes the thread which she has spun after it has become strong, by taking your oaths a means of deception among yourselves, lest a nation may be more numerous than another nation. Allah only tests you by this [i.e who obeys Allah and fulfills Allah's Covenant and who disobeys Allah and breaks Allah's Covenant]. And on the Day of Resurrection, He will certainly make clear to you that wherein you used to differ [i.e. a believer confesses and believes in the Oneness of Allah and in the Prophethood of Prophet Muhammad SAW which the disbeliever denies it and that was their difference amongst them in the life of this world]." Tafsir Al-Qurtubi, volume 1, page 649: Muhammad said, "The earth was made a mosque for me." Sahih al-Bukhari, 3167: "The Prophet said, "If you embrace Islam, you will be safe. You should know that the earth belongs to Allah and His Apostle." - Islamic Conquests Throughout History

Ofer Binshtok - Kafir - ืขื•ืคืจ ื‘ื™ื ืฉื˜ื•ืง

122,846 views โ€ข 1 year ago

*** Test Your 9/11 Knowledge: The Explosive Evidence at the 3 WTC Towers The 50 Questions NIST Should Have Asked 20 Years Ago! WTC Building 7 Free-fall 1. How is it possible that 47-story Building 7 fell suddenly, symmetrically in free-fall acceleration, without any resistance from any of its 81 columns? 2. Why did NIST deny its free-fall for 7 years, only to be proven wrong and be forced to officially admit that it did collapse in free-fall? Symmetry 3. How, if Building 7 was damaged asymmetrically in the north-east corner on floor twelve, as per the NIST report, could it fall symmetrically downward? Shouldnโ€™t the building have tilted toward its damaged side โ€“ and not fall straight down through the path of what was the greatest resistance? Fires 4. How could a few, small, and scattered ordinary office fires have brought this Type-1 fire-protected steel-frame skyscraper down, when several dozen examples of much hotter, much larger, and longer-lasting fires have never in history brought down such a building? 5. How could normal office fires take out all the columns in the building sequentially floor by floor, in 7 seconds? 6. Why did NIST claim that the fires were still burning, up until the time of the collapse, when the photos show that they were burnt out more than an hour before the collapse? 7. Why arenโ€™t all the firefighters concerned, in the wake of the NIST report during the last 24 years, that such ordinary fightable fires can now bring skyscrapers down on top of them, and on top of the public who are told to โ€œdefend in placeโ€ in the building (and not obstruct access by firefighters)? 8. Why are many of these same firefighters calling for a new investigation of the NIST report itself? Controlled Demolition 9. Since the collapse of Building 7 looks exactly like a controlled demolition, why did NIST avoid any serious consideration of this hypothesis? 10. How could a 40,000-ton moment-resisting and X-braced structural steel frame collapse like a house of cards in 7 seconds, with most of its columns and beams severed โ€“ one from another? 11. Why does WTC 7 have all of the key features of typical controlled demolition, and none of the features of collapse by fire? Explosions 12. Why didnโ€™t NIST include in its report on WTC 7 the half-dozen witnesses of explosions prior to its collapse, and even claim that there were no witnesses? 13. What could have caused an elevator cab to be โ€œblown 30 feet out of its hoistway,โ€ as Deputy Director of NY-Office of Emergency Management, Richard Rotanz, reported at Noon, when the building didnโ€™t collapse for another 5 hours. 14. What caused Barry Jennings and Michael Hess to be injured by explosions and subsequently trapped in the building before either Twin Tower collapsed? Foreknowledge 15. Why did Fire Chief Nick Visconti declare, โ€œWeโ€™re moving the command post over this way, that buildingโ€™s coming down!โ€? 16. How could Fire Chief Haydenโ€™s engineer declare, upon being asked, โ€œhow long until the building comes down?โ€ โ€“ then accurately state, โ€œIn its current state you have about 5 hours,โ€ when no steel-frame fire-protected high-rise had ever come down due to fire alone? 17. Why did construction workers, while walking away from Building 7 and upon hearing an explosion from the building, look straight into the CNN camera saying, โ€œYou hear that? Keep your eye on that building. That thingโ€™s coming down. The building is about to blow up, flame and debris coming downโ€? 18. Why did former Air Force medic Kevin McPadden hear a โ€œ3-2-1โ€ countdown on the radio, and subsequently hear explosions before Building 7 collapsed? 19. How could the BBC have announced, live on TV, the collapse of WTC 7 20 minutes before it collapsed? 20. Why did CNN announce, 7 hours early, the 10:45 AM collapse of a 50-story building (obviously referring to Building 7)? Expert Statements 21. Why have more than 3,600 Architects & Engineers signed onto the petition at demanding a new 9/11 WTC investigation? 22. Why are dozens of structural engineers making statements such as: โ€œA localized failure in a steel-framed building like WTC 7 cannot cause a catastrophic collapse like a house of cards, without a simultaneous and patterned loss of several of its columns at key locations within the buildingโ€? 23. Why did the top European controlled demolition expert declare: โ€œThat is controlled demolition. Itโ€™s been imploded. Itโ€™s a hired job. A team of experts did this? 24. Why did top forensic structural engineer, Prof. Leroy Hulsey from the University of Alaska, following a 4-year study of WTC 7, declare: โ€œThe collapse of WTC 7 was a global failure involving the near-simultaneous failure of all columns in the building and not a progressive collapse, as claimed by NIST. Extreme Heat Molten Metal 25. What does it mean that FEMA, in its 2002 Report, including a metallurgical examination of the WTC 7 steel, revealed โ€œa phenomenon never before observed in building firesโ€ฆ.a liquid eutectic mixture containing primarily iron, oxygen, and sulfur formed during this hot corrosion attack on the steel...โ€ Why did NIST eliminate this metallurgical report from their final report? 26. Did Fire Protection Engineer Jonathan Barnett know, when he said, โ€œsteel members in the debris pile that appear to have been partly evaporated,โ€ that it takes 4,000ยฐF to evaporate steel? And that jet fuel and office fires donโ€™t even rise to a third of that temperature? 27. Why is there bright yellow molten steel or iron pouring out of the crab claw excavators in the WTC pit? And out of the South Tower just minutes before its collapse. 28. Why did the first responders in the pit report, โ€œyou get down in the pile, and you see molten steel โ€“ flowing down the channel rails, like lava from a volcanoโ€? Did they know that it takes 3,000ยฐF to melt steel, and that office fires and jet fuel can only achieve half of this temperature? 29. What can explain the well-documented 3,000ยฐF temperatures that are well-documented in the WTC Twin Towers collapse aftermath? Why is there evidence of ignited thermite found by so many first responders in the WTC pile? Previously Molten Iron Microspheres 30. What does it mean that the US Geological Survey and RJ Lee Group independently documented billions of previously molten iron-rich microspheres in ALL of the WTC dust samples? Where would the required 3,000ยฐF come from? Could the ignited thermite have created those molten iron microspheres? 31. Why is bright yellow molten steel or iron pouring out of the South Tower just minutes prior to its collapse? 32. What explains the 2009 peer-reviewed findings from the Niels Harrit research team of dual-layered red-gray chips of nano-thermite in all the independently-collected dust samples they analyzed? Why do they ignite at the same temperature as military grade โ€œsuper-thermiteโ€? Why do they produce molten iron-rich microspheres when ignited? 33. What does it mean that Harritโ€™s international research team found that the โ€œred layer of the red/gray chips in all of their WTC dust samples is active unreacted thermitic material, incorporating nanotechnology, and is a highly energetic pyrotechnic or explosive materialโ€? The Twin Towers Official Explanation 34. How can the official explanation of the Twin Towersโ€™ collapse be true (that an intact top section drove down the rest of the building after weakening of some of the structural steel in the impact zone) when this top section had already been destroyed in the first 3 seconds of the collapse (telescoping in on itself) and so was not even available to drive anything down to the ground? NIST claims that the top part of the building drove the rest of the building down to the ground. Why then do none of the photos or videos show such a top part driving anything down? And why didnโ€™t that top โ€œpile driverโ€ drive down the 800-foot-tall group of columns standing for 6 seconds after the overall collapse? 35. Why did Zdenek Bazant, in his calculations for his controversial paper submitted to the Journal of Engineering Mechanics on 9/13/01( only two days after 9/11) use twice the actual mass of the upper section of the North Tower above the impact floors and only one third of the actual column strength of the larger building section beneath it in his support for NIST collapse theory? a. Why is this paper still today the key theoretical basis of NISTโ€™s column failure theory? 36. Why does the destruction of the towers look more like a volcanic eruption (than a straight-down gravitational collapse) with upward and outward arching streamers, a geometry of fireworks, freely flying solid molten objects trailing thick white smoke clouds? Witnesses of Explosions 37. Why are there 156 First Responder witnesses of explosions โ€“ seeing, hearing, and feeling explosions โ€“ many of them BEFORE the towers ever came down? 38. Why did NIST claim that there were โ€œno witnesses of explosionsโ€ when there were as many as 200 publicly recorded testimonies โ€“ many before the collapse? What could explain Fire Chief Frank Cruthersโ€™ testimony that, โ€œโ€ฆ an explosionโ€ฆ appeared at the very top, simultaneously from all four sides, materials shot out horizontally. And then there seemed to be a momentary delay, before you could see the beginning of the collapseโ€? 39. Why did 36 reporters on the day of 9/11 report the WTC destruction as an explosion-based event, most of them actual witnesses of explosions? a. Why did the mainstream national media change the story the next day from explosion-based collapses to โ€œfire-induced collapsesโ€? 40. Why did the FBI, NYPD, and FDNY on the day of 9/11 all state that they suspected that explosives were used to bring down the towers, but change their story in the following week to fire-induced collapse? Seismic Evidence 41. Why did the Richter Scale recordings from Lamont Doherty Earth Observatory document significant seismic events for both towers, more than a dozen seconds before the planes hit either tower โ€“ corroborating the explosive testimony of William Rodriguez and others of massive explosions in the basement prior to the plane hitting the buildings? 42. Why did the seismic evidence from Lamont Doherty Earth Observatory document significant seismic events, in the North Tower, 5 seconds before the heaviest debris from each tower struck the ground? And in the South Tower, 7 seconds before any debris struck the ground? Wouldnโ€™t this seismic evidence corroborate the testimony of the first responders that saw, heard, and/or felt explosions before the towers fell? 43. Why did at least 3 of the tripod-mounted cameras (two on the ground and one on the rooftop) โ€œshakeโ€ 3 to 10 seconds before each of the towers fell? Would the camera evidence corroborate the seismic evidence and the first responder's explosive testimony? Explosive Evidence 44. Since the damage from the planes and fires was so asymmetrical, why was the destruction itself so precisely symmetrical โ€“ all the way down each face of each tower? Why do the videos show precise rows of individual explosions progressing down the towers โ€“ floor by floor? 45. Why do we see in the videos isolated pin-point explosive ejections occurring 20, 40, and even 60 stories down below the downward-traveling zone of destruction in each tower? Descent Profile and Speed 46. Why did the top sections of each tower descend suddenly, smoothly, down with no stoppage or โ€œjoltโ€ upon impact with the cold, hard, intact steel columns below the floors of the plane impacts? 47. How was it possible that the top section of each Tower descended without slowing at all, but instead accelerated, as if 80,000 tons of steel beneath wasnโ€™t even there? What happened to the steel? Lateral Ejection of Steel 48. Why do we see in the videos the lateral ejection out of both of the Towers of hundreds of freely flying structural steel sections each weighing 4 to 8 tons, at 80mph, landing up to 600 feet in every direction, impaling all of the surrounding skyscrapers? Why are they trailing thick white smoke clouds when steel is not flammable in office fires, or under jet fuel conditions? Could this be due to the other byproduct of thermite โ€“ aluminum oxide ash? 49. Since FEMA officially documented a 1200-foot diameter zone of flying, fallen, and impaled structural steel beyond the footprints of both Towers, how could that steel, which comprised 1/3 of the weight of the falling section of each building, have still been available to crush the lower part as NIST claimed? Missing Floors 50. Since there were 110 concrete floors, each an acre in size, and since they were not stacked up in pile of โ€œpancakesโ€ at the bottom, and since a third of the WTC dust in the 3โ€ thick blanket across Lower Manhattan from river to river is powdered concrete, then how could the concrete floors (also 1/3 of the weight of each Tower) be available to crush the building below? 51. What extreme-high temperature could have reduced 90,000 tons of concrete in each Tower back to its original aggregate, sand, and cement powder? Demolition Access 52. How could the perpetrators have gained access to the Towers to plant high energy explosives and incendiaries? Could a massive fireproofing upgrade project in the months and years prior to 9/11 have provided access to the underside of the floor systems to apply sprayed-on nano-thermite? Is it a coincidence that the WTC fireproofing upgrades occurred mostly on the floors that were hit by the planes on 9/11? Could the largest elevator modernization in the world in the 9 months prior to 9/11 have provided access to the core columns and beams? Is it just a coincidence that Ace Elevator employees were pulled out of the Towers on 9/11 for โ€œunion meetingโ€? Destruction of Evidence 53. Why was 99% of the WTC structural steel crime scene evidence loaded onto barges starting just 2 weeks after 9/11 and shipped to China for recycling before structural engineers and metallurgists could get their hands on it to do a proper forensic investigation? We encougage you to ask these questions of your elected representatives and the media. We address most of these questions in our presentations and podcast and radio interviews. So get is in front of them! Who do you know that might interview RichardGage911 about the explosive destruction of the 3 World Trade Center Skyscrapers on 9/11?
0:22

*** Test Your 9/11 Knowledge: The Explosive Evidence at the 3 WTC Towers The 50 Questions NIST Should Have Asked 20 Years Ago! WTC Building 7 Free-fall 1. How is it possible that 47-story Building 7 fell suddenly, symmetrically in free-fall acceleration, without any resistance from any of its 81 columns? 2. Why did NIST deny its free-fall for 7 years, only to be proven wrong and be forced to officially admit that it did collapse in free-fall? Symmetry 3. How, if Building 7 was damaged asymmetrically in the north-east corner on floor twelve, as per the NIST report, could it fall symmetrically downward? Shouldnโ€™t the building have tilted toward its damaged side โ€“ and not fall straight down through the path of what was the greatest resistance? Fires 4. How could a few, small, and scattered ordinary office fires have brought this Type-1 fire-protected steel-frame skyscraper down, when several dozen examples of much hotter, much larger, and longer-lasting fires have never in history brought down such a building? 5. How could normal office fires take out all the columns in the building sequentially floor by floor, in 7 seconds? 6. Why did NIST claim that the fires were still burning, up until the time of the collapse, when the photos show that they were burnt out more than an hour before the collapse? 7. Why arenโ€™t all the firefighters concerned, in the wake of the NIST report during the last 24 years, that such ordinary fightable fires can now bring skyscrapers down on top of them, and on top of the public who are told to โ€œdefend in placeโ€ in the building (and not obstruct access by firefighters)? 8. Why are many of these same firefighters calling for a new investigation of the NIST report itself? Controlled Demolition 9. Since the collapse of Building 7 looks exactly like a controlled demolition, why did NIST avoid any serious consideration of this hypothesis? 10. How could a 40,000-ton moment-resisting and X-braced structural steel frame collapse like a house of cards in 7 seconds, with most of its columns and beams severed โ€“ one from another? 11. Why does WTC 7 have all of the key features of typical controlled demolition, and none of the features of collapse by fire? Explosions 12. Why didnโ€™t NIST include in its report on WTC 7 the half-dozen witnesses of explosions prior to its collapse, and even claim that there were no witnesses? 13. What could have caused an elevator cab to be โ€œblown 30 feet out of its hoistway,โ€ as Deputy Director of NY-Office of Emergency Management, Richard Rotanz, reported at Noon, when the building didnโ€™t collapse for another 5 hours. 14. What caused Barry Jennings and Michael Hess to be injured by explosions and subsequently trapped in the building before either Twin Tower collapsed? Foreknowledge 15. Why did Fire Chief Nick Visconti declare, โ€œWeโ€™re moving the command post over this way, that buildingโ€™s coming down!โ€? 16. How could Fire Chief Haydenโ€™s engineer declare, upon being asked, โ€œhow long until the building comes down?โ€ โ€“ then accurately state, โ€œIn its current state you have about 5 hours,โ€ when no steel-frame fire-protected high-rise had ever come down due to fire alone? 17. Why did construction workers, while walking away from Building 7 and upon hearing an explosion from the building, look straight into the CNN camera saying, โ€œYou hear that? Keep your eye on that building. That thingโ€™s coming down. The building is about to blow up, flame and debris coming downโ€? 18. Why did former Air Force medic Kevin McPadden hear a โ€œ3-2-1โ€ countdown on the radio, and subsequently hear explosions before Building 7 collapsed? 19. How could the BBC have announced, live on TV, the collapse of WTC 7 20 minutes before it collapsed? 20. Why did CNN announce, 7 hours early, the 10:45 AM collapse of a 50-story building (obviously referring to Building 7)? Expert Statements 21. Why have more than 3,600 Architects & Engineers signed onto the petition at demanding a new 9/11 WTC investigation? 22. Why are dozens of structural engineers making statements such as: โ€œA localized failure in a steel-framed building like WTC 7 cannot cause a catastrophic collapse like a house of cards, without a simultaneous and patterned loss of several of its columns at key locations within the buildingโ€? 23. Why did the top European controlled demolition expert declare: โ€œThat is controlled demolition. Itโ€™s been imploded. Itโ€™s a hired job. A team of experts did this? 24. Why did top forensic structural engineer, Prof. Leroy Hulsey from the University of Alaska, following a 4-year study of WTC 7, declare: โ€œThe collapse of WTC 7 was a global failure involving the near-simultaneous failure of all columns in the building and not a progressive collapse, as claimed by NIST. Extreme Heat Molten Metal 25. What does it mean that FEMA, in its 2002 Report, including a metallurgical examination of the WTC 7 steel, revealed โ€œa phenomenon never before observed in building firesโ€ฆ.a liquid eutectic mixture containing primarily iron, oxygen, and sulfur formed during this hot corrosion attack on the steel...โ€ Why did NIST eliminate this metallurgical report from their final report? 26. Did Fire Protection Engineer Jonathan Barnett know, when he said, โ€œsteel members in the debris pile that appear to have been partly evaporated,โ€ that it takes 4,000ยฐF to evaporate steel? And that jet fuel and office fires donโ€™t even rise to a third of that temperature? 27. Why is there bright yellow molten steel or iron pouring out of the crab claw excavators in the WTC pit? And out of the South Tower just minutes before its collapse. 28. Why did the first responders in the pit report, โ€œyou get down in the pile, and you see molten steel โ€“ flowing down the channel rails, like lava from a volcanoโ€? Did they know that it takes 3,000ยฐF to melt steel, and that office fires and jet fuel can only achieve half of this temperature? 29. What can explain the well-documented 3,000ยฐF temperatures that are well-documented in the WTC Twin Towers collapse aftermath? Why is there evidence of ignited thermite found by so many first responders in the WTC pile? Previously Molten Iron Microspheres 30. What does it mean that the US Geological Survey and RJ Lee Group independently documented billions of previously molten iron-rich microspheres in ALL of the WTC dust samples? Where would the required 3,000ยฐF come from? Could the ignited thermite have created those molten iron microspheres? 31. Why is bright yellow molten steel or iron pouring out of the South Tower just minutes prior to its collapse? 32. What explains the 2009 peer-reviewed findings from the Niels Harrit research team of dual-layered red-gray chips of nano-thermite in all the independently-collected dust samples they analyzed? Why do they ignite at the same temperature as military grade โ€œsuper-thermiteโ€? Why do they produce molten iron-rich microspheres when ignited? 33. What does it mean that Harritโ€™s international research team found that the โ€œred layer of the red/gray chips in all of their WTC dust samples is active unreacted thermitic material, incorporating nanotechnology, and is a highly energetic pyrotechnic or explosive materialโ€? The Twin Towers Official Explanation 34. How can the official explanation of the Twin Towersโ€™ collapse be true (that an intact top section drove down the rest of the building after weakening of some of the structural steel in the impact zone) when this top section had already been destroyed in the first 3 seconds of the collapse (telescoping in on itself) and so was not even available to drive anything down to the ground? NIST claims that the top part of the building drove the rest of the building down to the ground. Why then do none of the photos or videos show such a top part driving anything down? And why didnโ€™t that top โ€œpile driverโ€ drive down the 800-foot-tall group of columns standing for 6 seconds after the overall collapse? 35. Why did Zdenek Bazant, in his calculations for his controversial paper submitted to the Journal of Engineering Mechanics on 9/13/01( only two days after 9/11) use twice the actual mass of the upper section of the North Tower above the impact floors and only one third of the actual column strength of the larger building section beneath it in his support for NIST collapse theory? a. Why is this paper still today the key theoretical basis of NISTโ€™s column failure theory? 36. Why does the destruction of the towers look more like a volcanic eruption (than a straight-down gravitational collapse) with upward and outward arching streamers, a geometry of fireworks, freely flying solid molten objects trailing thick white smoke clouds? Witnesses of Explosions 37. Why are there 156 First Responder witnesses of explosions โ€“ seeing, hearing, and feeling explosions โ€“ many of them BEFORE the towers ever came down? 38. Why did NIST claim that there were โ€œno witnesses of explosionsโ€ when there were as many as 200 publicly recorded testimonies โ€“ many before the collapse? What could explain Fire Chief Frank Cruthersโ€™ testimony that, โ€œโ€ฆ an explosionโ€ฆ appeared at the very top, simultaneously from all four sides, materials shot out horizontally. And then there seemed to be a momentary delay, before you could see the beginning of the collapseโ€? 39. Why did 36 reporters on the day of 9/11 report the WTC destruction as an explosion-based event, most of them actual witnesses of explosions? a. Why did the mainstream national media change the story the next day from explosion-based collapses to โ€œfire-induced collapsesโ€? 40. Why did the FBI, NYPD, and FDNY on the day of 9/11 all state that they suspected that explosives were used to bring down the towers, but change their story in the following week to fire-induced collapse? Seismic Evidence 41. Why did the Richter Scale recordings from Lamont Doherty Earth Observatory document significant seismic events for both towers, more than a dozen seconds before the planes hit either tower โ€“ corroborating the explosive testimony of William Rodriguez and others of massive explosions in the basement prior to the plane hitting the buildings? 42. Why did the seismic evidence from Lamont Doherty Earth Observatory document significant seismic events, in the North Tower, 5 seconds before the heaviest debris from each tower struck the ground? And in the South Tower, 7 seconds before any debris struck the ground? Wouldnโ€™t this seismic evidence corroborate the testimony of the first responders that saw, heard, and/or felt explosions before the towers fell? 43. Why did at least 3 of the tripod-mounted cameras (two on the ground and one on the rooftop) โ€œshakeโ€ 3 to 10 seconds before each of the towers fell? Would the camera evidence corroborate the seismic evidence and the first responder's explosive testimony? Explosive Evidence 44. Since the damage from the planes and fires was so asymmetrical, why was the destruction itself so precisely symmetrical โ€“ all the way down each face of each tower? Why do the videos show precise rows of individual explosions progressing down the towers โ€“ floor by floor? 45. Why do we see in the videos isolated pin-point explosive ejections occurring 20, 40, and even 60 stories down below the downward-traveling zone of destruction in each tower? Descent Profile and Speed 46. Why did the top sections of each tower descend suddenly, smoothly, down with no stoppage or โ€œjoltโ€ upon impact with the cold, hard, intact steel columns below the floors of the plane impacts? 47. How was it possible that the top section of each Tower descended without slowing at all, but instead accelerated, as if 80,000 tons of steel beneath wasnโ€™t even there? What happened to the steel? Lateral Ejection of Steel 48. Why do we see in the videos the lateral ejection out of both of the Towers of hundreds of freely flying structural steel sections each weighing 4 to 8 tons, at 80mph, landing up to 600 feet in every direction, impaling all of the surrounding skyscrapers? Why are they trailing thick white smoke clouds when steel is not flammable in office fires, or under jet fuel conditions? Could this be due to the other byproduct of thermite โ€“ aluminum oxide ash? 49. Since FEMA officially documented a 1200-foot diameter zone of flying, fallen, and impaled structural steel beyond the footprints of both Towers, how could that steel, which comprised 1/3 of the weight of the falling section of each building, have still been available to crush the lower part as NIST claimed? Missing Floors 50. Since there were 110 concrete floors, each an acre in size, and since they were not stacked up in pile of โ€œpancakesโ€ at the bottom, and since a third of the WTC dust in the 3โ€ thick blanket across Lower Manhattan from river to river is powdered concrete, then how could the concrete floors (also 1/3 of the weight of each Tower) be available to crush the building below? 51. What extreme-high temperature could have reduced 90,000 tons of concrete in each Tower back to its original aggregate, sand, and cement powder? Demolition Access 52. How could the perpetrators have gained access to the Towers to plant high energy explosives and incendiaries? Could a massive fireproofing upgrade project in the months and years prior to 9/11 have provided access to the underside of the floor systems to apply sprayed-on nano-thermite? Is it a coincidence that the WTC fireproofing upgrades occurred mostly on the floors that were hit by the planes on 9/11? Could the largest elevator modernization in the world in the 9 months prior to 9/11 have provided access to the core columns and beams? Is it just a coincidence that Ace Elevator employees were pulled out of the Towers on 9/11 for โ€œunion meetingโ€? Destruction of Evidence 53. Why was 99% of the WTC structural steel crime scene evidence loaded onto barges starting just 2 weeks after 9/11 and shipped to China for recycling before structural engineers and metallurgists could get their hands on it to do a proper forensic investigation? We encougage you to ask these questions of your elected representatives and the media. We address most of these questions in our presentations and podcast and radio interviews. So get is in front of them! Who do you know that might interview RichardGage911 about the explosive destruction of the 3 World Trade Center Skyscrapers on 9/11?

Richard Gage, AIA, Architect

44,559 views โ€ข 1 year ago

TRUMP THE ANTIKRYST? PT 2 Trump awarded Elvis, his cousin, the Presidential Medal of Freedom in 2018. The highest civilian award of the United States. Freedom? Why would Elvis need this? Then he just dropped video of Elvis & himself on stage. He also just dropped another video of how he and Elvis look alike. In the video below by Abraham Ojeda Abraham Ojeda, Elon randomly changes the subject to interject into the interview out of literally nowhere, "Memphis, the capital of ancient Egypt. Perhaps that's where our new god will come from." while strangely, and maniacally, laughing at something that's simply not funny. Memphis. Really? As Abraham Ojeda explains in the video, the man who walked on water warned people about the rise of an antichrist, showing the text: "And unless those days were shortened, no flesh would be saved: but for the elect's sake [the Human Elohim Krystos] those days will be shortened." [True, the mRNA shots have been shown to self-replicate and easily transmissible from vaxxed-to-unvaxxed. So it is only a matter of time before all people will become infected with this deadly pathogen that ultimately destroys the body over 3-5 years. Remember, 'all the animals died'.] "For false christs [krysts, see explanation below] and false prophets will rise and show great signs and wonders to deceive, if possible, even the elect." [Again, the Human Elohim Krystos below.] "See, I have told you beforehand." "Therefore if they say to you, 'Look, he is in the desert!' or 'Look, he is in the inner rooms!, do not believe it." Ojeda goes on to explain the original Memphis is located right next to the Great Pyramid of Giza that is in the desert and has hidden rooms inside. Not to mention the extremely obfuscated and hidden Sphere of Amenti, a 'Turnstile Stargate', located directly below the Sphinx right in front of the Great Pyramid, that Jesheua Sananda Melchizedek, the true 'Kryst' of the fully restored 12-strand DNA pure bloodline of the Human Elohim avatar project used to transport people who had already reached 4th dimensional or higher vibration, to secretly move up to the next level of this time matrix during his short time of witnessing to the world. Jesheua Sananda was working directly with Jeshewua Ahumbra Melchizedek, the fully restored 9-strand DNA 'pure' bloodline of the Hyksos Anunnaki Human Hybrids developed in E-Den, that was the 'king of the J3ws' at this time who was assisting Sananda in these mechanical ascension sacred rituals while the two were both under the Co-Evolution BioRegenesis Treaty of Palaidor that provided an ascension mechanism for the J3ws to actually move up through all 15 levels of the Gaia time matrix. Without this Treaty, the children of Adam & Eve would have no possible way of ever moving out of this matrix, as their development project was not an officially authorized program, but actually an illegal invasion of Tara earth perpetrated by various groups of ETs over the previous 560m years. You must have a 12 strand genetic DNA sequence in order to ascend this matrix & the Treaty process gives them access to that. [For more on the bioforming invasion of Tara earth's hosted Human Elohim Project by your captors, see my article: ๐Ÿ‘‰THE HISTORY OF THE CHIMERA] Soon after the two 'Krysts' worked together for a few years helping people ascend through the Sphere of Amenti below the Sphinx, who had been unfairly held back from moving forward for hundreds of millions of years, and spreading the word about how people were eternal spirit essences and not just random creatures in bipedal hominid bodies evolved out of pond scum; teaching them not to embrace this prison world and all its traps and pitfalls, Jeshewua Ahumbra โœก๏ธ abandoned the ascension Treaty for whatever reason, and has since either directly or indirectly stolen the real Kryst's identity, which is now saturated throughout the fake King James 'bible'. [For more on these two figures, see my article: ๐Ÿ‘‰THE TWO CHRISTS] [For more on the King James fake bible, the complex hypnotizing spell it casts and who is the real god of the Catholic Church (and all other religions of the world), see my article: ๐Ÿ‘‰HARD. RED. PILL.] As an aside, the reason Jesheua and Jeshewua's names are so nearly identical is because the invader races always set out to mimic and rob the identity of all things authentic about the real Human Elohim Project. The 'king of the J3ws' was born a few years after Jeshua Sananda was, & was meant to usurp his miraculous works even before he was born. Identity theft was invented by your invaders, and is key to why the J3ws have been kicked out of over 110 countries over the last 12,000 years after infiltrating every group in the world, claiming to adopt their religions and cultures, only to secretly remain utterly devoted to the Talmud, and the practices of the Babylonian Mystery Religion (see more below). So the fake 'Christ' ('Jesus') has a significant history in Memphis and is set to return to the world's stage during Armageddon, which you are currently in the middle of at the time of this writing of 12/5/24. He is referred to as the 'antichrist', deceiving the nations, because the invader's agenda is to eliminate all actual Humans that carry the sacred eternal-life genetics of the Elohim bloodline known as the Krystos 'pale silver cord' that connects to the eternal sound and light fields of the deity planes that provides them with both eternal life as well as unlimited power without the need to eat or sleep. So 'anti-Humans' was also referred to 'Anti-Krystos', being transliterated today as Antichrist. So, even though the term 'antichrist' denotes evil and wickedness, it will not be delivered to you in that way, but it will appear almost identical to what Jesheua Sananda recommended as life-principals that lead to a greater experience in life. But while milk and honey will be coming out of this being's mouth, his ultimate intent all along will be to continue your eternal enslavement and capture by appealing to your Krystic predispositions, while at the same time other arms of his fake teachings, such as the Church of Satan, will appeal to the billions of Hyksos Anunnaki Hybrids who are genetically predisposed to pagan debauchery and self-destructive tendencies as celebrated in the Babylonian Mystery Religion (also explained below). Remember, most of the Anunnaki Hybrids around you are literally wolves, bears, snakes & many other animals that are now suddenly inside bipedal bodies with opposable thumbs that can walk and talk. They didn't earn those avatars like Humans did, they simply fell into them with no idea how to maintain that very powerful and higher level of body. Their instincts are feral, not civilized as the Human avatar template was encoded with. You may be hesitant to believe that J3ws (and their Crypto J3wish associates as explained in my article ๐Ÿ‘‰THE HISTORY OF THE CHIMERA) are from other planes ('planets'), such as Sirius A, Alcyone Pleiades, Antiparticle Gaia, Nibiru and others, but you can hear R@bbi L@itman tell his students in his own words in video that they are: โ€˜UNDERCOVER ALIENS FROM ANOTHER PLANETโ€™. That's pretty clear and not open to interpretation. [Watch R@bbi L@itman in my article: ๐Ÿ‘‰ THE GREAT WHORE OF BABYLON PT1] If anyone here hasn't yet been informed, Trump was officially crowned the Messiah, 'King of the J3ws' by Orthodox T@lmudic J3wish R@bbis on behalf of the Zi0nist Organization of America & the Isr@el Heritage Foundation. While you may think that Zi0nists and T@mudic J3ws are at direct odds with each other, the bottom line is all J3wish factions in the world come together with the one shared goal of 'inheriting the earth' from the Krystos (Human Elohim), so they can have these 'promised lands' for themselves, regardless if they interpret the teachings of their forefathers slightly differently, or not. They are, in every faction, still the 'chosen ones'. In case you are unaware, the Babylonian Talmud is the teachings of sexual magic & blood ritual sacrif1ce referred to as โ€˜Mystery, Babylon the Great, the Whore of Babylonโ€™ religion that was founded in Sumer-Ur 12,000 years ago by โ€˜those who from heaven cameโ€™ (the Anunnaki), where the wheel, the plow, indoor plumbing, production, writing, hydraulics, fabric, brick production, metallurgy, mathematics, philosophy, sailboats, chariots, numerals, taxes, calendars, codes-of-law, contract law, board games, beer, stringed instruments, maps, schools, farmer's almanac, jobs, congress, J3wdicial systems, corporations, paved roads, banks and formal municipal services suddenly fell right out of the clear blue sky to earth while the rest of the world were still living in caves and trying to invent fire. All with no archeological evidence of development for any of them. ๐Ÿ‘‰ Trumps' coronation took place on July 10th, 2023, after J3ws had awaited the return of their 'Mashiach, Anointed One', for thousands of years. ๐Ÿ‘‰ Tesla's new 4 million square ft AI data center is located in Memphis Tennessee, just 11 miles away from Elvis Presley's Graceland Estate. Those are some strong coincidences given the repeated Elvis comms Trump has been dropping, featuring Elvis songs at his rallies and gatherings along with dropping very deliberate multiple videos. So what about Memphis then? Why is Tesla there, why is Musk going off-topic in his interview about subjects totally unassociated with anything Egypt, Memphis, antichrists or 'gods' returning? Because it is time to lay the foundations of the return of the savior. And of course, that savior will be 'of the J3ws', not 'of the humans'. For those who have taken the time to read my article: ๐Ÿ‘‰THE HISTORY OF THE CHIMERA, you will understand by now that I've seen ancient false 'gods' in person over many years already. I've seen their multiple bodies of the same being, some identical, some very different. But they are all the same exact person inside (the same spirit essence). Somehow they have figured out how to do this. So there is never a time they are just in one body here on earth. But in thousands of bodies, many in stasis as 'vehicles' they can wear in all countries of the world through instant 'translocation', hidden away in stasis chambers, and many walking around awake and aware and at the ready to step in for the current leading position at a moment's notice, as covered in my article: ๐Ÿ‘‰SOPHIA as well. Anyone paying attention has now seen many different Donald Trumps. Some are short, 5' 11", some are taller at 6' 3", some heavier, some slimmer, and even older. But what you likely didn't know is that in one of his eras, he was also King Antiochus of Babylon that conquered Memphis Egypt. So while you and I would see Donald Trump as 'cousins' with Elvis, the way it really works with the 'gods', is that's the same person in both bodies, and not just both bodies, but thousands of bodies worldwide. That's why the gods never die, not because they are in eternal-life bodies, but because they have replacements of differing ages at all times so their awareness never leaves, even if one or a dozen of their avatars is killed, as Donald Trump passed in 1989, but no one ever noticed, since he showed up on-time the following day without missing a beat. For a long time I have wondered who 'Mel' was that never showed up in Elvis' group photo collages, now I'm wondering if he wasn't strikingly similar to Donald Trump. Bear in mind, birthdates have nothing to do with the 'gods', as they are here in all different ages at all times, while they also have others here extremely close to the exact same age for reasons of being able to step in for each other for all sorts of reasons. Maybe now you understand how it was Trump managed to do hundreds of rallies leading up to the election that no living person could possibly pull off looking fit and fresh at each one, sometimes 3 in one day. Or why he was rumored to have "been awake for 72 hours before he gave his acceptance speech" on Nov 6th after the election and still looked great. You and I would have been half, if not fully, ded, by that time. Even at 21 yrs old I hit a wall at 24 hours that nearly felt like I was going to pass away if I didn't sleep. Thatโ€™s impossible at 78 no matter who you are without body backups. Not that this is a religious note, because it isn't, but Jesheua Sananda is also scheduled to make a return during this same time to possibly use his legend to help as many humans and hybrids who are truly seeking to move on from this level make the shift. But what he's never going to do is command you to do anything. He won't be boasting about his accomplishments as being the best, yuge, or 'proud' of what he is able to do. He's only here to set an example for you of how to reach higher, outside of material, worldly matters. This is the sifting, where the wheat will be separated from the chaff for harvest. I came here as a 'gatherer', which means I'm here to help show the way out for those who make that cut. [For more see my article: ๐Ÿ‘‰THE SEPARATION] Don't fall for all that glitters and glows in the future painted for you by the antichrist. What you have waiting for you is a million x more precious than being able to fly in a vertical take-off vehicle to a job you will still hate. Where you're going, you won't need a vehicle to fly, and you won't be traveling to work a job you don't like, since working will be voluntary, as you will not need money. For more on this subject, please see my article: ๐Ÿ‘‰TRUMP, THE ANTICHRIST? (Part 1). This message will only be seen by your eyes if not shared, and if you want to reference this article again later, you will need to cut and paste it in your own notes off line, as it will surely be erased. This is the most accurate translation of these events I am aware of at this time. See off-site link below for my other 100+ recent articles and many thousands of comments on X, assembled thanks to Justin
3:37

TRUMP THE ANTIKRYST? PT 2 Trump awarded Elvis, his cousin, the Presidential Medal of Freedom in 2018. The highest civilian award of the United States. Freedom? Why would Elvis need this? Then he just dropped video of Elvis & himself on stage. He also just dropped another video of how he and Elvis look alike. In the video below by Abraham Ojeda Abraham Ojeda, Elon randomly changes the subject to interject into the interview out of literally nowhere, "Memphis, the capital of ancient Egypt. Perhaps that's where our new god will come from." while strangely, and maniacally, laughing at something that's simply not funny. Memphis. Really? As Abraham Ojeda explains in the video, the man who walked on water warned people about the rise of an antichrist, showing the text: "And unless those days were shortened, no flesh would be saved: but for the elect's sake [the Human Elohim Krystos] those days will be shortened." [True, the mRNA shots have been shown to self-replicate and easily transmissible from vaxxed-to-unvaxxed. So it is only a matter of time before all people will become infected with this deadly pathogen that ultimately destroys the body over 3-5 years. Remember, 'all the animals died'.] "For false christs [krysts, see explanation below] and false prophets will rise and show great signs and wonders to deceive, if possible, even the elect." [Again, the Human Elohim Krystos below.] "See, I have told you beforehand." "Therefore if they say to you, 'Look, he is in the desert!' or 'Look, he is in the inner rooms!, do not believe it." Ojeda goes on to explain the original Memphis is located right next to the Great Pyramid of Giza that is in the desert and has hidden rooms inside. Not to mention the extremely obfuscated and hidden Sphere of Amenti, a 'Turnstile Stargate', located directly below the Sphinx right in front of the Great Pyramid, that Jesheua Sananda Melchizedek, the true 'Kryst' of the fully restored 12-strand DNA pure bloodline of the Human Elohim avatar project used to transport people who had already reached 4th dimensional or higher vibration, to secretly move up to the next level of this time matrix during his short time of witnessing to the world. Jesheua Sananda was working directly with Jeshewua Ahumbra Melchizedek, the fully restored 9-strand DNA 'pure' bloodline of the Hyksos Anunnaki Human Hybrids developed in E-Den, that was the 'king of the J3ws' at this time who was assisting Sananda in these mechanical ascension sacred rituals while the two were both under the Co-Evolution BioRegenesis Treaty of Palaidor that provided an ascension mechanism for the J3ws to actually move up through all 15 levels of the Gaia time matrix. Without this Treaty, the children of Adam & Eve would have no possible way of ever moving out of this matrix, as their development project was not an officially authorized program, but actually an illegal invasion of Tara earth perpetrated by various groups of ETs over the previous 560m years. You must have a 12 strand genetic DNA sequence in order to ascend this matrix & the Treaty process gives them access to that. [For more on the bioforming invasion of Tara earth's hosted Human Elohim Project by your captors, see my article: ๐Ÿ‘‰THE HISTORY OF THE CHIMERA] Soon after the two 'Krysts' worked together for a few years helping people ascend through the Sphere of Amenti below the Sphinx, who had been unfairly held back from moving forward for hundreds of millions of years, and spreading the word about how people were eternal spirit essences and not just random creatures in bipedal hominid bodies evolved out of pond scum; teaching them not to embrace this prison world and all its traps and pitfalls, Jeshewua Ahumbra โœก๏ธ abandoned the ascension Treaty for whatever reason, and has since either directly or indirectly stolen the real Kryst's identity, which is now saturated throughout the fake King James 'bible'. [For more on these two figures, see my article: ๐Ÿ‘‰THE TWO CHRISTS] [For more on the King James fake bible, the complex hypnotizing spell it casts and who is the real god of the Catholic Church (and all other religions of the world), see my article: ๐Ÿ‘‰HARD. RED. PILL.] As an aside, the reason Jesheua and Jeshewua's names are so nearly identical is because the invader races always set out to mimic and rob the identity of all things authentic about the real Human Elohim Project. The 'king of the J3ws' was born a few years after Jeshua Sananda was, & was meant to usurp his miraculous works even before he was born. Identity theft was invented by your invaders, and is key to why the J3ws have been kicked out of over 110 countries over the last 12,000 years after infiltrating every group in the world, claiming to adopt their religions and cultures, only to secretly remain utterly devoted to the Talmud, and the practices of the Babylonian Mystery Religion (see more below). So the fake 'Christ' ('Jesus') has a significant history in Memphis and is set to return to the world's stage during Armageddon, which you are currently in the middle of at the time of this writing of 12/5/24. He is referred to as the 'antichrist', deceiving the nations, because the invader's agenda is to eliminate all actual Humans that carry the sacred eternal-life genetics of the Elohim bloodline known as the Krystos 'pale silver cord' that connects to the eternal sound and light fields of the deity planes that provides them with both eternal life as well as unlimited power without the need to eat or sleep. So 'anti-Humans' was also referred to 'Anti-Krystos', being transliterated today as Antichrist. So, even though the term 'antichrist' denotes evil and wickedness, it will not be delivered to you in that way, but it will appear almost identical to what Jesheua Sananda recommended as life-principals that lead to a greater experience in life. But while milk and honey will be coming out of this being's mouth, his ultimate intent all along will be to continue your eternal enslavement and capture by appealing to your Krystic predispositions, while at the same time other arms of his fake teachings, such as the Church of Satan, will appeal to the billions of Hyksos Anunnaki Hybrids who are genetically predisposed to pagan debauchery and self-destructive tendencies as celebrated in the Babylonian Mystery Religion (also explained below). Remember, most of the Anunnaki Hybrids around you are literally wolves, bears, snakes & many other animals that are now suddenly inside bipedal bodies with opposable thumbs that can walk and talk. They didn't earn those avatars like Humans did, they simply fell into them with no idea how to maintain that very powerful and higher level of body. Their instincts are feral, not civilized as the Human avatar template was encoded with. You may be hesitant to believe that J3ws (and their Crypto J3wish associates as explained in my article ๐Ÿ‘‰THE HISTORY OF THE CHIMERA) are from other planes ('planets'), such as Sirius A, Alcyone Pleiades, Antiparticle Gaia, Nibiru and others, but you can hear R@bbi L@itman tell his students in his own words in video that they are: โ€˜UNDERCOVER ALIENS FROM ANOTHER PLANETโ€™. That's pretty clear and not open to interpretation. [Watch R@bbi L@itman in my article: ๐Ÿ‘‰ THE GREAT WHORE OF BABYLON PT1] If anyone here hasn't yet been informed, Trump was officially crowned the Messiah, 'King of the J3ws' by Orthodox T@lmudic J3wish R@bbis on behalf of the Zi0nist Organization of America & the Isr@el Heritage Foundation. While you may think that Zi0nists and T@mudic J3ws are at direct odds with each other, the bottom line is all J3wish factions in the world come together with the one shared goal of 'inheriting the earth' from the Krystos (Human Elohim), so they can have these 'promised lands' for themselves, regardless if they interpret the teachings of their forefathers slightly differently, or not. They are, in every faction, still the 'chosen ones'. In case you are unaware, the Babylonian Talmud is the teachings of sexual magic & blood ritual sacrif1ce referred to as โ€˜Mystery, Babylon the Great, the Whore of Babylonโ€™ religion that was founded in Sumer-Ur 12,000 years ago by โ€˜those who from heaven cameโ€™ (the Anunnaki), where the wheel, the plow, indoor plumbing, production, writing, hydraulics, fabric, brick production, metallurgy, mathematics, philosophy, sailboats, chariots, numerals, taxes, calendars, codes-of-law, contract law, board games, beer, stringed instruments, maps, schools, farmer's almanac, jobs, congress, J3wdicial systems, corporations, paved roads, banks and formal municipal services suddenly fell right out of the clear blue sky to earth while the rest of the world were still living in caves and trying to invent fire. All with no archeological evidence of development for any of them. ๐Ÿ‘‰ Trumps' coronation took place on July 10th, 2023, after J3ws had awaited the return of their 'Mashiach, Anointed One', for thousands of years. ๐Ÿ‘‰ Tesla's new 4 million square ft AI data center is located in Memphis Tennessee, just 11 miles away from Elvis Presley's Graceland Estate. Those are some strong coincidences given the repeated Elvis comms Trump has been dropping, featuring Elvis songs at his rallies and gatherings along with dropping very deliberate multiple videos. So what about Memphis then? Why is Tesla there, why is Musk going off-topic in his interview about subjects totally unassociated with anything Egypt, Memphis, antichrists or 'gods' returning? Because it is time to lay the foundations of the return of the savior. And of course, that savior will be 'of the J3ws', not 'of the humans'. For those who have taken the time to read my article: ๐Ÿ‘‰THE HISTORY OF THE CHIMERA, you will understand by now that I've seen ancient false 'gods' in person over many years already. I've seen their multiple bodies of the same being, some identical, some very different. But they are all the same exact person inside (the same spirit essence). Somehow they have figured out how to do this. So there is never a time they are just in one body here on earth. But in thousands of bodies, many in stasis as 'vehicles' they can wear in all countries of the world through instant 'translocation', hidden away in stasis chambers, and many walking around awake and aware and at the ready to step in for the current leading position at a moment's notice, as covered in my article: ๐Ÿ‘‰SOPHIA as well. Anyone paying attention has now seen many different Donald Trumps. Some are short, 5' 11", some are taller at 6' 3", some heavier, some slimmer, and even older. But what you likely didn't know is that in one of his eras, he was also King Antiochus of Babylon that conquered Memphis Egypt. So while you and I would see Donald Trump as 'cousins' with Elvis, the way it really works with the 'gods', is that's the same person in both bodies, and not just both bodies, but thousands of bodies worldwide. That's why the gods never die, not because they are in eternal-life bodies, but because they have replacements of differing ages at all times so their awareness never leaves, even if one or a dozen of their avatars is killed, as Donald Trump passed in 1989, but no one ever noticed, since he showed up on-time the following day without missing a beat. For a long time I have wondered who 'Mel' was that never showed up in Elvis' group photo collages, now I'm wondering if he wasn't strikingly similar to Donald Trump. Bear in mind, birthdates have nothing to do with the 'gods', as they are here in all different ages at all times, while they also have others here extremely close to the exact same age for reasons of being able to step in for each other for all sorts of reasons. Maybe now you understand how it was Trump managed to do hundreds of rallies leading up to the election that no living person could possibly pull off looking fit and fresh at each one, sometimes 3 in one day. Or why he was rumored to have "been awake for 72 hours before he gave his acceptance speech" on Nov 6th after the election and still looked great. You and I would have been half, if not fully, ded, by that time. Even at 21 yrs old I hit a wall at 24 hours that nearly felt like I was going to pass away if I didn't sleep. Thatโ€™s impossible at 78 no matter who you are without body backups. Not that this is a religious note, because it isn't, but Jesheua Sananda is also scheduled to make a return during this same time to possibly use his legend to help as many humans and hybrids who are truly seeking to move on from this level make the shift. But what he's never going to do is command you to do anything. He won't be boasting about his accomplishments as being the best, yuge, or 'proud' of what he is able to do. He's only here to set an example for you of how to reach higher, outside of material, worldly matters. This is the sifting, where the wheat will be separated from the chaff for harvest. I came here as a 'gatherer', which means I'm here to help show the way out for those who make that cut. [For more see my article: ๐Ÿ‘‰THE SEPARATION] Don't fall for all that glitters and glows in the future painted for you by the antichrist. What you have waiting for you is a million x more precious than being able to fly in a vertical take-off vehicle to a job you will still hate. Where you're going, you won't need a vehicle to fly, and you won't be traveling to work a job you don't like, since working will be voluntary, as you will not need money. For more on this subject, please see my article: ๐Ÿ‘‰TRUMP, THE ANTICHRIST? (Part 1). This message will only be seen by your eyes if not shared, and if you want to reference this article again later, you will need to cut and paste it in your own notes off line, as it will surely be erased. This is the most accurate translation of these events I am aware of at this time. See off-site link below for my other 100+ recent articles and many thousands of comments on X, assembled thanks to Justin

W.R. Schock, QBD

30,618 views โ€ข 1 year ago

BOOM!!! ๐Ÿ’ฅ๐Ÿ’ฅ๐Ÿ’ฅ Dr. Aseem Malhotra's testimony was delivered in the Helsinski District Court on April 12, 2024, with the understanding that any deviation from the truth would constitute perjury. This clip was immediately banned by YouTube so please share widely. I've trimmed the clip, removing the interpreter's segment for a smoother listening experience. Here's the first hour of the testimony. ---------------------------------- My name is Doctor Aseem Malhotra. I am a consultant cardiologist. I've been a qualified doctor since 2001. I have held various roles both in academic health policy. In England, in the United Kingdom, and of the various roles, I won't bore you with all the details. I think three of the most relevant and prominent are the fact that I was an ambassador for the Academy of Medical Royal Colleges for six years, which represented every doctor in the UK. I served a full term of six years as a trustee of the King's fund. I was the youngest member to be appointed to this body which advises government on health policy. I was a founding member of Action on Sugar and a first science director. And through that role I'm considered the lead campaigner on bringing about a sugary drinks tax in the UK. And also, finally I served for five years as visiting professor of evidence based medicine at the Bahiana School of Medicine in Salvador, Brazil. In early 2020, at the beginning of the pandemic I was most vocal doctor on the mainstream, making the link very early on between COVID and those who are vulnerable to suffering serious complications from COVID In fact, in March 2020, I was asked to go on Sky News to explain my initial research findings of the link between especially obesity and COVID, but also to give people an opportunity and to suggest to the government this was a great time for them to implement public health policy to help people enhance or optimise their immune system, which could happen within just a few weeks of dietary changes and optimising vitamin D. This was later also backed up by medical journal publications a few months later. And I was first to mention on the back of an article I published in the Daily Telegraph newspaper, which became a front page commentary and was picked up by BBC News and Good Morning Britain, where I had said that it's likely our prime minister, Boris Johnson, was hospitalised because of his weight. As a result of that, the then secretary for health, Matt Hancock, and this was publicised in the news, had asked me to advise him on the link between COVID and obesity. ...before I explain my journey and in many ways U-turn on my understanding in terms of the benefits and harms of the COVID vaccine, my experience in this area over the last couple of years has made me realise more than ever that even for that the greatest barrier to the truth are not factual or intellectual barriers, but psychological. I think all of us as human beings are vulnerable to these psychological barriers and we should have compassion for ourselves. And I will just very briefly summarise those three psychological barriers before I get into my detailed account of what I was involved in in regards to the COVID vaccine. The first psychological barrier is one of fear. And many of us understandably, and I still remember from early on in the pandemic, we were all scared. We did not know what we were dealing with. The issue with fear is that when people and populations are in a state of fear, we are less likely to engage in critical thinking and we are more likely to be compliant. Although COVID was particularly devastating for vulnerable groups in the elderly and I even have managed and still manage people with long COVID, the fear was grossly exaggerated. And one of the examples of that is that when we had good information on the mortality rate of COVID in the United States, one survey in 2020 revealed that 50% of Americans believed that if they caught COVID, the risk of 19 hospitalisation was 50% one and two, when the actual figure, certainly an average for people in middle age, was less than 1%. The second barrier to the truth, which I think is very relevant to the situation we find ourselves in now, is one called willful blindness. This is when human beings, all of us, are vulnerable to this, turn a blind eye to the truth in order to feel safe, avoid conflict, reduce anxiety and to protect prestige and fragile egos. Some examples of this include, on a personal level, willful blindness can occur when a spouse turns a blind eye to the affair of their partner. On an institutional level, some great examples of willful blindness include Hollywood and Harvey Weinstein, the Catholic Church and child molestation. I believe the current situation we find ourselves in, with much of the mainstream narrative and the medical establishment and policy makers not acknowledging quite horrific, serious and common harms from this vaccine, is another example of willful blindness. And I also say this with full empathy, because I was one of those people that was for a very long time, willfully blind to the harms of the COVID vaccine. In January 2021, I was one of the first people to take two doses of the COVID mRNA vaccine because I volunteered in a vaccine centre. I still believe that traditional vaccines are some of the safest amongst all pharmacological interventions in medicine and I could not conceive of any possibility whatsoever of this vaccine causing harm. As a public figure and respected doctor in the UK, I have built relationships across the board with many other public figures, including celebrities and politicians, who often come to me for medical advice. One of those people was film director Gurinder Chadha, who you may be familiar with some of her work, including the movie "Bend It like Beckham", who had asked me whether or not she should take the vaccine and had sent me blogs which I dismissed and regarded as anti vax nonsense. I was then asked to go on good morning, Britain because Gurinder Chadha, the director herself tweeted that I had convinced her to take the vaccine. The main reason for this TV appearance was to help tackle vaccine hesitancy, which was very prominent amongst people from ethnic minority groups in the UK. I made the point on that programme that I understand where vaccine hesitancy was coming from because of the history that I have been involved with over many years in highlighting the shortcomings of pharmaceutical industry influence over medicine. And I even made the point, if I remember correctly, that they have been found guilty of fraud on many occasions, that the third most common cause of death, prepandemic after heart disease and cancer, is prescribed medications. I, however, reassured the public and said that despite these figures, of everything we do in medicine, traditional vaccinations are amongst the safest. I still believe this to be the case. A few months later, in April 2021, I met with a colleague and friend of mine who I regard as one of the brightest cardiologists in the United Kingdom. I was surprised when he told me that he had not taken the COVID vaccine. He explained to me that he had concerns because he had seen in the supplementary appendix of Pfizer's original trial that there were four cardiac arrests in the vaccine group and only one in the placebo. These numbers were small and did not reach statistical significance. So this could be random chance, or his concern was it could represent a signal of problems in the future. And if this was the case, we are going to have a huge problem. He said he'd rather wait and see what happens before taking the vaccine. On July 26, 2021, my father, aged 73, who was a very prominent, well known doctor in the UK, including being the honorary vice president of the British Medical Association and had received honours from the Queen of England with an OBE, suffered an unexpected sudden cardiac arrest. I was particularly devastated by this happening and I was also I find it difficult to understand why my father, who was a fit and well man, I knew his cardiac history and his cardiac status, would suffer a cardiac arrest. But also my initial investigation was to try and understand why there had been a 30 minutes ambulance delay arriving to his apartment. Two weeks later, the deputy chief nurse of NHS England, a government health body, called me up. She was very upset, she knew my father very well and she was crying and she told me, Aseem, there's something I need to tell you. She in effect told me that throughout the country, for the last two months prior to my father's cardiac arrest in most regions of the UK, ambulances were not getting to patients in time for heart attacks and cardiac arrests. And there had been a deliberate, and I will use these words because I mentioned it, I've mentioned it before, a cover up involving the government and the Department of Health to withhold this information from doctors and the public. I worked with an investigative journalist with the I newspaper in the UK to write an article and a news story that became BBC News headlines a few months later, exposing this. Just before I exposed this, I messaged a professor of cardiology who I trust in the UK. He has a leadership role to explain to him what had happened and what I was about to do. I have text message evidence of this. He told me not to do this because it would make me enemies. I explained to him that I had a duty to patients and the public. I'm highlighting this as one example and I'll give you more examples of a cultural problem within medicine. The next part of this story is the post mortem findings of my father. They did not make any sense to me. I am considered a leading expert, maybe in the world, on the development and progression of coronary artery disease. My father had two severe blockages in his coronary arteries. There was no actual evidence of heart attack and likely there was a rhythm disturbance because of reduced blood supply that led to his cardiac arrest. Then in, within the space of a few weeks, around October and November, 3, different sources of information was brought to my attention that made me realise that there was probably a significant problem with the COVID mRNA vaccine. The first in October 2021. I remember I was giving lectures in Stockholm. I was contacted by a journalist with a Times newspaper who reported to me and said, Dr Malhotra, we have reports of an unexplained 25% increase in heart attacks in hospitals in Scotland and asked me what I thought was going on. I explained to her that at that time, with the evidence I knew in my own experience, I said that two likely contributory factors were lockdown stress. We know that when populations undergo severe stress after war, for example, there is an increase in heart attacks and strokes that can last for many years. She asked me whether I thought that there was a contribution. I was surprised when she asked me whether I thought there may be a contribution of the COVID vaccine to these heart attacks. I said to her, a good scientist should never exclude any possibility. But I felt at the time it was unlikely to be related to the COVID vaccine. But we should watch this space and keep our eyes open. A few weeks later, a publication appeared in the Journal Circulation, which is considered the highest impact cardiology journal in the United States that revealed a potentially very strong link between the COVID mRNA vaccines and acceleration in heart attack risk. Very specifically, in several hundred people of middle age, there was a plausible mechanism, by use of inflammatory markers in the blood, that increased the baseline risk of those people having a heart attack in five years, from 11% to 25%, just within two months of having the COVID mRNA vaccines. Of course, this is one bit of data, but even if partially true, that is a huge increase in risk in a very short space of time. And for me now made me think and link back to why my father may have suffered a cardiac arrest six months after having two doses of the vaccine. I remember thinking and speaking to a colleague, that if this was true, then we were going to see an increase in cardiac arrests, heart attacks and excess deaths in heavily vaccinated countries for the next few years. Then within a few weeks, I was called up by a whistleblower at a very prestigious british institution. I will name that institution, which I have not done publicly before as a University of Oxford. This cardiologist explained to me that a group of researchers in his department had accidentally found, through the use of very specialised imaging of the heart, that there was a signal of increased inflammation of the heart arteries, which was there in the vaccinated, but not there in the unvaccinated. The lead researcher of that group had sat down, the juniors, and had said that we are not going to explore these findings any further because it may affect our funding from the pharmaceutical industry. At that point, with these three bits of information, I then felt it was my ethical duty to speak out. And I went on GBNews to talk about what I'd found what I'd heard and I'd asked for the Vaccine Committee of the UK on TV to investigate this, to see whether there was a real problem with the vaccine in relation to heart issues. Around the same time which I found very strange is that the Secretary of State for Health at that stage, who was not Matt Hancock, was Sajid Javid, had announced in parliament that we are going to introduce legislation to ensure that all healthcare workers are mandated to have the COVID vaccine. For me, this, by that stage had no ethical or scientific justification, because certainly after the summer of 2021, it had become very apparent that the COVID mRNA vaccine was not stopping infection and it certainly was not stopping transmission. It was understood that approximately 80,000 NHS workers had refused at this stage to have the COVID vaccine. And now they were threatened with losing their job if by April the following year they had not been fully vaccinated. Many of these people were very concerned and contacted me around that time, I was also conducting many interviews, both through the BBC and Sky News and GBNews in regards to what happened with my father's ambulance delay. And I used it as an opportunity on the mainstream media to call for Sajid Javid, the secretary for health, to U-turn on the introduction of a mandate for healthcare workers based upon the fact that I felt it was not scientific and it was unethical. I also received my own personal backlash from these comments where I was contacted by the Royal College of Physicians who I had an affiliation with, and they asked me to respond to anonymous complaints from doctors that I was spreading, in quotes, antivax disinformation. I felt with my own knowledge and experience of the healthcare system that this was a direct response probably fueled by a combination of willful blindness and institutional corruption. To elaborate a bit further, when I say institutional corruption, I mean that my view was that the complaints were likely being fueled by academics with financial ties to the pharmaceutical industry. I felt very concerned about the potential introduction of the vaccine, well, the vaccine mandate. And therefore I decided there were two things that I decided to do. The first was I made a phone call to the chairman of the British Medical Association in December 2021. I had a good relationship with him and he respected my opinion. And I spent 2 hours on the phone explaining to him everything that I knew up to that stage about my concerns of the COVID mRNA vaccine. He said to me, "Aseem, nobody appears to critically appraise the evidence on the COVID mRNA vaccine as well as you have from our conversation, he said, most of my colleagues are getting their information on the benefits and harms of the vaccine from the BBC". This was replicated by the former chair of the CDC in the United States, Rochelle Walensky, who in an interview later on had said that her initial optimism of the vaccine benefits came from CNN News report. I say this just to emphasise that we should all accept our vulnerabilities to where we receive health information. Even doctors, policymakers, judges and lawyers are all influenced on the public massively by mainstream media. The chairman of the BMA also agreed with me. There was no ethical or scientific justification for mandating the COVID vaccine. He said the BMA also did not support it. And he said because of my conversation with him, he would speak directly to the secretary for health, Sajid Javid. One month later, at the end of January 2022, the COVID vaccine mandate for healthcare workers was overturned. I at that stage, given the fact that there was some backlash happening towards me, I realised that because this is a very big issue and area, and not my initial area of expertise, I needed to carry out my own critical analysis of the COVID mRNA vaccines. I spent six to nine months critically appraising the data, including speaking to two Pfizer whistleblowers, three investigative medical journalists and eminent scientists from the University of Oxford, Stanford and Harvard. The most critical bit, the most critical research that was published on this issue, which I think the whole court should acknowledge in August 2022, was published in the journal Vaccine. That research was conducted by some of the world's top independent of drug industry influence academics. That research, we was able to reanalyze the original randomised control trials conducted by Pfizer and Moderna. They were able to do this because new information was made available on the FDA's website and Health Canada's website. The conclusions of that paper were really very disturbing. The original trials that led to the drug regulatory approval of these vaccines revealed that you were more likely to suffer serious harm from taking the vaccine, specifically hospitalisation, life changing event or disability, than you were to be hospitalised with COVID That rate of harm at two months was very high at 1 in 800. Just to give you some perspective, historically we have suspended other vaccines for much less. In 1976, the swine flu vaccine was pulled because it was found to cause a neurological syndrome called Guillain-Barre syndrome In one in 100,000 people. In 1999, the rotavirus vaccine was suspended because it was found to cause a form of bowel obstruction in children affecting 1 in 10,000. This was 1 in 800. In my view, it was very clear that given this information, published in the highest impact Vaccine journal in the world, peer reviewed, and has not had any significant rebuttals, that this vaccine now, in my view, should never have been approved for use in a single human being in the first place. In my view, this very important court case in some ways, actually is a distraction from the much bigger issue, which is there should be court cases around the world with a full inquiry into the pharmaceutical industry and an inquiry as to how we got this so very wrong. Of course, one could argue this is just one bit of research, but actually, unfortunately, there are different, many different strands of research that are showing a signal of considerable and common serious harm from these vaccines. From pharmacovigilance data that is reporting what we call yellow card reports from the public. We have plausible biological mechanism of harm. We have other research called observational data. We have autopsy data also confirming that certainly with the majority of people who died within a short space of time of having the vaccine in relation to the heart, was definitively caused by the vaccine. This is really a very, very, very horrific situation we find ourselves in. One would hope and expect that the regulators should be independently evaluating all medications. But of course, the evidence reveals this is far from true. There was an investigation by the BMJ, also published in the summer of 2022, which revealed that most of the major regulators across the world were taking most of their money from the drug industry. For example, the MHRA in the UK receives 86% of its funding from the drug industry, and the FDA in America receives 65% of its funding from the drug industry, A fact that most doctors do not know. And therefore, I would not expect members of the court to know this either, is that very, very rarely do drug industry sponsored research get independently evaluated. Clinical trial data can often involve thousands of pages of information on individual patients. The drug companies hold onto that raw data. They then give summary results to the regulator, who are then paying, who have an incentive to approve the drugs, and the drugs are then approved. I made these points in my peer reviewed article published in the Journal of Insulin Resistance in September 2022, where I concluded that we should pause and investigate the issue around the COVID mRNA vaccines. I have since then been campaigning and advocating for a return to ethical evidence based medical practise around the world. Some of the clear solutions moving forward would be changes in the law that are required so that patients, doctors, members of the public can have greater confidence in the information they receive to make decisions about their health. Two very clear, low hanging fruit solutions, which are both ethical, scientific and democratic, would be that the drug industry should be allowed to develop drugs, but they shouldn't be allowed to test them themselves. And they certainly shouldn't be allowed to design their own research to and hold onto the raw data. Their information needs to be independently evaluated. One other clear solution would also be that the medical regulators, again, should not be taking any money from the industry, as this is a gross conflict of interest. I also want to highlight for people to understand the bigger picture. Prior to the pandemic, I had realised that there was a big problem with the reliability of clinical research, where invariably the results of clinical trials on all drugs sponsored by the drug industry, grossly exaggerate their safety and benefits. I have taken this information to the European Parliament, where I spoke in 2019, and I spoke to very senior politicians in the UK government. But although they were sympathetic, they felt that the issue was much bigger than them as individuals, and therefore it also needed media attention to get public awareness on the importance of such an inquiry. Before we continue with further questions, as I've been speaking for quite a long time now I'll just finish with two references just for the court and the judges to understand just how bad this problem is. Prepandemic the man who I call the Stephen Hawking of medicine is Professor John Ioannidis from the University of Stanford. The reason I call him the Stephen Hawking of Medicine is he's the most cited medical researcher in the world and is a mathematical genius. In 2006, he published a paper which was entitled why most published research findings are false. In that paper, he makes a point that the greater the financial interests in a given field, the less likely the research findings are to be true. I say this in context of the Pfizer mRNA vaccine which has made the company $100 billion. The other point that he makes in a further paper in 2017 is, again, the reason the system continues as it is is most doctors are unaware of the information they receive when they make clinical decisions has been corrupted by commercial influence. The other credible name I will mention is the editor of the Lancet, Richard Horton, who I personally know. In 2015, he wrote an article in the Lancet in relation to a secret meeting that had taken place with himself and some of the world's top medical academics. In that, he wrote that possibly half of the medical published literature may simply be untrue. And he said that science has taken a turn towards darkness. But who's going to take the first step to clean up the system? I believe in this case and in this court today, this is going to be a very pivotal potential moment in history for that first step. ---------------------- Dr Aseem Malhotra H/T: Tiina Keskimรคki ๐Ÿ‡ซ๐Ÿ‡ฎ
29:17

BOOM!!! ๐Ÿ’ฅ๐Ÿ’ฅ๐Ÿ’ฅ Dr. Aseem Malhotra's testimony was delivered in the Helsinski District Court on April 12, 2024, with the understanding that any deviation from the truth would constitute perjury. This clip was immediately banned by YouTube so please share widely. I've trimmed the clip, removing the interpreter's segment for a smoother listening experience. Here's the first hour of the testimony. ---------------------------------- My name is Doctor Aseem Malhotra. I am a consultant cardiologist. I've been a qualified doctor since 2001. I have held various roles both in academic health policy. In England, in the United Kingdom, and of the various roles, I won't bore you with all the details. I think three of the most relevant and prominent are the fact that I was an ambassador for the Academy of Medical Royal Colleges for six years, which represented every doctor in the UK. I served a full term of six years as a trustee of the King's fund. I was the youngest member to be appointed to this body which advises government on health policy. I was a founding member of Action on Sugar and a first science director. And through that role I'm considered the lead campaigner on bringing about a sugary drinks tax in the UK. And also, finally I served for five years as visiting professor of evidence based medicine at the Bahiana School of Medicine in Salvador, Brazil. In early 2020, at the beginning of the pandemic I was most vocal doctor on the mainstream, making the link very early on between COVID and those who are vulnerable to suffering serious complications from COVID In fact, in March 2020, I was asked to go on Sky News to explain my initial research findings of the link between especially obesity and COVID, but also to give people an opportunity and to suggest to the government this was a great time for them to implement public health policy to help people enhance or optimise their immune system, which could happen within just a few weeks of dietary changes and optimising vitamin D. This was later also backed up by medical journal publications a few months later. And I was first to mention on the back of an article I published in the Daily Telegraph newspaper, which became a front page commentary and was picked up by BBC News and Good Morning Britain, where I had said that it's likely our prime minister, Boris Johnson, was hospitalised because of his weight. As a result of that, the then secretary for health, Matt Hancock, and this was publicised in the news, had asked me to advise him on the link between COVID and obesity. ...before I explain my journey and in many ways U-turn on my understanding in terms of the benefits and harms of the COVID vaccine, my experience in this area over the last couple of years has made me realise more than ever that even for that the greatest barrier to the truth are not factual or intellectual barriers, but psychological. I think all of us as human beings are vulnerable to these psychological barriers and we should have compassion for ourselves. And I will just very briefly summarise those three psychological barriers before I get into my detailed account of what I was involved in in regards to the COVID vaccine. The first psychological barrier is one of fear. And many of us understandably, and I still remember from early on in the pandemic, we were all scared. We did not know what we were dealing with. The issue with fear is that when people and populations are in a state of fear, we are less likely to engage in critical thinking and we are more likely to be compliant. Although COVID was particularly devastating for vulnerable groups in the elderly and I even have managed and still manage people with long COVID, the fear was grossly exaggerated. And one of the examples of that is that when we had good information on the mortality rate of COVID in the United States, one survey in 2020 revealed that 50% of Americans believed that if they caught COVID, the risk of 19 hospitalisation was 50% one and two, when the actual figure, certainly an average for people in middle age, was less than 1%. The second barrier to the truth, which I think is very relevant to the situation we find ourselves in now, is one called willful blindness. This is when human beings, all of us, are vulnerable to this, turn a blind eye to the truth in order to feel safe, avoid conflict, reduce anxiety and to protect prestige and fragile egos. Some examples of this include, on a personal level, willful blindness can occur when a spouse turns a blind eye to the affair of their partner. On an institutional level, some great examples of willful blindness include Hollywood and Harvey Weinstein, the Catholic Church and child molestation. I believe the current situation we find ourselves in, with much of the mainstream narrative and the medical establishment and policy makers not acknowledging quite horrific, serious and common harms from this vaccine, is another example of willful blindness. And I also say this with full empathy, because I was one of those people that was for a very long time, willfully blind to the harms of the COVID vaccine. In January 2021, I was one of the first people to take two doses of the COVID mRNA vaccine because I volunteered in a vaccine centre. I still believe that traditional vaccines are some of the safest amongst all pharmacological interventions in medicine and I could not conceive of any possibility whatsoever of this vaccine causing harm. As a public figure and respected doctor in the UK, I have built relationships across the board with many other public figures, including celebrities and politicians, who often come to me for medical advice. One of those people was film director Gurinder Chadha, who you may be familiar with some of her work, including the movie "Bend It like Beckham", who had asked me whether or not she should take the vaccine and had sent me blogs which I dismissed and regarded as anti vax nonsense. I was then asked to go on good morning, Britain because Gurinder Chadha, the director herself tweeted that I had convinced her to take the vaccine. The main reason for this TV appearance was to help tackle vaccine hesitancy, which was very prominent amongst people from ethnic minority groups in the UK. I made the point on that programme that I understand where vaccine hesitancy was coming from because of the history that I have been involved with over many years in highlighting the shortcomings of pharmaceutical industry influence over medicine. And I even made the point, if I remember correctly, that they have been found guilty of fraud on many occasions, that the third most common cause of death, prepandemic after heart disease and cancer, is prescribed medications. I, however, reassured the public and said that despite these figures, of everything we do in medicine, traditional vaccinations are amongst the safest. I still believe this to be the case. A few months later, in April 2021, I met with a colleague and friend of mine who I regard as one of the brightest cardiologists in the United Kingdom. I was surprised when he told me that he had not taken the COVID vaccine. He explained to me that he had concerns because he had seen in the supplementary appendix of Pfizer's original trial that there were four cardiac arrests in the vaccine group and only one in the placebo. These numbers were small and did not reach statistical significance. So this could be random chance, or his concern was it could represent a signal of problems in the future. And if this was the case, we are going to have a huge problem. He said he'd rather wait and see what happens before taking the vaccine. On July 26, 2021, my father, aged 73, who was a very prominent, well known doctor in the UK, including being the honorary vice president of the British Medical Association and had received honours from the Queen of England with an OBE, suffered an unexpected sudden cardiac arrest. I was particularly devastated by this happening and I was also I find it difficult to understand why my father, who was a fit and well man, I knew his cardiac history and his cardiac status, would suffer a cardiac arrest. But also my initial investigation was to try and understand why there had been a 30 minutes ambulance delay arriving to his apartment. Two weeks later, the deputy chief nurse of NHS England, a government health body, called me up. She was very upset, she knew my father very well and she was crying and she told me, Aseem, there's something I need to tell you. She in effect told me that throughout the country, for the last two months prior to my father's cardiac arrest in most regions of the UK, ambulances were not getting to patients in time for heart attacks and cardiac arrests. And there had been a deliberate, and I will use these words because I mentioned it, I've mentioned it before, a cover up involving the government and the Department of Health to withhold this information from doctors and the public. I worked with an investigative journalist with the I newspaper in the UK to write an article and a news story that became BBC News headlines a few months later, exposing this. Just before I exposed this, I messaged a professor of cardiology who I trust in the UK. He has a leadership role to explain to him what had happened and what I was about to do. I have text message evidence of this. He told me not to do this because it would make me enemies. I explained to him that I had a duty to patients and the public. I'm highlighting this as one example and I'll give you more examples of a cultural problem within medicine. The next part of this story is the post mortem findings of my father. They did not make any sense to me. I am considered a leading expert, maybe in the world, on the development and progression of coronary artery disease. My father had two severe blockages in his coronary arteries. There was no actual evidence of heart attack and likely there was a rhythm disturbance because of reduced blood supply that led to his cardiac arrest. Then in, within the space of a few weeks, around October and November, 3, different sources of information was brought to my attention that made me realise that there was probably a significant problem with the COVID mRNA vaccine. The first in October 2021. I remember I was giving lectures in Stockholm. I was contacted by a journalist with a Times newspaper who reported to me and said, Dr Malhotra, we have reports of an unexplained 25% increase in heart attacks in hospitals in Scotland and asked me what I thought was going on. I explained to her that at that time, with the evidence I knew in my own experience, I said that two likely contributory factors were lockdown stress. We know that when populations undergo severe stress after war, for example, there is an increase in heart attacks and strokes that can last for many years. She asked me whether I thought that there was a contribution. I was surprised when she asked me whether I thought there may be a contribution of the COVID vaccine to these heart attacks. I said to her, a good scientist should never exclude any possibility. But I felt at the time it was unlikely to be related to the COVID vaccine. But we should watch this space and keep our eyes open. A few weeks later, a publication appeared in the Journal Circulation, which is considered the highest impact cardiology journal in the United States that revealed a potentially very strong link between the COVID mRNA vaccines and acceleration in heart attack risk. Very specifically, in several hundred people of middle age, there was a plausible mechanism, by use of inflammatory markers in the blood, that increased the baseline risk of those people having a heart attack in five years, from 11% to 25%, just within two months of having the COVID mRNA vaccines. Of course, this is one bit of data, but even if partially true, that is a huge increase in risk in a very short space of time. And for me now made me think and link back to why my father may have suffered a cardiac arrest six months after having two doses of the vaccine. I remember thinking and speaking to a colleague, that if this was true, then we were going to see an increase in cardiac arrests, heart attacks and excess deaths in heavily vaccinated countries for the next few years. Then within a few weeks, I was called up by a whistleblower at a very prestigious british institution. I will name that institution, which I have not done publicly before as a University of Oxford. This cardiologist explained to me that a group of researchers in his department had accidentally found, through the use of very specialised imaging of the heart, that there was a signal of increased inflammation of the heart arteries, which was there in the vaccinated, but not there in the unvaccinated. The lead researcher of that group had sat down, the juniors, and had said that we are not going to explore these findings any further because it may affect our funding from the pharmaceutical industry. At that point, with these three bits of information, I then felt it was my ethical duty to speak out. And I went on GBNews to talk about what I'd found what I'd heard and I'd asked for the Vaccine Committee of the UK on TV to investigate this, to see whether there was a real problem with the vaccine in relation to heart issues. Around the same time which I found very strange is that the Secretary of State for Health at that stage, who was not Matt Hancock, was Sajid Javid, had announced in parliament that we are going to introduce legislation to ensure that all healthcare workers are mandated to have the COVID vaccine. For me, this, by that stage had no ethical or scientific justification, because certainly after the summer of 2021, it had become very apparent that the COVID mRNA vaccine was not stopping infection and it certainly was not stopping transmission. It was understood that approximately 80,000 NHS workers had refused at this stage to have the COVID vaccine. And now they were threatened with losing their job if by April the following year they had not been fully vaccinated. Many of these people were very concerned and contacted me around that time, I was also conducting many interviews, both through the BBC and Sky News and GBNews in regards to what happened with my father's ambulance delay. And I used it as an opportunity on the mainstream media to call for Sajid Javid, the secretary for health, to U-turn on the introduction of a mandate for healthcare workers based upon the fact that I felt it was not scientific and it was unethical. I also received my own personal backlash from these comments where I was contacted by the Royal College of Physicians who I had an affiliation with, and they asked me to respond to anonymous complaints from doctors that I was spreading, in quotes, antivax disinformation. I felt with my own knowledge and experience of the healthcare system that this was a direct response probably fueled by a combination of willful blindness and institutional corruption. To elaborate a bit further, when I say institutional corruption, I mean that my view was that the complaints were likely being fueled by academics with financial ties to the pharmaceutical industry. I felt very concerned about the potential introduction of the vaccine, well, the vaccine mandate. And therefore I decided there were two things that I decided to do. The first was I made a phone call to the chairman of the British Medical Association in December 2021. I had a good relationship with him and he respected my opinion. And I spent 2 hours on the phone explaining to him everything that I knew up to that stage about my concerns of the COVID mRNA vaccine. He said to me, "Aseem, nobody appears to critically appraise the evidence on the COVID mRNA vaccine as well as you have from our conversation, he said, most of my colleagues are getting their information on the benefits and harms of the vaccine from the BBC". This was replicated by the former chair of the CDC in the United States, Rochelle Walensky, who in an interview later on had said that her initial optimism of the vaccine benefits came from CNN News report. I say this just to emphasise that we should all accept our vulnerabilities to where we receive health information. Even doctors, policymakers, judges and lawyers are all influenced on the public massively by mainstream media. The chairman of the BMA also agreed with me. There was no ethical or scientific justification for mandating the COVID vaccine. He said the BMA also did not support it. And he said because of my conversation with him, he would speak directly to the secretary for health, Sajid Javid. One month later, at the end of January 2022, the COVID vaccine mandate for healthcare workers was overturned. I at that stage, given the fact that there was some backlash happening towards me, I realised that because this is a very big issue and area, and not my initial area of expertise, I needed to carry out my own critical analysis of the COVID mRNA vaccines. I spent six to nine months critically appraising the data, including speaking to two Pfizer whistleblowers, three investigative medical journalists and eminent scientists from the University of Oxford, Stanford and Harvard. The most critical bit, the most critical research that was published on this issue, which I think the whole court should acknowledge in August 2022, was published in the journal Vaccine. That research was conducted by some of the world's top independent of drug industry influence academics. That research, we was able to reanalyze the original randomised control trials conducted by Pfizer and Moderna. They were able to do this because new information was made available on the FDA's website and Health Canada's website. The conclusions of that paper were really very disturbing. The original trials that led to the drug regulatory approval of these vaccines revealed that you were more likely to suffer serious harm from taking the vaccine, specifically hospitalisation, life changing event or disability, than you were to be hospitalised with COVID That rate of harm at two months was very high at 1 in 800. Just to give you some perspective, historically we have suspended other vaccines for much less. In 1976, the swine flu vaccine was pulled because it was found to cause a neurological syndrome called Guillain-Barre syndrome In one in 100,000 people. In 1999, the rotavirus vaccine was suspended because it was found to cause a form of bowel obstruction in children affecting 1 in 10,000. This was 1 in 800. In my view, it was very clear that given this information, published in the highest impact Vaccine journal in the world, peer reviewed, and has not had any significant rebuttals, that this vaccine now, in my view, should never have been approved for use in a single human being in the first place. In my view, this very important court case in some ways, actually is a distraction from the much bigger issue, which is there should be court cases around the world with a full inquiry into the pharmaceutical industry and an inquiry as to how we got this so very wrong. Of course, one could argue this is just one bit of research, but actually, unfortunately, there are different, many different strands of research that are showing a signal of considerable and common serious harm from these vaccines. From pharmacovigilance data that is reporting what we call yellow card reports from the public. We have plausible biological mechanism of harm. We have other research called observational data. We have autopsy data also confirming that certainly with the majority of people who died within a short space of time of having the vaccine in relation to the heart, was definitively caused by the vaccine. This is really a very, very, very horrific situation we find ourselves in. One would hope and expect that the regulators should be independently evaluating all medications. But of course, the evidence reveals this is far from true. There was an investigation by the BMJ, also published in the summer of 2022, which revealed that most of the major regulators across the world were taking most of their money from the drug industry. For example, the MHRA in the UK receives 86% of its funding from the drug industry, and the FDA in America receives 65% of its funding from the drug industry, A fact that most doctors do not know. And therefore, I would not expect members of the court to know this either, is that very, very rarely do drug industry sponsored research get independently evaluated. Clinical trial data can often involve thousands of pages of information on individual patients. The drug companies hold onto that raw data. They then give summary results to the regulator, who are then paying, who have an incentive to approve the drugs, and the drugs are then approved. I made these points in my peer reviewed article published in the Journal of Insulin Resistance in September 2022, where I concluded that we should pause and investigate the issue around the COVID mRNA vaccines. I have since then been campaigning and advocating for a return to ethical evidence based medical practise around the world. Some of the clear solutions moving forward would be changes in the law that are required so that patients, doctors, members of the public can have greater confidence in the information they receive to make decisions about their health. Two very clear, low hanging fruit solutions, which are both ethical, scientific and democratic, would be that the drug industry should be allowed to develop drugs, but they shouldn't be allowed to test them themselves. And they certainly shouldn't be allowed to design their own research to and hold onto the raw data. Their information needs to be independently evaluated. One other clear solution would also be that the medical regulators, again, should not be taking any money from the industry, as this is a gross conflict of interest. I also want to highlight for people to understand the bigger picture. Prior to the pandemic, I had realised that there was a big problem with the reliability of clinical research, where invariably the results of clinical trials on all drugs sponsored by the drug industry, grossly exaggerate their safety and benefits. I have taken this information to the European Parliament, where I spoke in 2019, and I spoke to very senior politicians in the UK government. But although they were sympathetic, they felt that the issue was much bigger than them as individuals, and therefore it also needed media attention to get public awareness on the importance of such an inquiry. Before we continue with further questions, as I've been speaking for quite a long time now I'll just finish with two references just for the court and the judges to understand just how bad this problem is. Prepandemic the man who I call the Stephen Hawking of medicine is Professor John Ioannidis from the University of Stanford. The reason I call him the Stephen Hawking of Medicine is he's the most cited medical researcher in the world and is a mathematical genius. In 2006, he published a paper which was entitled why most published research findings are false. In that paper, he makes a point that the greater the financial interests in a given field, the less likely the research findings are to be true. I say this in context of the Pfizer mRNA vaccine which has made the company $100 billion. The other point that he makes in a further paper in 2017 is, again, the reason the system continues as it is is most doctors are unaware of the information they receive when they make clinical decisions has been corrupted by commercial influence. The other credible name I will mention is the editor of the Lancet, Richard Horton, who I personally know. In 2015, he wrote an article in the Lancet in relation to a secret meeting that had taken place with himself and some of the world's top medical academics. In that, he wrote that possibly half of the medical published literature may simply be untrue. And he said that science has taken a turn towards darkness. But who's going to take the first step to clean up the system? I believe in this case and in this court today, this is going to be a very pivotal potential moment in history for that first step. ---------------------- Dr Aseem Malhotra H/T: Tiina Keskimรคki ๐Ÿ‡ซ๐Ÿ‡ฎ

aussie17

797,301 views โ€ข 2 years ago

๐Ÿšจ EXTREMELY ALARMING: DARPA'S N3 PROGRAM, Non Surgical Mind Reading, Brain Control, and The END of Free Thought as WE Know it! ๐Ÿšจ This is NOT conspiracy. This is DOCUMENTED, FUNDED and Operational Reality. DARPA Official N3 Program Page: DARPA 2019 Announcement of N3 Funding to Six Teams: From the original 1950s-1970s RF experiments, through MKULTRA continuations, to today's nanoscale neurogenetic weapons systems. I hold the full map. What follows is the complete exposure, every player, every technology, every intent, every lie, and every question the world must answer BEFORE IT'S TOO LATE! DARPA's N3 (Next-Generation Nonsurgical Neurotechnology) Program: Launched 2018, Still Active in Outcomes In 2018, DARPA publicly announced N3: high-performance, bidirectional brain-machine interfaces for able-bodied service members (and beyond) that require no surgery. Goals: read/write to 16+ independent channels in a 16mmยณ brain volume in under 50 milliseconds. Sub-millimeter spatial and temporal precision rivaling implanted electrodes, but wearable, portable, and scalable to populations. Technologies explicitly pursued (per DARPA and funded teams): - Neurogenetics: Genetically engineering neurons to express light-sensitive proteins (optogenetics) for infrared or light-based control. - Nanoscale engineering: Nanotransducers, nanoparticles, aerosolized nanomaterials that cross the blood-brain barrier when inhaled or injected non-surgically. These act as implantable electrodes/sensors/transmitters without scalpels. - Infrared sensing & light: Near-infrared beams to read/write neural activity through skull/scalp. - Ultrasound & acoustics: Focused ultrasound to guide signals or stimulate neurons. - Electromagnetics & RF: Pulsed fields for non-invasive modulation. - Minutely invasive track: Temporary nano-transducers delivered without surgery. Funded teams (2019, millions each): - Battelle Memorial Institute - Carnegie Mellon University (Pulkit Grover et al., $19M+) - Johns Hopkins University Applied Physics Lab - Palo Alto Research Center (PARC) - Rice University - Teledyne Scientific These are not fringe labs. These are core defense contractors and elite universities building the future of thought-controlled drones, instant team cognition, "active cyber defense" via brain links, and unstated population scale neural influence. The Video You Just Watched Ties Directly In: Historical RF/microwave mind control research (Moscow Signal era) showing decades of precedent. The U.S. Embassy in Moscow was irradiated with microwaves 1953-1976. Result: cancers, blood disorders, neurological issues in ambassadors and staff. U.S. responded with its own programs (PANDORA, BIZARRE) exploring behavioral effects of modulated RF. This is the foundation N3 builds upon... now refined to nanoscale precision. From MKULTRA to N3 and Beyond: - 1950s-1970s: CIA MKULTRA, OPERATION ARTICHOKE - LSD, hypnosis, electroshock, sensory deprivation on unwitting citizens. Parallel DoD RF studies on embassy staff and primates. - Moscow Signal: Soviets beamed microwaves at U.S. diplomats. U.S. studied effects secretly while developing countermeasures/weapons. - 1980s-2000s: Continued classified neuro-weapons research (memory modulation, crowd control via EM). - 2010s-Now: N3 + related programs (INI - Intelligent Neural Interfaces, NESD, SUBNETS, etc.). Public "for soldiers" framing hides dual-use: offensive neurowarfare, surveillance, behavioral modification. Key Players Exposed: - DARPA Biological Technologies Office - Architects. - Program Managers: like Al Emondi (N3). - Advisers like Dr. James Giordano (public admissions on nanoscale brain disruption as weapons). - Contractors: Battelle, Teledyne, PARC (Xerox), universities weaponizing academia. - Overarching: U.S. DoD, with likely Five Eyes/ international partners. Private sector bleed-over (Neuralink et al. are the civilian cover story). This is not "for veterans" or "helping paralyzed people." Primary focus: able-bodied warfighters for superhuman command of swarms, instant intel fusion, thought-speed hacking. Civilian applications = total surveillance/control. Nanoparticles can be aerosolized; breathed in unknowingly. They lodge in brain tissue and turn neurons into transceivers. Infrared/light can then read thoughts in real-time or write commands (insert images, emotions, "voices," behavioral urges). Combine with 5G/6G terahertz networks for remote activation. Genetic edits make brains "compatible" at population scale. This enables: - Remote mind reading (thought surveillance). - Behavior modification without consent. - "Havana Syndrome" on steroids... targeted neurological disruption. - End of privacy of thought. End of free will as we define it, as professed by Yuval Noah Harari at the World Economic Forum (WEF). - Weaponized neuroscience: neurowarfare where enemies "decide" to surrender via neural influence. WE NEED to be Demanding Answers for RIGHT NOW, or You, Your Children, Loved Ones, Friends, Family, you name it... Will not exist in the next 3-5 years, this is OPEN GENOCIDE on populations globally. The Georgia guidestones are starting to make a bit more sense now arent they? I won't even bother diving down the rabbit hole of how the real true genuine numbed of souls in this world was around the 730m, about 2 years ago... So that number is now much likely to be closer to around 660m. They are speeding up their human eradication plans, because they don't wish to be held accountable for their heinous, generational, outright satanic crimes that they have committed, are committing and will continue to commit to... If we fail to awaken to what is happening around us, and if we fail to stand together with courage, discernment, and unity, we risk surrendering the future of our species to forces that thrive on division, distraction, and indifference. This is not a work of fiction. This is not a screenplay. This is not a distant possibility reserved for some imagined future. This is REAL LIFE. AND THESE ARE REAL PEOPLE that are affected by the systems, institutions, incentives, and decisions that shape the world around us every single day. Throughout history, countless men, women, and children have suffered under structures that viewed human beings not as sacred and sovereign individuals, but as resources to be managed, exploited, controlled, or discarded. The question before us is whether we will remain passive observers, or whether we will choose to become informed, engaged, and united in defense of human dignity, freedom, and the future we leave to those who come after us. The time to pay attention is NOW! When did N3 achieve operational capability? 2020s? Earlier in black programs? How many citizens worldwide have already received nanotransducers via vaccines, aerosols, food/water, or "shedding"? Which governments/contractors are deploying this against their own populations for "social control"? Why the secrecy if it's purely benevolent? Giordano and others have admitted weaponization potential, What if the greatest illusion ever sold was not a product, a policy, or a political movement, but the belief that power is fully accountable to the people it governs? We are told that rights are sacred. We are told that laws apply equally to all. We are told that institutions exist to protect the public. Yet throughout history, countless examples reveal a different reality. Those entrusted with authority have often violated the very principles they were sworn to uphold. Too often, power protects itself. Too often, wealth purchases influence. Too often, those responsible for the consequences of their decisions remain insulated from the suffering those decisions create. This is not a condemnation of every individual within every institution. It is an observation about a recurring pattern throughout human history. When power becomes concentrated, accountability diminishes and when accountability diminishes, corruption flourishes. The challenge before humanity is not merely to replace one group with another... It is to create a society in which truth matters more than propaganda, principles matter more than profit, and human dignity matters more than power. A free society cannot survive on blind trust alone. It requires informed citizens willing to question, investigate, challenge authority, and hold every institution to the standards it claims to represent. The future belongs to those who refuse to surrender their capacity for independent thought. WE MUST EDUCATE OURSELVES. There comes a moment in every human life when the identities we have inherited, the assumptions we have accepted, and the countless narratives imposed upon us by family, culture, institutions, and society begin to reveal themselves as incomplete representations of who we truly are. At that moment, a choice presents itself... We may continue moving through life according to expectations that were handed to us by others, or we may begin the far more demanding process of discovering what remains when every borrowed certainty is stripped away. Approach God with complete honesty and without reservation. Abandon the need to appear strong, knowledgeable, spiritually accomplished, or self-sufficient. Speak openly of your confusion, your failures, your fears, your doubts, your exhaustion, your grief, your shortcomings, and your deepest questions. Acknowledge that despite all of humanity's achievements, despite all accumulated knowledge, despite every title, accomplishment, possession, and ambition, there remain mysteries that cannot be conquered through intellect alone... Admit where your own understanding has reached its limits and ask sincerely for wisdom beyond yourself. Then withdraw from distraction and remain present long enough to listen. The modern world has become extraordinarily skilled at monopolizing attention, filling every moment with noise, stimulation, entertainment, conflict, urgency, and endless streams of information that leave little room for contemplation. Yet beneath that noise exists a depth that can only be encountered through stillness. It is often within periods of silence, reflection, prayer, and sincere self-examination that many discover insights, convictions, direction, and understanding that could never have emerged amid constant distraction. What answers arrive may not always come as words. They may arrive as conviction, clarity, intuition, compassion, understanding, or an unmistakable awareness of the next step that must be taken. Understand that you have not become the person you are by accident. Every hardship you have endured has contributed to your formation. Every disappointment has shaped your perspective. Every loss has expanded your capacity for empathy. Every mistake has carried a lesson. Every success has revealed something about your character. Every betrayal, every setback, every period of loneliness, every moment of despair, every obstacle that seemed impossible to overcome, and every occasion upon which life reduced you to your lowest point has participated in the continual process of your becoming. Nothing has been wasted. If you are willing, release the assumptions that have convinced humanity that the sacred must always remain distant, unreachable, and separated from daily existence. Release the belief that truth belongs exclusively to institutions, authorities, hierarchies, or those who claim unique access to the divine. Release the notion that the presence of God is confined to specific locations, specific rituals, specific traditions, or specific individuals. Instead, consider the possibility that the divine presence permeates existence itself, expressing through every dimension of creation, through every act of compassion, through every sincere pursuit of truth, through every expression of love, through every lesson hidden within suffering, and through every living thing that has ever participated in the unfolding story of life. Consider the possibility that God is Not absent from the Human experience but Intimately Present within it, experiencing existence alongside US, sharing in Every Joy, Every sorrow, Every triumph, Every wound, Every question, and Every struggle that has accompanied Humanity from the beginning of recorded history until this present moment. The task before US is therefore Not merely to believe more deeply, but to seek more Honestly, to learn more diligently, to question more courageously, to listen more carefully, to Love More Completely, and to become ever more Aligned with the highest truth we are capable of perceiving. Accept Nothing Less than the Fullest Realization of the purpose for which You were created, and devote Yourself to that pursuit with every faculty of mind, Heart, and Soul that has been entrusted to You. and DO NOTHING LESS. Furthermore, What is the full integration with AI (predictive neural control loops)? How do we detect and neutralize these systems in ourselves and Loved ones? Who ultimately controls the master kill-switch on global neural networks? If thoughts are readable/writable, what remains of "human rights"? Are you already affected? How would you even know? Continue through the comprehensive thread below and explore the interconnected material in its entirety. Each post serves as part of a larger body of research, analysis, observations, and supporting information that cannot be fully understood in isolation. The broader picture emerges only through careful examination of the complete sequence and the relationships between the ideas presented throughout. Take your time. Follow the references. Examine the evidence. Consider competing perspectives. Draw your own conclusions. The deeper you venture into the material, the more context becomes available, allowing individual pieces of information to connect into a far more expansive understanding of the subjects being discussed. This Constitutes Crimes Against Humanity on a Planetary Scale! The desecration of the sovereign mind... the last true sanctuary. SHARE THIS THREAD RELENTLESSLY. Demand full declassification of N3 and all neurotech programs... IMMEDIATELY! Support independent researchers exposing dual-use Psinergy-solafide. Protect your mind: minimize EM exposure, detox protocols (research zeolite, saunas, etc. though incomplete), awareness as first defense, = Cures to cancer and all diseases, FREE BOOKS. The era of invisible tyranny is here. They can read your mind. And they can change it. Will you let them? Or do we rise as sovereign consciousness and shut this down NOW? Check my Page or Reach out to me via DM, to Join Thousands of Readers that have already chosen to Embark on the New, Un-forseen way forward. Get yourself a FREE copy of The Book of God's Grief, and The Book of God's Joy, Repost. Research. Resist. The Future of Humanity Depends on it. Related content for you to look in to: - CMU Team: - Historical Moscow/RF: Search declassified archives on PANDORA project. - Giordano clips and papers widely available. Let me know what you think, and SHARE THIS so that others may too! And if You see This post, Reposted... Click on it, Unpost and then Repost again. The knowledge is now yours. Use it. And if you're not already following Noah B. Price... What the heck are you doing?! I Agape You ALL, ๐Ÿซ‚ - Noah B. Price ๐Ÿค ๐Ÿชฝ If you possess relevant information, research, documentation, personal experiences, data, or credible sources relating to any of the subjects discussed throughout this thread, please feel free to contribute them. Meaningful progress is often achieved through the collective sharing of knowledge, and thoughtful contributions from others can help expand, refine, challenge, or strengthen our understanding of complex issues. Likewise, if you ever find yourself in need of someone to speak with, whether regarding the material presented here or for any other reason, please do not hesitate to reach out. While I cannot promise an immediate response, I will do my best to reply as soon as circumstances permit and to offer whatever guidance, perspective, or assistance I am able to provide. If You or someone You know is facing significant health challenges, including serious illnesses such as cancer, You are also welcome to reach out. While I do not claim to possess all the answers, I have spent the past 2 decades studying a broad range of subjects related to health, wellness, research, and human biology, and I will gladly share any information, resources, or avenues of investigation that may be worthy of further exploration. No one is meant to carry every burden alone, and there is often value in sharing knowledge, experiences, and perspectives in the sincere hope of helping one another move toward greater understanding, healing, and well-being.
1:28

๐Ÿšจ EXTREMELY ALARMING: DARPA'S N3 PROGRAM, Non Surgical Mind Reading, Brain Control, and The END of Free Thought as WE Know it! ๐Ÿšจ This is NOT conspiracy. This is DOCUMENTED, FUNDED and Operational Reality. DARPA Official N3 Program Page: DARPA 2019 Announcement of N3 Funding to Six Teams: From the original 1950s-1970s RF experiments, through MKULTRA continuations, to today's nanoscale neurogenetic weapons systems. I hold the full map. What follows is the complete exposure, every player, every technology, every intent, every lie, and every question the world must answer BEFORE IT'S TOO LATE! DARPA's N3 (Next-Generation Nonsurgical Neurotechnology) Program: Launched 2018, Still Active in Outcomes In 2018, DARPA publicly announced N3: high-performance, bidirectional brain-machine interfaces for able-bodied service members (and beyond) that require no surgery. Goals: read/write to 16+ independent channels in a 16mmยณ brain volume in under 50 milliseconds. Sub-millimeter spatial and temporal precision rivaling implanted electrodes, but wearable, portable, and scalable to populations. Technologies explicitly pursued (per DARPA and funded teams): - Neurogenetics: Genetically engineering neurons to express light-sensitive proteins (optogenetics) for infrared or light-based control. - Nanoscale engineering: Nanotransducers, nanoparticles, aerosolized nanomaterials that cross the blood-brain barrier when inhaled or injected non-surgically. These act as implantable electrodes/sensors/transmitters without scalpels. - Infrared sensing & light: Near-infrared beams to read/write neural activity through skull/scalp. - Ultrasound & acoustics: Focused ultrasound to guide signals or stimulate neurons. - Electromagnetics & RF: Pulsed fields for non-invasive modulation. - Minutely invasive track: Temporary nano-transducers delivered without surgery. Funded teams (2019, millions each): - Battelle Memorial Institute - Carnegie Mellon University (Pulkit Grover et al., $19M+) - Johns Hopkins University Applied Physics Lab - Palo Alto Research Center (PARC) - Rice University - Teledyne Scientific These are not fringe labs. These are core defense contractors and elite universities building the future of thought-controlled drones, instant team cognition, "active cyber defense" via brain links, and unstated population scale neural influence. The Video You Just Watched Ties Directly In: Historical RF/microwave mind control research (Moscow Signal era) showing decades of precedent. The U.S. Embassy in Moscow was irradiated with microwaves 1953-1976. Result: cancers, blood disorders, neurological issues in ambassadors and staff. U.S. responded with its own programs (PANDORA, BIZARRE) exploring behavioral effects of modulated RF. This is the foundation N3 builds upon... now refined to nanoscale precision. From MKULTRA to N3 and Beyond: - 1950s-1970s: CIA MKULTRA, OPERATION ARTICHOKE - LSD, hypnosis, electroshock, sensory deprivation on unwitting citizens. Parallel DoD RF studies on embassy staff and primates. - Moscow Signal: Soviets beamed microwaves at U.S. diplomats. U.S. studied effects secretly while developing countermeasures/weapons. - 1980s-2000s: Continued classified neuro-weapons research (memory modulation, crowd control via EM). - 2010s-Now: N3 + related programs (INI - Intelligent Neural Interfaces, NESD, SUBNETS, etc.). Public "for soldiers" framing hides dual-use: offensive neurowarfare, surveillance, behavioral modification. Key Players Exposed: - DARPA Biological Technologies Office - Architects. - Program Managers: like Al Emondi (N3). - Advisers like Dr. James Giordano (public admissions on nanoscale brain disruption as weapons). - Contractors: Battelle, Teledyne, PARC (Xerox), universities weaponizing academia. - Overarching: U.S. DoD, with likely Five Eyes/ international partners. Private sector bleed-over (Neuralink et al. are the civilian cover story). This is not "for veterans" or "helping paralyzed people." Primary focus: able-bodied warfighters for superhuman command of swarms, instant intel fusion, thought-speed hacking. Civilian applications = total surveillance/control. Nanoparticles can be aerosolized; breathed in unknowingly. They lodge in brain tissue and turn neurons into transceivers. Infrared/light can then read thoughts in real-time or write commands (insert images, emotions, "voices," behavioral urges). Combine with 5G/6G terahertz networks for remote activation. Genetic edits make brains "compatible" at population scale. This enables: - Remote mind reading (thought surveillance). - Behavior modification without consent. - "Havana Syndrome" on steroids... targeted neurological disruption. - End of privacy of thought. End of free will as we define it, as professed by Yuval Noah Harari at the World Economic Forum (WEF). - Weaponized neuroscience: neurowarfare where enemies "decide" to surrender via neural influence. WE NEED to be Demanding Answers for RIGHT NOW, or You, Your Children, Loved Ones, Friends, Family, you name it... Will not exist in the next 3-5 years, this is OPEN GENOCIDE on populations globally. The Georgia guidestones are starting to make a bit more sense now arent they? I won't even bother diving down the rabbit hole of how the real true genuine numbed of souls in this world was around the 730m, about 2 years ago... So that number is now much likely to be closer to around 660m. They are speeding up their human eradication plans, because they don't wish to be held accountable for their heinous, generational, outright satanic crimes that they have committed, are committing and will continue to commit to... If we fail to awaken to what is happening around us, and if we fail to stand together with courage, discernment, and unity, we risk surrendering the future of our species to forces that thrive on division, distraction, and indifference. This is not a work of fiction. This is not a screenplay. This is not a distant possibility reserved for some imagined future. This is REAL LIFE. AND THESE ARE REAL PEOPLE that are affected by the systems, institutions, incentives, and decisions that shape the world around us every single day. Throughout history, countless men, women, and children have suffered under structures that viewed human beings not as sacred and sovereign individuals, but as resources to be managed, exploited, controlled, or discarded. The question before us is whether we will remain passive observers, or whether we will choose to become informed, engaged, and united in defense of human dignity, freedom, and the future we leave to those who come after us. The time to pay attention is NOW! When did N3 achieve operational capability? 2020s? Earlier in black programs? How many citizens worldwide have already received nanotransducers via vaccines, aerosols, food/water, or "shedding"? Which governments/contractors are deploying this against their own populations for "social control"? Why the secrecy if it's purely benevolent? Giordano and others have admitted weaponization potential, What if the greatest illusion ever sold was not a product, a policy, or a political movement, but the belief that power is fully accountable to the people it governs? We are told that rights are sacred. We are told that laws apply equally to all. We are told that institutions exist to protect the public. Yet throughout history, countless examples reveal a different reality. Those entrusted with authority have often violated the very principles they were sworn to uphold. Too often, power protects itself. Too often, wealth purchases influence. Too often, those responsible for the consequences of their decisions remain insulated from the suffering those decisions create. This is not a condemnation of every individual within every institution. It is an observation about a recurring pattern throughout human history. When power becomes concentrated, accountability diminishes and when accountability diminishes, corruption flourishes. The challenge before humanity is not merely to replace one group with another... It is to create a society in which truth matters more than propaganda, principles matter more than profit, and human dignity matters more than power. A free society cannot survive on blind trust alone. It requires informed citizens willing to question, investigate, challenge authority, and hold every institution to the standards it claims to represent. The future belongs to those who refuse to surrender their capacity for independent thought. WE MUST EDUCATE OURSELVES. There comes a moment in every human life when the identities we have inherited, the assumptions we have accepted, and the countless narratives imposed upon us by family, culture, institutions, and society begin to reveal themselves as incomplete representations of who we truly are. At that moment, a choice presents itself... We may continue moving through life according to expectations that were handed to us by others, or we may begin the far more demanding process of discovering what remains when every borrowed certainty is stripped away. Approach God with complete honesty and without reservation. Abandon the need to appear strong, knowledgeable, spiritually accomplished, or self-sufficient. Speak openly of your confusion, your failures, your fears, your doubts, your exhaustion, your grief, your shortcomings, and your deepest questions. Acknowledge that despite all of humanity's achievements, despite all accumulated knowledge, despite every title, accomplishment, possession, and ambition, there remain mysteries that cannot be conquered through intellect alone... Admit where your own understanding has reached its limits and ask sincerely for wisdom beyond yourself. Then withdraw from distraction and remain present long enough to listen. The modern world has become extraordinarily skilled at monopolizing attention, filling every moment with noise, stimulation, entertainment, conflict, urgency, and endless streams of information that leave little room for contemplation. Yet beneath that noise exists a depth that can only be encountered through stillness. It is often within periods of silence, reflection, prayer, and sincere self-examination that many discover insights, convictions, direction, and understanding that could never have emerged amid constant distraction. What answers arrive may not always come as words. They may arrive as conviction, clarity, intuition, compassion, understanding, or an unmistakable awareness of the next step that must be taken. Understand that you have not become the person you are by accident. Every hardship you have endured has contributed to your formation. Every disappointment has shaped your perspective. Every loss has expanded your capacity for empathy. Every mistake has carried a lesson. Every success has revealed something about your character. Every betrayal, every setback, every period of loneliness, every moment of despair, every obstacle that seemed impossible to overcome, and every occasion upon which life reduced you to your lowest point has participated in the continual process of your becoming. Nothing has been wasted. If you are willing, release the assumptions that have convinced humanity that the sacred must always remain distant, unreachable, and separated from daily existence. Release the belief that truth belongs exclusively to institutions, authorities, hierarchies, or those who claim unique access to the divine. Release the notion that the presence of God is confined to specific locations, specific rituals, specific traditions, or specific individuals. Instead, consider the possibility that the divine presence permeates existence itself, expressing through every dimension of creation, through every act of compassion, through every sincere pursuit of truth, through every expression of love, through every lesson hidden within suffering, and through every living thing that has ever participated in the unfolding story of life. Consider the possibility that God is Not absent from the Human experience but Intimately Present within it, experiencing existence alongside US, sharing in Every Joy, Every sorrow, Every triumph, Every wound, Every question, and Every struggle that has accompanied Humanity from the beginning of recorded history until this present moment. The task before US is therefore Not merely to believe more deeply, but to seek more Honestly, to learn more diligently, to question more courageously, to listen more carefully, to Love More Completely, and to become ever more Aligned with the highest truth we are capable of perceiving. Accept Nothing Less than the Fullest Realization of the purpose for which You were created, and devote Yourself to that pursuit with every faculty of mind, Heart, and Soul that has been entrusted to You. and DO NOTHING LESS. Furthermore, What is the full integration with AI (predictive neural control loops)? How do we detect and neutralize these systems in ourselves and Loved ones? Who ultimately controls the master kill-switch on global neural networks? If thoughts are readable/writable, what remains of "human rights"? Are you already affected? How would you even know? Continue through the comprehensive thread below and explore the interconnected material in its entirety. Each post serves as part of a larger body of research, analysis, observations, and supporting information that cannot be fully understood in isolation. The broader picture emerges only through careful examination of the complete sequence and the relationships between the ideas presented throughout. Take your time. Follow the references. Examine the evidence. Consider competing perspectives. Draw your own conclusions. The deeper you venture into the material, the more context becomes available, allowing individual pieces of information to connect into a far more expansive understanding of the subjects being discussed. This Constitutes Crimes Against Humanity on a Planetary Scale! The desecration of the sovereign mind... the last true sanctuary. SHARE THIS THREAD RELENTLESSLY. Demand full declassification of N3 and all neurotech programs... IMMEDIATELY! Support independent researchers exposing dual-use Psinergy-solafide. Protect your mind: minimize EM exposure, detox protocols (research zeolite, saunas, etc. though incomplete), awareness as first defense, = Cures to cancer and all diseases, FREE BOOKS. The era of invisible tyranny is here. They can read your mind. And they can change it. Will you let them? Or do we rise as sovereign consciousness and shut this down NOW? Check my Page or Reach out to me via DM, to Join Thousands of Readers that have already chosen to Embark on the New, Un-forseen way forward. Get yourself a FREE copy of The Book of God's Grief, and The Book of God's Joy, Repost. Research. Resist. The Future of Humanity Depends on it. Related content for you to look in to: - CMU Team: - Historical Moscow/RF: Search declassified archives on PANDORA project. - Giordano clips and papers widely available. Let me know what you think, and SHARE THIS so that others may too! And if You see This post, Reposted... Click on it, Unpost and then Repost again. The knowledge is now yours. Use it. And if you're not already following Noah B. Price... What the heck are you doing?! I Agape You ALL, ๐Ÿซ‚ - Noah B. Price ๐Ÿค ๐Ÿชฝ If you possess relevant information, research, documentation, personal experiences, data, or credible sources relating to any of the subjects discussed throughout this thread, please feel free to contribute them. Meaningful progress is often achieved through the collective sharing of knowledge, and thoughtful contributions from others can help expand, refine, challenge, or strengthen our understanding of complex issues. Likewise, if you ever find yourself in need of someone to speak with, whether regarding the material presented here or for any other reason, please do not hesitate to reach out. While I cannot promise an immediate response, I will do my best to reply as soon as circumstances permit and to offer whatever guidance, perspective, or assistance I am able to provide. If You or someone You know is facing significant health challenges, including serious illnesses such as cancer, You are also welcome to reach out. While I do not claim to possess all the answers, I have spent the past 2 decades studying a broad range of subjects related to health, wellness, research, and human biology, and I will gladly share any information, resources, or avenues of investigation that may be worthy of further exploration. No one is meant to carry every burden alone, and there is often value in sharing knowledge, experiences, and perspectives in the sincere hope of helping one another move toward greater understanding, healing, and well-being.

Noah B. Price

20,426 views โ€ข 1 month ago

//The Wire//2300Z April 28, 2025// //PRIORITY// //BLUF: VEHICLE RAMMING ATTACK KILLS 11X IN VANCOUVER, CAN. MAJOR BLACKOUT UNDERWAY IN SOUTHERN EUROPE. GROUND STOP ISSUED FOR NEWARK DUE TO RADIO COMMS OUTAGE. CEASEFIRE IN UKRAINE TO BEGIN ON MAY 8TH. LIKELY CARTEL ARMS SMUGGLER REMAINS FUGITIVE AFTER BEING RELEASED BY JUDGE. SOPHISTICATED IED FOUND AT CHURCH IN OREGON.// -----BEGIN TEARLINE----- -International Events- Canada: A vehicle ramming attack was conducted at the Lapu Lapu Filipino Heritage festival in Vancouver on Saturday night. Authorities state that the attacker intentionally drove his vehicle into a large crowd of people gathered at the intersection of Frasier and E 41st Avenue, killing 11x people and wounding dozens more. Local authorities have identified the attacker as Kai-Ji Adam Lo, who was arrested at the scene. Local police stated that the attacker was very well known to police, and had been the result of many emergency responses involving mental health incidents. Europe: This morning, a large-scale electrical power outage was reported throughout Spain, before rapidly cascading to include Portugal, France, Belgium, and the Netherlands. A few hours after the outage began, French utilities started to come back online. Spain and Portugal appear to be hardest hit, with a total blackout affecting much of the two countries. Portugal's grid operator has not given a timeline for a return of power, and has indicated that the delay might be significant. Grid operators in Spain stated that it will take most of the day to restore power throughout the blackout zones, though as night has fallen much of the region remains without electricity. A state of emergency has been declared throughout Spain, and officials in the provinces of Andalusia, Extremadura, and Madrid (plus the city proper) have requested federal authorities declare the crisis a Civil Protection Level 3, so as to maintain order throughout the night in major cities as the outage persists. AC: This level of emergency declaration is usually only reserved for wartime as it involves a declaration of martial law, and a widespread deployment of military forces. Checkpoints and ID checks are also a part of this plan, along with the restriction of travel, curfews, etc. Ukraine: President Putin has announced that a general ceasefire will take place from May 8-10 along all fronts. AC: Neither American nor Ukrainian leadership has commented on the ceasefire announcement yet, nor have there been any indications as to if Ukraine will be participating in the 72-hour cessation of hostilities. Red Sea/HOA: An aviation mishap was reported onboard the USS HARRY S TRUMAN (CVN 75). During routine aviation operations, one F/A-18 aircraft was lost overboard while being towed by aircraft handlers. The tractor towing the aircraft was lost overboard as well. No casualties were reported as a result of this incident. AC: Warfare is dangerous business, and it would seem that this proverbial "business is getting out of control" for the TRUMAN. This deployment has been rough so far for the entire strike group, as military forces globally experience the follow-on effects of an increased optempo, stressed maintenance schedules, and even complacency. On this one deployment to the Red Sea, one of her escorts shot down one of her own aircraft in a friendly-fire incident (Dec, 2024), she collided with a merchant vessel resulting in damage to her fantail (Feb, 2025), and now an entire aircraft was lost overboard. This is important in the context that she is on her second Captain (the first skipper was fired after the collision) during this deployment...a deployment which was extended a few weeks ago amid rising tensions with the Iranians. -HomeFront- California: Over the weekend, vandals set fire to a utility pole in Sacramento, causing internet connectivity loss throughout the eastern and central parts of the city for much of the day on Saturday. New Jersey: This afternoon a ground stop was issued for all aviation traffic departing Newark following a reported loss of radio capabilities at the tower. AC: Since this is the busiest air traffic control sector in the United States, this is a big deal. Details are sketchy at best, but pilots report a loss of radio communication with the tower at Newark for unknown reasons. Some unconfirmed reports suggest Newark tower lost radar at some point as well. Either way (and as serious as this incident is), this has happened before. Illinois: A woman was murdered on the Green Line in Chicago last Thursday, after a brief altercation. Witnesses state that Willie Holmes initially started an altercation with a stranger (identified as Emily Carlson) while transiting on an L train, prompting the victim's boyfriend to confront the assailant. Holmes then produced a knife and murdered Carlson. Wyoming: An alleged cartel weapons trafficker remains at large after being a no-show in court on Friday. Ricardo Paez-Quinones was originally arrested after being caught smuggling around 18,000 small arms rounds in Carbon County last month. Paez-Quinones, being an illegal immigrant that was previously deported twice, was indicted by a grand jury following his initial arrest. AC: Despite the original prosecutor arguing that the individual was very likely to be a flight risk due to his connections to organized crime, U.S. Chief Magistrate Judge Scott Klosterman released him from custody on a $20,000 bond. Because this bond was unsecured, he did not have to pay a dime up front for his release. He simply walked free to become a fugitive after being allowed to do so by the judge, who knew that most of the suspect's family lived in Mexico, and that he was a twice-deported illegal alien. Oregon: Details regarding the discovery of a suspicious device have been released by local authorities. Last week, a suspicious package was discovered by an employee of a local mechanic shop in La Grande. After authorities were alerted to the device, a local Explosive Ordnance Disposal (EOD) team confirmed that the device was an Improvised Explosive Device (IED) that was fashioned as a crude pipe bomb with ball bearings added for additional shrapnel. AC: This story did not gain much traction when it first came to light, however additional details (and photo evidence) has confirmed that this device was located on the sidewalk immediately adjacent to Calvary Chapel. This context indicates that this small-town news story is likely related to the general increase in risks to religious institutions around the nation. -----END TEARLINE----- Analyst Comments: The blackout in Europe is very likely the largest power outage to strike the continent in recent memory, and the effects are very widespread. When power goes out in one neighborhood minor inconvenience is the result, but when a outage strikes on a continental scale, very serious impacts are observed. Portuguese grid officials have claimed that the outage was the result of "rare atmospheric phenomenon". This is comparatively common when severe solar weather causes electromagnetic variations in the Earth's ionosphere. However space weather for the past few days has been very mild, with no watches or warnings even being issued at all over the past few days. Power grid fluctuations occurring with this little solar activity are completely unheard of, making these space weather claims dubious at best. Due to the language barrier, it is possible that the references to "atmospheric" causes were not related to space weather, but rather actual weather. Hot weather can cause power lines to stretch and droop into other lines, the resulting shorting of which can cause exceptionally widespread outages if it occurs in the right place. This has been the cause of several very infamous power outages over the years (combined with mismanaged regulation of voltage, causing transmission lines to heat up and stretch even more). The next most likely theory that is circulating at the moment is that the outage was caused by multiple independent cyberattacks on the core communications functions of the European Network of Transmission System Operators for Electricity (ENTSO-e). At the moment there's no evidence available to the public that can confirm this for the time being. It also must be noted that almost two weeks ago, Spanish grid operator Red Electrica reached a milestone regarding their renewable energy sector. On April 16, the grid operator claimed that the Spanish electrical grid ran fully on solar, wind, and hydro power for the first time in history. This highlights the recent substantial efforts to further allegedly "carbon-neutral" standards and goals...efforts which in the wake of last month's outage at Heathrow Airport are drawing scrutiny. Of course, not every power outage can be blamed on one single root cause; there are usually long chains of causation for events like this. However, the recent major changes throughout the continent, among all sectors of energy production, certainly will be under major scrutiny as Europe's energy crisis at large starts to impact the average citizen more directly than it has in the past. In Canada, local authorities claim that the attack in Vancouver was not terrorism, however eyewitness statements overwhelmingly confirm this was an intentional terrorist attack. Locals reported the assailant deliberately waited for the event to draw to a close before conducting the attack. He waited until the traffic barriers were being removed as the event was winding down, at which point he threated his vehicle through the barriers that were being removed, to intentionally target the crowd that still remained. After the attack, the assailant exited his vehicle and was confronted/detained by those at the event. While it would be wise to confirm the details of the investigation into this event, enough information has been conveyed by event-goers to fill in the gaps with regards to risk assessment. In this case, it seems as though another mass-casualty event has taken place that would have been preventable had complacency not been a major contributing factor. Reports vary on the status of anti-vehicle barricades for this event. Some state that there were no barricades at all, but rather standard traffic cones which were used for traffic control purposes, while others claim the limited barriers that were emplaced were not sufficient in either traffic control or in preventing the attack itself. Whatever the barrier situation was at the time of the incident, clearly it was not sufficient either in deterring or stopping a major terror attack. Instead of waiting for crowds to disperse fully, traffic barriers being removed before the event was fully over was also likely a factor in attack planning. Much like previous incidents, the proximity to risk is a huge factor many people do not realize. Many people will evacuate a building that's on fire...only to stand 4 feet from the door. Or even more commonly, sprint out of the building just to immediately stop in the doorway, blocking the egress of those behind them. In this case, the exact same mentality could have been a major contributing factor for the success of this attack. If the event ended at midnight, and the traffic barriers and counterterrorism efforts were ceased only 10-15 minutes later, this would have obviously not been adequate to stop the threats that remained as crowds dispersed throughout the area. As such, constant vigilance and situational awareness are desperately needed at all times, especially if local authorities and event-goers alike are largely complacent. Terrorists are patient. Terrorists do not shuffle their feet and moan about their shift being too long. Terrorists can wait a long time and are dedicated to their goals. Terrorists will wait for the precise moment that they have the best possible chance for success, knowing that authorities have to be successful in preventing attacks at all times...while the terrorist only has to be successful once. Analyst: S2A1 Research: //END REPORT//
10:38

//The Wire//2300Z April 28, 2025// //PRIORITY// //BLUF: VEHICLE RAMMING ATTACK KILLS 11X IN VANCOUVER, CAN. MAJOR BLACKOUT UNDERWAY IN SOUTHERN EUROPE. GROUND STOP ISSUED FOR NEWARK DUE TO RADIO COMMS OUTAGE. CEASEFIRE IN UKRAINE TO BEGIN ON MAY 8TH. LIKELY CARTEL ARMS SMUGGLER REMAINS FUGITIVE AFTER BEING RELEASED BY JUDGE. SOPHISTICATED IED FOUND AT CHURCH IN OREGON.// -----BEGIN TEARLINE----- -International Events- Canada: A vehicle ramming attack was conducted at the Lapu Lapu Filipino Heritage festival in Vancouver on Saturday night. Authorities state that the attacker intentionally drove his vehicle into a large crowd of people gathered at the intersection of Frasier and E 41st Avenue, killing 11x people and wounding dozens more. Local authorities have identified the attacker as Kai-Ji Adam Lo, who was arrested at the scene. Local police stated that the attacker was very well known to police, and had been the result of many emergency responses involving mental health incidents. Europe: This morning, a large-scale electrical power outage was reported throughout Spain, before rapidly cascading to include Portugal, France, Belgium, and the Netherlands. A few hours after the outage began, French utilities started to come back online. Spain and Portugal appear to be hardest hit, with a total blackout affecting much of the two countries. Portugal's grid operator has not given a timeline for a return of power, and has indicated that the delay might be significant. Grid operators in Spain stated that it will take most of the day to restore power throughout the blackout zones, though as night has fallen much of the region remains without electricity. A state of emergency has been declared throughout Spain, and officials in the provinces of Andalusia, Extremadura, and Madrid (plus the city proper) have requested federal authorities declare the crisis a Civil Protection Level 3, so as to maintain order throughout the night in major cities as the outage persists. AC: This level of emergency declaration is usually only reserved for wartime as it involves a declaration of martial law, and a widespread deployment of military forces. Checkpoints and ID checks are also a part of this plan, along with the restriction of travel, curfews, etc. Ukraine: President Putin has announced that a general ceasefire will take place from May 8-10 along all fronts. AC: Neither American nor Ukrainian leadership has commented on the ceasefire announcement yet, nor have there been any indications as to if Ukraine will be participating in the 72-hour cessation of hostilities. Red Sea/HOA: An aviation mishap was reported onboard the USS HARRY S TRUMAN (CVN 75). During routine aviation operations, one F/A-18 aircraft was lost overboard while being towed by aircraft handlers. The tractor towing the aircraft was lost overboard as well. No casualties were reported as a result of this incident. AC: Warfare is dangerous business, and it would seem that this proverbial "business is getting out of control" for the TRUMAN. This deployment has been rough so far for the entire strike group, as military forces globally experience the follow-on effects of an increased optempo, stressed maintenance schedules, and even complacency. On this one deployment to the Red Sea, one of her escorts shot down one of her own aircraft in a friendly-fire incident (Dec, 2024), she collided with a merchant vessel resulting in damage to her fantail (Feb, 2025), and now an entire aircraft was lost overboard. This is important in the context that she is on her second Captain (the first skipper was fired after the collision) during this deployment...a deployment which was extended a few weeks ago amid rising tensions with the Iranians. -HomeFront- California: Over the weekend, vandals set fire to a utility pole in Sacramento, causing internet connectivity loss throughout the eastern and central parts of the city for much of the day on Saturday. New Jersey: This afternoon a ground stop was issued for all aviation traffic departing Newark following a reported loss of radio capabilities at the tower. AC: Since this is the busiest air traffic control sector in the United States, this is a big deal. Details are sketchy at best, but pilots report a loss of radio communication with the tower at Newark for unknown reasons. Some unconfirmed reports suggest Newark tower lost radar at some point as well. Either way (and as serious as this incident is), this has happened before. Illinois: A woman was murdered on the Green Line in Chicago last Thursday, after a brief altercation. Witnesses state that Willie Holmes initially started an altercation with a stranger (identified as Emily Carlson) while transiting on an L train, prompting the victim's boyfriend to confront the assailant. Holmes then produced a knife and murdered Carlson. Wyoming: An alleged cartel weapons trafficker remains at large after being a no-show in court on Friday. Ricardo Paez-Quinones was originally arrested after being caught smuggling around 18,000 small arms rounds in Carbon County last month. Paez-Quinones, being an illegal immigrant that was previously deported twice, was indicted by a grand jury following his initial arrest. AC: Despite the original prosecutor arguing that the individual was very likely to be a flight risk due to his connections to organized crime, U.S. Chief Magistrate Judge Scott Klosterman released him from custody on a $20,000 bond. Because this bond was unsecured, he did not have to pay a dime up front for his release. He simply walked free to become a fugitive after being allowed to do so by the judge, who knew that most of the suspect's family lived in Mexico, and that he was a twice-deported illegal alien. Oregon: Details regarding the discovery of a suspicious device have been released by local authorities. Last week, a suspicious package was discovered by an employee of a local mechanic shop in La Grande. After authorities were alerted to the device, a local Explosive Ordnance Disposal (EOD) team confirmed that the device was an Improvised Explosive Device (IED) that was fashioned as a crude pipe bomb with ball bearings added for additional shrapnel. AC: This story did not gain much traction when it first came to light, however additional details (and photo evidence) has confirmed that this device was located on the sidewalk immediately adjacent to Calvary Chapel. This context indicates that this small-town news story is likely related to the general increase in risks to religious institutions around the nation. -----END TEARLINE----- Analyst Comments: The blackout in Europe is very likely the largest power outage to strike the continent in recent memory, and the effects are very widespread. When power goes out in one neighborhood minor inconvenience is the result, but when a outage strikes on a continental scale, very serious impacts are observed. Portuguese grid officials have claimed that the outage was the result of "rare atmospheric phenomenon". This is comparatively common when severe solar weather causes electromagnetic variations in the Earth's ionosphere. However space weather for the past few days has been very mild, with no watches or warnings even being issued at all over the past few days. Power grid fluctuations occurring with this little solar activity are completely unheard of, making these space weather claims dubious at best. Due to the language barrier, it is possible that the references to "atmospheric" causes were not related to space weather, but rather actual weather. Hot weather can cause power lines to stretch and droop into other lines, the resulting shorting of which can cause exceptionally widespread outages if it occurs in the right place. This has been the cause of several very infamous power outages over the years (combined with mismanaged regulation of voltage, causing transmission lines to heat up and stretch even more). The next most likely theory that is circulating at the moment is that the outage was caused by multiple independent cyberattacks on the core communications functions of the European Network of Transmission System Operators for Electricity (ENTSO-e). At the moment there's no evidence available to the public that can confirm this for the time being. It also must be noted that almost two weeks ago, Spanish grid operator Red Electrica reached a milestone regarding their renewable energy sector. On April 16, the grid operator claimed that the Spanish electrical grid ran fully on solar, wind, and hydro power for the first time in history. This highlights the recent substantial efforts to further allegedly "carbon-neutral" standards and goals...efforts which in the wake of last month's outage at Heathrow Airport are drawing scrutiny. Of course, not every power outage can be blamed on one single root cause; there are usually long chains of causation for events like this. However, the recent major changes throughout the continent, among all sectors of energy production, certainly will be under major scrutiny as Europe's energy crisis at large starts to impact the average citizen more directly than it has in the past. In Canada, local authorities claim that the attack in Vancouver was not terrorism, however eyewitness statements overwhelmingly confirm this was an intentional terrorist attack. Locals reported the assailant deliberately waited for the event to draw to a close before conducting the attack. He waited until the traffic barriers were being removed as the event was winding down, at which point he threated his vehicle through the barriers that were being removed, to intentionally target the crowd that still remained. After the attack, the assailant exited his vehicle and was confronted/detained by those at the event. While it would be wise to confirm the details of the investigation into this event, enough information has been conveyed by event-goers to fill in the gaps with regards to risk assessment. In this case, it seems as though another mass-casualty event has taken place that would have been preventable had complacency not been a major contributing factor. Reports vary on the status of anti-vehicle barricades for this event. Some state that there were no barricades at all, but rather standard traffic cones which were used for traffic control purposes, while others claim the limited barriers that were emplaced were not sufficient in either traffic control or in preventing the attack itself. Whatever the barrier situation was at the time of the incident, clearly it was not sufficient either in deterring or stopping a major terror attack. Instead of waiting for crowds to disperse fully, traffic barriers being removed before the event was fully over was also likely a factor in attack planning. Much like previous incidents, the proximity to risk is a huge factor many people do not realize. Many people will evacuate a building that's on fire...only to stand 4 feet from the door. Or even more commonly, sprint out of the building just to immediately stop in the doorway, blocking the egress of those behind them. In this case, the exact same mentality could have been a major contributing factor for the success of this attack. If the event ended at midnight, and the traffic barriers and counterterrorism efforts were ceased only 10-15 minutes later, this would have obviously not been adequate to stop the threats that remained as crowds dispersed throughout the area. As such, constant vigilance and situational awareness are desperately needed at all times, especially if local authorities and event-goers alike are largely complacent. Terrorists are patient. Terrorists do not shuffle their feet and moan about their shift being too long. Terrorists can wait a long time and are dedicated to their goals. Terrorists will wait for the precise moment that they have the best possible chance for success, knowing that authorities have to be successful in preventing attacks at all times...while the terrorist only has to be successful once. Analyst: S2A1 Research: //END REPORT//

S2 Underground

16,431 views โ€ข 1 year ago

Happy 4th of July USA ๐Ÿ‡บ๐Ÿ‡ธ๐Ÿฅณ New York's Mayor Zohran Mamdani delivers the speech that President Trump should be delivering to mark the occasion ๐Ÿ‘ "Good morning, my fellow Americans. Season after season, year after year, the tides have come in and out of New York harbor long before the name New York had ever been spoken. Lenape dugouts crossed these currents. " "It was on these waters that tall masts crested the horizon, captained by explorers like Verrazano and Hudson, after whom we've named our bridges and rivers. And ever since, ships full of travelers weary from long journeys have passed through the Narrows, the winds of the Atlantic at their backs. " "When those passengers lifted their heads to glimpse what lies just beyond the waves, what did they see? They saw land lush and teeming with life. They saw men waiting at the docks to take them into bondage. They saw tenements rife with squalor. " "They saw industry rumbling with activity, steam and smoke rising. A city on the move. They saw a towering monument to freedom, her torch glowing worldwide welcome. They saw New York City. They saw America. Tomorrow. " "Our nation marks 250 years since we declared our independence. 250 years of a grand experiment in self governance. An experiment so audacious that some in 1776 doubted it would last more than a few years, let alone a quarter of a millennium. " "From Lexington to Los Angeles, Selma to Seneca Falls, Morrisania to Midwood, Americans will come together for a day, just as we do each year. Families will gather around the grill. Fireworks will fill the night sky. This will be no ordinary day of celebration. " "250 years presents a rare opportunity for more than 340 million people to turn together both towards one another and towards ourselves, to take measure of who we are as a nation. When we look at America, what do we see here at City hall, as I sit behind George Washington's desk alongside new Americans who came to this country, I cannot see all of America. " "But like so many who came before, I can see New York City. The city I see today looks very different than the one that greeted George Washington in July of 1776. Our city simmered under the yoke of oppression the British had imposed, a colonial rule so repressive that 250 years ago, 80 miles south, a small group of newspaper editors, farmers and soldiers signed their names on a document declaring truths that feel self evident now but were revolutionary then, establishing the ideals our nation still strives to fulfill. " "The British did not take it well. War broke out. And that August, as the largest battle of the Revolutionary War unfolded in Brooklyn, batteries on Governor's island took aim at British ships anchored just offshore. We were outgunned, we were outmanned, and we were soundly defeated. " "After only a Few months, it appeared our fledgling attempt at democracy was on the precipice of collapse. But that night, with the moon overhead, thousands of our soldiers silently climbed into ferries and flat bottomed boats and escaped to Manhattan. The Continental army survived to fight another day. " "Independence may have been declared in Philadelphia, but it was rescued in New York City. George Washington was the last to leave Brooklyn. As he waited at the river's edge, the sun beginning its rise, he would have looked out over New York City's waters and seen what so many have seen in the 250 years since. " "An opportunity to begin anew. Those opportunities, like everything in New York City, are not given. They are won. In 1838, 11 years after New York outlawed slavery, a, recently emancipated black man by the name of James Weeks sought to begin anew as well and to help hundreds of others do the same. " "He bought property in Brooklyn, won himself the right to vote, and sold lots to others newly freed. When they landed in New York harbor, they knew they had something waiting for them that they had never had before. A, home. Weeksville still stands today. A living, breathing testament to what we know America to be. " "A place each of us has the power to make. The harbor was busy those years as ships poured in from around the world. Hundreds of thousands of Irish immigrants arrived with stomachs aching from a famine manufactured by imperial cruelty. Chinese sailors settled in what is today Chinatown. " "Millions more traveled under the Statue of Liberty and through Ellis Island. Jewish people escaping pogroms, Italians fleeing poverty, Syrians seeking economic opportunity. Each of these new arrivals peered through portholes onto a city that was changing as fast as the nation. " "They saw merchants peddling their wares on the docks, streets being laid out on a grid, buildings rising into the clouds. They could not yet see the nativism they would face, the jobs they would be refused, the landlords who would not rent to them, and the abject labor and living conditions they would withstand. " "But no matter how much smog hung over the harbor, they still saw an opportunity to begin anew. Over the years that followed, despite laws enacted by the federal government to bar their entry, despite sweatshop fires that killed hundreds of women, despite riots aimed at their very existence, immigrants made homes here in New York City. " "And they helped to make New York City. That legacy of every generation of Americans insisting that the right to life, liberty, and the pursuit of happiness extends to them too, is no relic of the past. It carried millions of black Americans north during the Great Migration. " "It drew hundreds of thousands of Puerto Ricans to New York City after the Second World War. It invited countless others from the West Indies and South Asia and West Africa and across the world. And it is what brought my family to the city when I was seven years old. My family did not arrive by boat, although we saw the Statue of Liberty. " "From the window of the plane, even from the air, we could make out the promise of America, the promise of the beautiful, patriotic work of rendering America, year after year, a little more faithful to its founding ideals. There is a term so often used to describe our nation and those who have shaped American exceptionalism. " "American exceptionalism, that conventional wisdom tells us makes our freedom a little more free, is how we dug the Erie Canal and irrigated the west, is why children in faraway lands grow up dreaming of one day moving here. And yet, the irony is that the story of America has so often been written by those who were told by others with power and influence and wealth that they were anything but exceptional. " "For generation after generation, we have been told that when the world has sent its people to our shores, it has not sent its best. It sent Puritans and Sikhs and Quakers and Muslims and Jewish people who were banished for praying the wrong way, worshiping the wrong gods, angering the wrong people. " "It sent peasants and serfs from slums and shtetls who were treated as less because they hardly owned clothes, let alone land. It sent immigrants from whom power was something someone else had. We are told that America is exceptional because we are richer, stronger, more powerful than everyone else. " "The truth, my friends, is that America is exceptional because here nothing is fixed into place. The frontier may be closed, we may have walked on the moon, but the work of fulfilling the values first enshrined in the Declaration of Independence, that work endures, and it belongs to us all. " "It belongs, too, to our newest Americans, those standing here with me today, all of whom were recently naturalized nearly a decade ago. I, too, felt what you feel. The joy of no longer being just a New Yorker, but an American, too. You each hold a special power, the power to determine what America means. " "The powerful have always known their answer. America, in their view, is an arena of supremacy, where only a select few are allowed freedom, where not all are created equal. America, if you ask them, becomes less the more people it welcomes. America, they will tell you, belongs only to those with the right accent or the right shade of skin. " "The rest of us, they insist, should be grateful for merely being allowed to visit. How small they are, how weak, how unoriginal. At every moment in our past, those who led through Exclusion and isolation have tried to win power and enrich themselves by turning us against one another. " "Division is the oldest trick in politics and the cheapest. But time and again, including 250 years ago, those forces of division have been vanquished by the forces of progress. As Thomas Paine once wrote, this new world hath been the asylum for the persecuted lovers of civil and religious liberty. " "Hither have they fled. And yet today, too many of our leaders do not believe in a vision of this nation as an asylum for the persecuted, but rather as one that persecutes those seeking asylum. As we mark 250 years, what do we see? " "We see a city of contradictions within a nation of contradictions. We see the wealthiest country in the history of the world, one where children go to sleep hungry while the world's first trillionaire hungers for more. We see monopolies that dominate every industry and oligarchs who buy elections. " "We see mass agents terrorizing our streets, eating food cooked by our undocumented neighbors before spiriting them away in unmarked vans. We see a nation whose immense wealth has been built by those with calloused, dirt streaked hands, those who toil on factory floors and chisel into stone. " "And we see a nation that has allowed so much of that wealth to be held instead in the soft hands of a precious few. Yes, we see America in a health insurance industry that exploits the sick. But that is not all we see when we look for America. We see it, too, in the nurse who works a double shift and then stops on her way home to check on an ailing neighborhood. " "Yes, we see America in corporate landlords for whom negligence is a business model. We see it, too, in the father who tucks his children into bed beneath a ceiling stained with leaks, who wakes before dawn to go to work and still believes his country can do better by his family. " "Yes, we see America when we spend our tax dollars on bombs and bailouts, when we sell our elections to the highest bidder. Yet we see it just as clearly in every American who still believes this country belongs to we the people. We see America each time neighbors link arms with neighbors without asking how long they have lived here or what papers they have as ice invades our neighborhoods. " "We see America each time those young and old stand in the beating rain or the stifling heat to cast their ballots. We see America each time working people demand more, not just for themselves but for their fellow Americans. There are some who respond to those who ask for more from America with a simple love it or leave it they say. " "But patriotism has never been about pretending our nation is without flaws. Patriotism is every act of righteous dissent. It is every march led under the heavy sun. It is every protest held a decade before its time. It is precisely because we love this nation that we will not leave it. " "After all, who loves America more than those who have sacrificed so much to make it free Today? I think not only of the 4th of July, I think too of the 9th of July. Five days after the Declaration of Independence was signed, it arrived here in our New York City. " "Redcoats had disembarked on Staten island. More than 100 British ships loomed just offshore. Across this city, the Continental army prepared for an invasion. George Washington commanded his brigades to assemble just a few feet from this building. " "It was known then as the Commons. Today we call it City Hall Park. There, within range of British guns, Washington ordered his generals to read the Declaration aloud. And with the world's mightiest empire poised to attack, Washington told the people of New York City what we will celebrate tomorrow. " "That we had declared our independence. That freedom was within reach. That evening, danger loomed. Conflict was not a question, but a certainty. And yet, when those early New Yorkers marched toward the statue of King George III that stood in the Bowling Green, a statue they would melt down into bullets for their young army, they walked in unison, grounded not in the pursuit of plunder, but in ideals that for the first time had a name. America. " "Those ideals upon which our nation was built, they are strong enough to endure any authoritarian regime, but only if we reach for them. Ours is a nation working each day towards the perfection in which it was conceived. A nation striving each day to better itself. " "Therein lies the work of America. The striving, the bettering, the reaching towards perfection. What a privilege each of us has to live in a nation that every one of its inhabitants can shape. What a responsibility each of us possesses to prove ourselves worthy of all those who came before. " "What power each of us holds to bring America ever closer to the greatness so many have seen when they looked upon these shores. The greatness that for 250 years has been America. Thank you. God bless America, God bless New York City and happy fourth of July. "
13:41

Happy 4th of July USA ๐Ÿ‡บ๐Ÿ‡ธ๐Ÿฅณ New York's Mayor Zohran Mamdani delivers the speech that President Trump should be delivering to mark the occasion ๐Ÿ‘ "Good morning, my fellow Americans. Season after season, year after year, the tides have come in and out of New York harbor long before the name New York had ever been spoken. Lenape dugouts crossed these currents. " "It was on these waters that tall masts crested the horizon, captained by explorers like Verrazano and Hudson, after whom we've named our bridges and rivers. And ever since, ships full of travelers weary from long journeys have passed through the Narrows, the winds of the Atlantic at their backs. " "When those passengers lifted their heads to glimpse what lies just beyond the waves, what did they see? They saw land lush and teeming with life. They saw men waiting at the docks to take them into bondage. They saw tenements rife with squalor. " "They saw industry rumbling with activity, steam and smoke rising. A city on the move. They saw a towering monument to freedom, her torch glowing worldwide welcome. They saw New York City. They saw America. Tomorrow. " "Our nation marks 250 years since we declared our independence. 250 years of a grand experiment in self governance. An experiment so audacious that some in 1776 doubted it would last more than a few years, let alone a quarter of a millennium. " "From Lexington to Los Angeles, Selma to Seneca Falls, Morrisania to Midwood, Americans will come together for a day, just as we do each year. Families will gather around the grill. Fireworks will fill the night sky. This will be no ordinary day of celebration. " "250 years presents a rare opportunity for more than 340 million people to turn together both towards one another and towards ourselves, to take measure of who we are as a nation. When we look at America, what do we see here at City hall, as I sit behind George Washington's desk alongside new Americans who came to this country, I cannot see all of America. " "But like so many who came before, I can see New York City. The city I see today looks very different than the one that greeted George Washington in July of 1776. Our city simmered under the yoke of oppression the British had imposed, a colonial rule so repressive that 250 years ago, 80 miles south, a small group of newspaper editors, farmers and soldiers signed their names on a document declaring truths that feel self evident now but were revolutionary then, establishing the ideals our nation still strives to fulfill. " "The British did not take it well. War broke out. And that August, as the largest battle of the Revolutionary War unfolded in Brooklyn, batteries on Governor's island took aim at British ships anchored just offshore. We were outgunned, we were outmanned, and we were soundly defeated. " "After only a Few months, it appeared our fledgling attempt at democracy was on the precipice of collapse. But that night, with the moon overhead, thousands of our soldiers silently climbed into ferries and flat bottomed boats and escaped to Manhattan. The Continental army survived to fight another day. " "Independence may have been declared in Philadelphia, but it was rescued in New York City. George Washington was the last to leave Brooklyn. As he waited at the river's edge, the sun beginning its rise, he would have looked out over New York City's waters and seen what so many have seen in the 250 years since. " "An opportunity to begin anew. Those opportunities, like everything in New York City, are not given. They are won. In 1838, 11 years after New York outlawed slavery, a, recently emancipated black man by the name of James Weeks sought to begin anew as well and to help hundreds of others do the same. " "He bought property in Brooklyn, won himself the right to vote, and sold lots to others newly freed. When they landed in New York harbor, they knew they had something waiting for them that they had never had before. A, home. Weeksville still stands today. A living, breathing testament to what we know America to be. " "A place each of us has the power to make. The harbor was busy those years as ships poured in from around the world. Hundreds of thousands of Irish immigrants arrived with stomachs aching from a famine manufactured by imperial cruelty. Chinese sailors settled in what is today Chinatown. " "Millions more traveled under the Statue of Liberty and through Ellis Island. Jewish people escaping pogroms, Italians fleeing poverty, Syrians seeking economic opportunity. Each of these new arrivals peered through portholes onto a city that was changing as fast as the nation. " "They saw merchants peddling their wares on the docks, streets being laid out on a grid, buildings rising into the clouds. They could not yet see the nativism they would face, the jobs they would be refused, the landlords who would not rent to them, and the abject labor and living conditions they would withstand. " "But no matter how much smog hung over the harbor, they still saw an opportunity to begin anew. Over the years that followed, despite laws enacted by the federal government to bar their entry, despite sweatshop fires that killed hundreds of women, despite riots aimed at their very existence, immigrants made homes here in New York City. " "And they helped to make New York City. That legacy of every generation of Americans insisting that the right to life, liberty, and the pursuit of happiness extends to them too, is no relic of the past. It carried millions of black Americans north during the Great Migration. " "It drew hundreds of thousands of Puerto Ricans to New York City after the Second World War. It invited countless others from the West Indies and South Asia and West Africa and across the world. And it is what brought my family to the city when I was seven years old. My family did not arrive by boat, although we saw the Statue of Liberty. " "From the window of the plane, even from the air, we could make out the promise of America, the promise of the beautiful, patriotic work of rendering America, year after year, a little more faithful to its founding ideals. There is a term so often used to describe our nation and those who have shaped American exceptionalism. " "American exceptionalism, that conventional wisdom tells us makes our freedom a little more free, is how we dug the Erie Canal and irrigated the west, is why children in faraway lands grow up dreaming of one day moving here. And yet, the irony is that the story of America has so often been written by those who were told by others with power and influence and wealth that they were anything but exceptional. " "For generation after generation, we have been told that when the world has sent its people to our shores, it has not sent its best. It sent Puritans and Sikhs and Quakers and Muslims and Jewish people who were banished for praying the wrong way, worshiping the wrong gods, angering the wrong people. " "It sent peasants and serfs from slums and shtetls who were treated as less because they hardly owned clothes, let alone land. It sent immigrants from whom power was something someone else had. We are told that America is exceptional because we are richer, stronger, more powerful than everyone else. " "The truth, my friends, is that America is exceptional because here nothing is fixed into place. The frontier may be closed, we may have walked on the moon, but the work of fulfilling the values first enshrined in the Declaration of Independence, that work endures, and it belongs to us all. " "It belongs, too, to our newest Americans, those standing here with me today, all of whom were recently naturalized nearly a decade ago. I, too, felt what you feel. The joy of no longer being just a New Yorker, but an American, too. You each hold a special power, the power to determine what America means. " "The powerful have always known their answer. America, in their view, is an arena of supremacy, where only a select few are allowed freedom, where not all are created equal. America, if you ask them, becomes less the more people it welcomes. America, they will tell you, belongs only to those with the right accent or the right shade of skin. " "The rest of us, they insist, should be grateful for merely being allowed to visit. How small they are, how weak, how unoriginal. At every moment in our past, those who led through Exclusion and isolation have tried to win power and enrich themselves by turning us against one another. " "Division is the oldest trick in politics and the cheapest. But time and again, including 250 years ago, those forces of division have been vanquished by the forces of progress. As Thomas Paine once wrote, this new world hath been the asylum for the persecuted lovers of civil and religious liberty. " "Hither have they fled. And yet today, too many of our leaders do not believe in a vision of this nation as an asylum for the persecuted, but rather as one that persecutes those seeking asylum. As we mark 250 years, what do we see? " "We see a city of contradictions within a nation of contradictions. We see the wealthiest country in the history of the world, one where children go to sleep hungry while the world's first trillionaire hungers for more. We see monopolies that dominate every industry and oligarchs who buy elections. " "We see mass agents terrorizing our streets, eating food cooked by our undocumented neighbors before spiriting them away in unmarked vans. We see a nation whose immense wealth has been built by those with calloused, dirt streaked hands, those who toil on factory floors and chisel into stone. " "And we see a nation that has allowed so much of that wealth to be held instead in the soft hands of a precious few. Yes, we see America in a health insurance industry that exploits the sick. But that is not all we see when we look for America. We see it, too, in the nurse who works a double shift and then stops on her way home to check on an ailing neighborhood. " "Yes, we see America in corporate landlords for whom negligence is a business model. We see it, too, in the father who tucks his children into bed beneath a ceiling stained with leaks, who wakes before dawn to go to work and still believes his country can do better by his family. " "Yes, we see America when we spend our tax dollars on bombs and bailouts, when we sell our elections to the highest bidder. Yet we see it just as clearly in every American who still believes this country belongs to we the people. We see America each time neighbors link arms with neighbors without asking how long they have lived here or what papers they have as ice invades our neighborhoods. " "We see America each time those young and old stand in the beating rain or the stifling heat to cast their ballots. We see America each time working people demand more, not just for themselves but for their fellow Americans. There are some who respond to those who ask for more from America with a simple love it or leave it they say. " "But patriotism has never been about pretending our nation is without flaws. Patriotism is every act of righteous dissent. It is every march led under the heavy sun. It is every protest held a decade before its time. It is precisely because we love this nation that we will not leave it. " "After all, who loves America more than those who have sacrificed so much to make it free Today? I think not only of the 4th of July, I think too of the 9th of July. Five days after the Declaration of Independence was signed, it arrived here in our New York City. " "Redcoats had disembarked on Staten island. More than 100 British ships loomed just offshore. Across this city, the Continental army prepared for an invasion. George Washington commanded his brigades to assemble just a few feet from this building. " "It was known then as the Commons. Today we call it City Hall Park. There, within range of British guns, Washington ordered his generals to read the Declaration aloud. And with the world's mightiest empire poised to attack, Washington told the people of New York City what we will celebrate tomorrow. " "That we had declared our independence. That freedom was within reach. That evening, danger loomed. Conflict was not a question, but a certainty. And yet, when those early New Yorkers marched toward the statue of King George III that stood in the Bowling Green, a statue they would melt down into bullets for their young army, they walked in unison, grounded not in the pursuit of plunder, but in ideals that for the first time had a name. America. " "Those ideals upon which our nation was built, they are strong enough to endure any authoritarian regime, but only if we reach for them. Ours is a nation working each day towards the perfection in which it was conceived. A nation striving each day to better itself. " "Therein lies the work of America. The striving, the bettering, the reaching towards perfection. What a privilege each of us has to live in a nation that every one of its inhabitants can shape. What a responsibility each of us possesses to prove ourselves worthy of all those who came before. " "What power each of us holds to bring America ever closer to the greatness so many have seen when they looked upon these shores. The greatness that for 250 years has been America. Thank you. God bless America, God bless New York City and happy fourth of July. "

Farrukh

72,231 views โ€ข 1 month ago

Continuing in my series of showing you the Woke Right's meltdown about talking with Jordan Peterson about Woke, thus them, I bring you some clips from Blaze Media propagandist "Auron MacIntyre." These require more analysis because unlike Carl Benjamin, Auron MacIntyre is a relatively skilled propagandist. So in this clip Auron begins by mocking Peterson and me for allegedly not understanding the slang term "based" (which is demonstrably false, btw -- I've detailed its history and uses elsewhere -- a typical sort of lie a propagandist tells). He mocks us as being out-of-touch old people ("old man shakes fist at sky") for believing "based" should refer to being "based in reality," which it should, so a digression to reveal the malicious technique. The origin of the term "based" used by the Woke Right was from a rap song about freebasing cocaine, and it became slang for being bold and edgy and saying socially taboo things. In 2021, the conservative movement at large started picking it up, understanding it to mean "based in reality and principle and willing to say uncomfortable truths as such." The "willing to say uncomfortable [things]" in both cases is where the confusion lies because it can be done two ways: responsibly (truths) or irresponsibly (edgy transgression). This is basically my point with bringing it up with Peterson. Setting aside the digression of whether we want a term associated with being the opposite of Woke to mean "based in reality and principle" or "high on ideological cocaine," Auron is particularly keen within the first few moments of speaking (~1 min) to drive the old versus young wedge that the Woke Right is so keen on pushing. Just like the Bernie Bros of 10 years ago, they want to invest their movement with "Ok Boomer" energy and cause a generational split. Historically, this is Red Guard behavior, which is cultural Maoism, which is... where Woke comes from in the specific sense we're familiar with and hate. So, he's being Woke in a particularly damaging and dangerous way. So using the classic Jon Stewart (Woke) trick of opening with mockery to create an atmosphere of humor that discredits his targets (Peterson and me) particularly with a target audience (young radicalizing right-wing) that he signals alignment of, he steps into his "analysis" by accusing me of a "pivot." Spoiler: I have not and never pivoted, and that's why they're pissed off at me. I didn't go along with THEIR pivot, which has been unfolding for a couple of years (particularly at the Blaze, since Glenn Beck retired and they hired a bunch of "Schmittians," including Auron) and went on steroids last fall in the lead-up to the election. His specific accusation that he's accusing me of is claiming that I said "the Left wanted to get rid of all racism, so these guys [Woke Right] want to bring back all the racism." This isn't my claim, but it will happen to some degree and is happening. Auron is creating plausible deniability around that here, but what was my actual claim? My claim was that Woke on both sides is characterized by the transgression of mainstream norms using the opposite side's radicals as the justification. The Woke Left transgressed against the term "racism" and successful and majority races with CRT by expanding the definition and reversing the classic racism "directions" under roughly Ibram Kendi's "antiracist" program of ending discrimination by discriminating. They did this in the name of "stopping racism," which they associated with the "far right" and claimed was endemic through all of society. It was society's norm of identifying actual racism correctly and not being racist in any direction they were actually targeting. The Woke Right transgresses against this same norm the other direction ("same energy, opposite direction") by leaning into racism in "based" defiance of the Left and CRT norms. They're violating a lot of taboos the mainstream depends on in the process, like not being racist, on justifications like "if every other group gets to be racist/tribal, we have to too for self-defense," which they're actually arguing pretty widely. The point is that both Woke groups are transgressing against norms against racism in different ways. Same energy, opposite direction. Auron directs his audience away from this point and builds a strawman that he can press into the train of mockery he already started. But what he actually does is shifts to make out that my real point is that "the most important issue we have to care about in society is racism," trying to place me in the CRT/Leftist camp, which I'm literally actually opposing in the clip he's commenting on (and that I've done more to oppose than anyone in the world, without any doubt to anyone familiar with my work for the last seven or eight years). He uses this straw man to lump together "center left, classical liberals, IDW" and to say we're "revealing ourselves" effectively as crypto-Leftists, which the portion of the clip of me that he played (aside from all my previous work) directly refutes. "Their religion," Auron opines, "is still antiracism." [So does he mean like being not-racist, like we actually are (not religiously), or like Kendi means it? Has he accepted Kendi's framing that there's only "racist" and "antiracist" and then tried to project that onto people who want to be not racist? Sure looks like it.] "James Lindsay, as much as he's against it, as much as he's written against it, as much as he's claimed to want to expose it, ultimately, he doesn't disagree with 'antiracism' as the core religion of the United States." That's a pretty astonishing sentence in its calculated falseness, and we have every reason to believe it was made deliberately and maliciously (Auron has a very long track record of precisely this behavior). The effect is to flatten all "center left" and "classical liberals," along with me and my work specifically, into a kind of crypto-CRT "religious" belief in an effort to discredit us and name us part of the problem (the "dialectical flattening"/psychopathic splitting I also discussed with Peterson comes to mind here, for those who saw the whole show). He aims to treat different things as though they're the same thing (Woke context and language blurring) in order to cast us as secretly in alignment with Kendi and the rest of CRT. "He, he, he thinks that that ['antiracism'] should be the 'civic religion' of the United States." No, I don't. This is called lying. It's also mind reading through secret (Gnostic) interpretation of hidden clues in my language and work that reveal that I mean the exact opposite of what I'm consistently saying. "He just doesn't like the extreme version of it." Still lying, but trying to make it sound more plausible. "He's like a moderate jihadist. Ok, he wants moderate jihad. M-m-moderate Sharia. That's what James Lindsay demands." So beyond being ridiculous and defamatory that's a really weird association to make, but it should be obvious why he's making it. The game is to discredit me through mockery and association with things his audience already doesn't like. Also, the Iron Law of Woke Projection never misses.... The Woke Right holds to a "No Enemies to the Right" policy of extremism, and I do not. Mockingly pretending his speaking my voice: "Ok, I still want Sharia Law. I still want a woman beaten if she's walking outside alone. I- You, you know, u-use a small rod instead of, like, you know, a large stick. That's kinda James Lindsay's stance on this, right?" No, "Auron," not right. "So, so he still wants racism to be, like, the central concern of the United States; it just needs to have a more reasonable definition. Stop looking at the [Woke examples] of racism; just go back to the good old 'antiracism' that we used to have." It's called being not racist, which reveals what "Auron" is really arguing for, as with his take on "based" at the start of the clip (he wants transgressive ideological high on cocaine, not based in reality and principle and courageous enough to stand for them). He has completed his straw man, erected him, and is showing the audience Straw James for mockery and rejection. "The problem for James is that the entire reason you [sic] got there is that there's a gradient to the logic [so it's all 'antiracism' on a slippery slope -- dialectical splitting again]." "Auron" is explaining here yet again that "liberalism," which he is deliberately unclear about, is just another manifestation of Communism, a quieter, more moderate crypto-Communism (or, specifically Race Marxism, here). This bit of propagandizing depends on the fact that his audience uses the word "liberal" inaccurately and blends together many things including classical liberalism, traditional liberalism, European social and economic liberalism, neoliberalism, progressivism, socialism, Marxism, and Communism for a lot of bad reasons that are too much to cover here. The point is that as a propagandist, he's not just relying upon this lack of clarity and exploiting it, he's also deliberately sowing more confusion in the name of clarity (...disguised as an angel of light, since his stream is all about Lucifer anyway), deliberately and maliciously. "Again, you'll notice that he wants those 'liberal' norms [not being racist] back, but what James never admits, what James never makes clear, is that the 'liberal' norms got him Wokeness." If I thought this was true, I would have said it. I'm not hiding anything. I just think it's completely false and have dedicated an insane amount of effort into making it clear for people around the world. Maybe "Auron" should listen to any of the hundreds of talks, lectures, or podcasts in which I quoted directly from the book Critical Race Theory: An Introduction where the authors (Richard Delgado and Jean Stefancic) explicitly state that one of the reasons Critical Race Theory exists is to attack "Enlightenment liberalism" (just like the Woke Right does!). Much of the writing in Critical Race Theory is explicitly, and at length, a criticism and rejection of liberalism and liberal norms in favor of completely different radical ones. If "Auron" did that, though, he'd risk exposing that Woke Right shares this in common with CRT while liberals do not. "The liberal obsession with equality, the liberal obsession with racism, is what brought you to Wokeness." This is a few misarticuated truths married to a lot of lies (that is, propaganda). It's a lot to unpack. Liberalism means equality before the law, not everyone is literally equal. CRT attacks liberalism exactly the same way, consider Robin DiAngelo's book titled Is Everyone Really Equal? As documented, say by Shelby Steele in White Guilt, it is true that the values of American equality and the circumstances of the Civil Rights Movement were hijacked by Race Marxists to open the door to the CRT racial dialectic, but that's not liberalism being obsessed with race or bringing us Woke. That's Communists exploiting people with certain sensibilities. That is, this is propaganda. This is already extremely long, and the rest devolves into him talking about ethnic hatred instead of "racism." I guess he needs more politically correct terms for it, "as a Christian," he says. The only reason to mention it is how he ends it. "However, James wants a much, much broader definition of 'racism.' He wants a political definition of racism. He doesn't care about how you treat people one-to-one [remember, I'm the individualist here...], he cares about using that definition to cancel you, right? And that's the plan. That's the plan." It's really more of the same thing, but it bears mentioning because it's the completion of his malicious straw man. It's not only completely false but obviously false except outside of the Woke Right narrative that he also pushes that I only created the term "Woke Right" (again, I didn't create it at all) to cancel people, which is the narrative he needs to get people to believe. That's underscored by his repetition of "that's the plan." My objectives with naming the Woke Right were abundantly simple: name a dangerous phenomenon in the hopes that it can be identified and stopped. I would not like to see people cancelled, but I won't tolerate this bad behavior either, not for any rewards they might dangle or withdraw. I hope every one of them realizes they are acting "Woke" and backs off from it. We need all the help we can get in stopping the huge global effort to subvert us and steal our liberty. My verdict here? This is among the rankest of rank propaganda. The Blaze, if (and only if) it wants to be considered a serious outlet in any regard, should be ashamed to be associated with this guy and what he's doing. I can't really even say this, though, because in light of the straw man built about me throughout, they'll say this is a Woke accusation on my part too, and an attempt to cancel him, but it's just a simple, plain fact. Rank propaganda isn't reporting or even really commentary, and there's nothing respectable about it. For years I've made the point that there's a key difference between "cancellation" and "taking responsibility." Anyone can find ample evidence of this. Why did I do that? Because the Woke Left claimed that anything that identified their bad behavior in our institutions was an attempt to "cancel" them too. It's a Woke (and psychopathic) technique called DARVO: Deny, Attack, Reverse Victim and Offender. Deny that you're doing anything wrong, attack the person who called you out, and make yourself out to be the victim of their "cancellation" attempt. Of course, adding this here will guarantee they'll howl with laughter as they yet again insist that's what I'm doing to them with this.
4:01

Continuing in my series of showing you the Woke Right's meltdown about talking with Jordan Peterson about Woke, thus them, I bring you some clips from Blaze Media propagandist "Auron MacIntyre." These require more analysis because unlike Carl Benjamin, Auron MacIntyre is a relatively skilled propagandist. So in this clip Auron begins by mocking Peterson and me for allegedly not understanding the slang term "based" (which is demonstrably false, btw -- I've detailed its history and uses elsewhere -- a typical sort of lie a propagandist tells). He mocks us as being out-of-touch old people ("old man shakes fist at sky") for believing "based" should refer to being "based in reality," which it should, so a digression to reveal the malicious technique. The origin of the term "based" used by the Woke Right was from a rap song about freebasing cocaine, and it became slang for being bold and edgy and saying socially taboo things. In 2021, the conservative movement at large started picking it up, understanding it to mean "based in reality and principle and willing to say uncomfortable truths as such." The "willing to say uncomfortable [things]" in both cases is where the confusion lies because it can be done two ways: responsibly (truths) or irresponsibly (edgy transgression). This is basically my point with bringing it up with Peterson. Setting aside the digression of whether we want a term associated with being the opposite of Woke to mean "based in reality and principle" or "high on ideological cocaine," Auron is particularly keen within the first few moments of speaking (~1 min) to drive the old versus young wedge that the Woke Right is so keen on pushing. Just like the Bernie Bros of 10 years ago, they want to invest their movement with "Ok Boomer" energy and cause a generational split. Historically, this is Red Guard behavior, which is cultural Maoism, which is... where Woke comes from in the specific sense we're familiar with and hate. So, he's being Woke in a particularly damaging and dangerous way. So using the classic Jon Stewart (Woke) trick of opening with mockery to create an atmosphere of humor that discredits his targets (Peterson and me) particularly with a target audience (young radicalizing right-wing) that he signals alignment of, he steps into his "analysis" by accusing me of a "pivot." Spoiler: I have not and never pivoted, and that's why they're pissed off at me. I didn't go along with THEIR pivot, which has been unfolding for a couple of years (particularly at the Blaze, since Glenn Beck retired and they hired a bunch of "Schmittians," including Auron) and went on steroids last fall in the lead-up to the election. His specific accusation that he's accusing me of is claiming that I said "the Left wanted to get rid of all racism, so these guys [Woke Right] want to bring back all the racism." This isn't my claim, but it will happen to some degree and is happening. Auron is creating plausible deniability around that here, but what was my actual claim? My claim was that Woke on both sides is characterized by the transgression of mainstream norms using the opposite side's radicals as the justification. The Woke Left transgressed against the term "racism" and successful and majority races with CRT by expanding the definition and reversing the classic racism "directions" under roughly Ibram Kendi's "antiracist" program of ending discrimination by discriminating. They did this in the name of "stopping racism," which they associated with the "far right" and claimed was endemic through all of society. It was society's norm of identifying actual racism correctly and not being racist in any direction they were actually targeting. The Woke Right transgresses against this same norm the other direction ("same energy, opposite direction") by leaning into racism in "based" defiance of the Left and CRT norms. They're violating a lot of taboos the mainstream depends on in the process, like not being racist, on justifications like "if every other group gets to be racist/tribal, we have to too for self-defense," which they're actually arguing pretty widely. The point is that both Woke groups are transgressing against norms against racism in different ways. Same energy, opposite direction. Auron directs his audience away from this point and builds a strawman that he can press into the train of mockery he already started. But what he actually does is shifts to make out that my real point is that "the most important issue we have to care about in society is racism," trying to place me in the CRT/Leftist camp, which I'm literally actually opposing in the clip he's commenting on (and that I've done more to oppose than anyone in the world, without any doubt to anyone familiar with my work for the last seven or eight years). He uses this straw man to lump together "center left, classical liberals, IDW" and to say we're "revealing ourselves" effectively as crypto-Leftists, which the portion of the clip of me that he played (aside from all my previous work) directly refutes. "Their religion," Auron opines, "is still antiracism." [So does he mean like being not-racist, like we actually are (not religiously), or like Kendi means it? Has he accepted Kendi's framing that there's only "racist" and "antiracist" and then tried to project that onto people who want to be not racist? Sure looks like it.] "James Lindsay, as much as he's against it, as much as he's written against it, as much as he's claimed to want to expose it, ultimately, he doesn't disagree with 'antiracism' as the core religion of the United States." That's a pretty astonishing sentence in its calculated falseness, and we have every reason to believe it was made deliberately and maliciously (Auron has a very long track record of precisely this behavior). The effect is to flatten all "center left" and "classical liberals," along with me and my work specifically, into a kind of crypto-CRT "religious" belief in an effort to discredit us and name us part of the problem (the "dialectical flattening"/psychopathic splitting I also discussed with Peterson comes to mind here, for those who saw the whole show). He aims to treat different things as though they're the same thing (Woke context and language blurring) in order to cast us as secretly in alignment with Kendi and the rest of CRT. "He, he, he thinks that that ['antiracism'] should be the 'civic religion' of the United States." No, I don't. This is called lying. It's also mind reading through secret (Gnostic) interpretation of hidden clues in my language and work that reveal that I mean the exact opposite of what I'm consistently saying. "He just doesn't like the extreme version of it." Still lying, but trying to make it sound more plausible. "He's like a moderate jihadist. Ok, he wants moderate jihad. M-m-moderate Sharia. That's what James Lindsay demands." So beyond being ridiculous and defamatory that's a really weird association to make, but it should be obvious why he's making it. The game is to discredit me through mockery and association with things his audience already doesn't like. Also, the Iron Law of Woke Projection never misses.... The Woke Right holds to a "No Enemies to the Right" policy of extremism, and I do not. Mockingly pretending his speaking my voice: "Ok, I still want Sharia Law. I still want a woman beaten if she's walking outside alone. I- You, you know, u-use a small rod instead of, like, you know, a large stick. That's kinda James Lindsay's stance on this, right?" No, "Auron," not right. "So, so he still wants racism to be, like, the central concern of the United States; it just needs to have a more reasonable definition. Stop looking at the [Woke examples] of racism; just go back to the good old 'antiracism' that we used to have." It's called being not racist, which reveals what "Auron" is really arguing for, as with his take on "based" at the start of the clip (he wants transgressive ideological high on cocaine, not based in reality and principle and courageous enough to stand for them). He has completed his straw man, erected him, and is showing the audience Straw James for mockery and rejection. "The problem for James is that the entire reason you [sic] got there is that there's a gradient to the logic [so it's all 'antiracism' on a slippery slope -- dialectical splitting again]." "Auron" is explaining here yet again that "liberalism," which he is deliberately unclear about, is just another manifestation of Communism, a quieter, more moderate crypto-Communism (or, specifically Race Marxism, here). This bit of propagandizing depends on the fact that his audience uses the word "liberal" inaccurately and blends together many things including classical liberalism, traditional liberalism, European social and economic liberalism, neoliberalism, progressivism, socialism, Marxism, and Communism for a lot of bad reasons that are too much to cover here. The point is that as a propagandist, he's not just relying upon this lack of clarity and exploiting it, he's also deliberately sowing more confusion in the name of clarity (...disguised as an angel of light, since his stream is all about Lucifer anyway), deliberately and maliciously. "Again, you'll notice that he wants those 'liberal' norms [not being racist] back, but what James never admits, what James never makes clear, is that the 'liberal' norms got him Wokeness." If I thought this was true, I would have said it. I'm not hiding anything. I just think it's completely false and have dedicated an insane amount of effort into making it clear for people around the world. Maybe "Auron" should listen to any of the hundreds of talks, lectures, or podcasts in which I quoted directly from the book Critical Race Theory: An Introduction where the authors (Richard Delgado and Jean Stefancic) explicitly state that one of the reasons Critical Race Theory exists is to attack "Enlightenment liberalism" (just like the Woke Right does!). Much of the writing in Critical Race Theory is explicitly, and at length, a criticism and rejection of liberalism and liberal norms in favor of completely different radical ones. If "Auron" did that, though, he'd risk exposing that Woke Right shares this in common with CRT while liberals do not. "The liberal obsession with equality, the liberal obsession with racism, is what brought you to Wokeness." This is a few misarticuated truths married to a lot of lies (that is, propaganda). It's a lot to unpack. Liberalism means equality before the law, not everyone is literally equal. CRT attacks liberalism exactly the same way, consider Robin DiAngelo's book titled Is Everyone Really Equal? As documented, say by Shelby Steele in White Guilt, it is true that the values of American equality and the circumstances of the Civil Rights Movement were hijacked by Race Marxists to open the door to the CRT racial dialectic, but that's not liberalism being obsessed with race or bringing us Woke. That's Communists exploiting people with certain sensibilities. That is, this is propaganda. This is already extremely long, and the rest devolves into him talking about ethnic hatred instead of "racism." I guess he needs more politically correct terms for it, "as a Christian," he says. The only reason to mention it is how he ends it. "However, James wants a much, much broader definition of 'racism.' He wants a political definition of racism. He doesn't care about how you treat people one-to-one [remember, I'm the individualist here...], he cares about using that definition to cancel you, right? And that's the plan. That's the plan." It's really more of the same thing, but it bears mentioning because it's the completion of his malicious straw man. It's not only completely false but obviously false except outside of the Woke Right narrative that he also pushes that I only created the term "Woke Right" (again, I didn't create it at all) to cancel people, which is the narrative he needs to get people to believe. That's underscored by his repetition of "that's the plan." My objectives with naming the Woke Right were abundantly simple: name a dangerous phenomenon in the hopes that it can be identified and stopped. I would not like to see people cancelled, but I won't tolerate this bad behavior either, not for any rewards they might dangle or withdraw. I hope every one of them realizes they are acting "Woke" and backs off from it. We need all the help we can get in stopping the huge global effort to subvert us and steal our liberty. My verdict here? This is among the rankest of rank propaganda. The Blaze, if (and only if) it wants to be considered a serious outlet in any regard, should be ashamed to be associated with this guy and what he's doing. I can't really even say this, though, because in light of the straw man built about me throughout, they'll say this is a Woke accusation on my part too, and an attempt to cancel him, but it's just a simple, plain fact. Rank propaganda isn't reporting or even really commentary, and there's nothing respectable about it. For years I've made the point that there's a key difference between "cancellation" and "taking responsibility." Anyone can find ample evidence of this. Why did I do that? Because the Woke Left claimed that anything that identified their bad behavior in our institutions was an attempt to "cancel" them too. It's a Woke (and psychopathic) technique called DARVO: Deny, Attack, Reverse Victim and Offender. Deny that you're doing anything wrong, attack the person who called you out, and make yourself out to be the victim of their "cancellation" attempt. Of course, adding this here will guarantee they'll howl with laughter as they yet again insist that's what I'm doing to them with this.

James Lindsay, anti-Communist

53,212 views โ€ข 1 year ago

"We had people around us that started having things happen. And not all of it was rosy. We didn't know that...it's gonna stay with you for maybe...years and years or the rest of your life." ~Mr. B. A Whole Lot of Not Rosy Robert Bigelow: "And so, it (survival of consciousness research) does have this aspect of things to be concerned about. And you know, I've told you that since we formed this institute (Bigelow Institute for Consciousness Studies (BICS)) in June (of 2020), all of a sudden, we had people around us that started having things happen. And not all of it was rosy, okay?โ€ (I really hope he give details in a future interview because I think it's important to know what happened. Just the formation of an institute that planned on studying consciousness caused phenomena to start taking place and some of it was negative in nature. To me, that's problematic. Did anybody get injured or sick, or were they just scared?) Bigelow: "So, I mean, this is family members, myself, my staff. And none of this we expected, we hadn't asked for anything, positioned anything, decided to do anything in this kind of research. Our whole intention to begin with was simply trying to get ourselves up to speed in the literature, after being away from this for so many years, focusing on [the] space world, right? That's been mainly what I've been doing - except for the Skinwalker Ranch thing for 20 years - is the space world...has been huge in my life to pursue. The legitimate, parochial kind of, you know, using fire engines, rockets to get you there (smiles). "So we didn't expect anything like this to happen." (Again, this is various phenomena that allegedly started happening once they formed BICS with the intention of studying consciousness (including life after death), and apparently, some of it was not good. Again, did anybody get hurt? Exactly how bad was it? Details are sorely needed.) Bigelow: "And so, this Holy Grail is different than the second Holy Grail. If the second one being the ET, is a little bit lower. And this first one: Is there any part of your consciousness that survives your bodily death? That's a big deal, that's a huge story, that's gigantic." (I'd push back and suggest that both Holy Grails may be connected or related and the 2nd one may not be ET at all. This other intelligence (which John Keel labelled, "Ultraterrestrials") may reside in, or be able to enter, the same realms we enter when we die. Thereโ€™s strong evidence that psychic mediums can acquire information they had no way of knowing about via their five senses. But are they talking to the dead, or is something else going on?) ~~~Excerpt from Operation Trojan Horse by John Keel~~~ In 1866, a New Englander named William Denton declared himself to be the first modern contactee. He claimed to be in telepathic contact with beings from another planet, and he and his whole family later purportedly visited Venus and Mars. Denton wrote a series of books describing saucer-shaped vehicles in detail, which he thought were made of aluminum. (A commercial process for manufacturing aluminum was not invented until 1886.) He also told his audiences (he lectured widely) that the folks who rode around in aluminum airships looked very much like us. His narratives were, in many respects, identical to those of the modern contactees. Trance Mediums and Possession Trance mediums were nothing new in 1850. In the Bibleโ€™s First Book of Samuel, Chapter 28 describes how Saul consulted a medium (โ€œโ€ฆ a woman that hath-a familiar spiritโ€). Mediums acted as oracles in ancient times, and people with this peculiar gift appeared in each new generation. Such persons seem to serve as instruments through which the ultraterrestrials can speak to us directly, and they often come up with amazingly accurate prophecies of the future and precise details of events that could seemingly be known only to the dead relatives of the people who consulted them. Of course, when spiritualism became a national fad, a goodly number of charlatans and hucksters moved in. But most of the genuine mediums exercised their talents carefully and for free. They did not indulge in fancy hocus-pocus and did not need paraphernalia, such as spirit cabinets. They wereโ€”and areโ€”people who can apparently summon up unseen entities or alien intelligences and extract information from them. I am not a spiritualist myself, although I have attended a few sรฉances over the years, usually in the role of a scoffer and disbeliever. As a longtime amateur magician, I have been able to see through the frauds, but I have also been genuinely perplexed by some of the manifestations I have personally witnessed. (I recommend everybody read about The Scole Experiment or watch the documentary on YT about it. And...read the book, "Ghost Hunters" by Deborah Blum. Related links here: ) ~ Back to OTH... Essentially, a trance medium lapses into an unconscious state, and while in this condition, his or her body is taken over by some outside influence. This influence is usually a self-styled โ€œIndian guideโ€ from โ€œthe other side.โ€ Many mediums have been simple, uneducated people, but when in a trance state they have been able to talk foreign languages fluently. Scientists and clergymen have put countless mediums through severe tests over the years. At one group of sรฉances in the 1920s, sitters, who were all versed in different languages, grilled mediums in everything from ancient Chinese to Swahili, and the controlling entities not only conversed in those languages but corrected the sittersโ€™ grammar! The daughter of Judge Edmunds, president of the Senate in the 1850s, gave incredible performances while in a trance, speaking fluently in Greek, Spanish, Polish, Latin, Portuguese, Hungarian, and several Indian languages. Because the sittersโ€”and the mediumsโ€”assume that they are dealing with residents of heaven, they ask mostly spiritual questions. Customarily, the โ€œcontrolโ€ will announce that Mr. Blank is standing next to him and wishes to speak to Mrs. Blank, who is attending the sรฉance. Mrs. Blank excitedly begins to question her dead husband, Mr. Blank. How is life on the other side? Just fine, the control replies, a little bored, everyone lives in vine-covered cottages, and all is sweetness and light. Where did Mr. Blank hide his valuable gold watch before he died? Itโ€™s wrapped in an old sock and buried under some papers in the bottom drawer of the old rolltop desk, the control answers. Sure enough, when Mrs. Blank gets home, she finds the watch exactly where the mediumโ€™s alter ego said it would be. Try to convince Mrs. Blank that she didnโ€™t talk with her dead husband! In many cases, the medium even begins to talk in a voice that sounds exactly like the dead Mr. Blank, uses his pet expressions, and even refers to things known only to Mrs. Blank, indulges in their private jokes, and so on. Occasionally, a deceased celebrity will โ€œbreak through.โ€ Recently the late George Bernard Shaw made a tape recording in England that is now circulating in occult circles. Those who knew Shaw claim that it sounds exactly like him, uses his phraseology and vocal mannerisms, and displays his brilliant and distinctive wit. The trance phenomenon deserves extensive study because so many aspects of it are directly related to the contactee phenomenon. The contactees have been told a hundred different stories of what life is like on other planets. If you review the descriptions of heaven produced at the thousands of possibly genuine sรฉances, you will find the same contradictions. The entities will lie transparently at one point in the sรฉance, and a few moments later will come up with astounding information that could not be based upon simple trickery. The mediums themselves have always been aware of their controlsโ€™ mischievous sense of humor. They speak of false shades and malevolent spirits who perform outrageous hoaxes. So the mediums and the professional investigators are always wary. The fact that a control can imitate George Bernard Shaw does not necessarily mean that GBS is doing the speaking from the spirit world. The fact that a control knows where Mr. Blank hid his gold watch does not necessarily prove that Mr. Blank is standing at his side โ€œon the other plane.โ€ The medium generally remains completely inert while in the trance or โ€œoccupiedโ€ state but in some instances can become quite animated and make gestures appropriate to whatever is being said. In a very real sense, the mediumโ€™s mind has been blanked out, and his or her body has been completely taken over by the control. The medium has become a zombie of sorts, possessed by an alien entity, an entity who lacks a physical form of his own. Contactees often find themselves suddenly miles from home without knowing how they got there. They either have induced amnesia, wiping out all memory of the trip, or they were taken over by some means and made the trip in a blacked-out state. Should they encounter a friend on the way, the friend would probably note that their eyes seemed glassy and their behavior seemed peculiar. But if the friend spoke to them, he might receive a curt reply. In the language of the silent contactees this process is called being used. A used person can suddenly lose a day or a week out of his life. I have known silent contactees to disappear from their homes for long periods, and when they returned, they had little or no recollection of where they had been. One girl sent me a postcard from the Bahama Islandsโ€”which surprised me because I knew she was very poor. When she returned, she told me that she had only one memory of the trip. She said she remembered getting off a jet at an airportโ€”she couldnโ€™t recall getting on the jet or making the tripโ€”and there โ€œIndiansโ€ met her and took her baggage. She remembered nothing further after that. The next thing she knew she was back home again. It seems likely the same methods are applied to both mediums and contactees. In the case of the mediums, the mind control serves a useful purpose. It enables the entities to establish direct vocal communication with us and, in many instances, pass along worthwhile information. This process can also be destructive. A young man from Ithaca, New York, called me some time ago at the urging of William Donovan, president of Aerial Investigation and Research (AIR), to tell me of his close brush with death. One evening in the fall of 1967, he said, he left his home to drive to a meeting. For some reason he couldnโ€™t explain, he got out of his car, went back into his house, and carried out several aimless actions such as picking up a book from a table and putting it on the shelf. โ€œFinally, I said to myself, Okay, itโ€™s time,โ€ he told me. He remembers leaving the house and again heading for his parked car. The next thing he knew he was in a hospital bed. He had apparently driven about four miles to a railroad crossing just in time to meet an oncoming train. His car was demolished, but he escaped rather miraculously with only a few minor injuries. If he had not gone back into the house and carried out those meaningless, time-killing chores, he would have avoided the train altogether. It is possible, of course, that the shock of the accident blotted out his memory of that four-mile driveโ€”but he couldnโ€™t even remember putting the key in the ignition. This man had been active in investigating the UFO flap that took place around the radio telescope installations near Ithaca in 1967-68. In his book Passport to Magonia, Dr. Jacques Vallee, a NASA astronomer and computer expert, touches on all this. โ€œIn the Soviet Union, not so long ago, a leading plasma physicist died in strange circumstances,โ€ Dr. Vallee states. โ€œHe was thrown under a Moscow subway train by a mentally deranged woman. It is noteworthy that she claimed a โ€˜voice from spaceโ€™ had given her orders to kill that particular manโ€”orders she could not resist. Soviet criminologists, I have been reliably informed, are worried by the increase of such cases in recent years. Madmen rushing through the streets because they think the Martians are after them have always been commonplace. But the current wave of mental imbalance that can be specifically tied to the rise and development of the contactee myth is an aspect of the UFO problem that must be considered with special care.โ€ So there seem to be both good and evil forces at work in this type of phenomenon. The good guys latch onto people with particularly receptive minds and turn them into trance mediums. The bad guys use the same methods to tamper with the minds of contactees and even to commit murders indirectly. Because incidents of these types can be traced throughout history, it seems probable that these forces have always been extant on this planet. When the good guys worked through mediums, they needed some excuse that we would accept. The answer seemed to be โ€œcommunication with the dead.โ€ These communicative efforts led to the foundation of spiritualism, and the entities played the role to the hilt, using their complete knowledge of us and our individual lives to provide us with โ€œproofโ€ of the existence of a spirit world. This is the same precise methodology being employed with the UFOs to build up support for the extraterrestrial thesis. We humans need acceptable explanations for unnatural phenomena, so โ€œtheyโ€ happilyโ€”and often humorouslyโ€”supply us with all the explanations we can handle. At the same time, they give us tiny fragments of the real truth, hoping no doubt that we will be able to digest them slowly. Ever so slowly. In earlier times it seems as if they made a complicated attempt to convey the truth to us through mediums and psychics, but we chose to misinterpret these efforts and placed them within the context of our primitive religious beliefs. We are still doing this, and they are going along with it because even misinterpreted communication is better than no communication at all. Religion may not be truth but may merely be a step on the long path of the real truth. Do the ultraterrestrials really care about us? There is much disturbing evidence that they donโ€™t. They care only to the extent that we can fulfill our enigmatic use to them. The Reverend Arthur Ford is one of Americaโ€™s best-known trance mediums. For most of his life he has served as an instrument for an entity who calls himself Fletcher. In 1928, Fletcher announced that Harry Houdini (who had died in 1926) was on hand and had a message which he wanted conveyed to his widow, Beatrice. The message was in a code once used by the Houdinis in a mind-reading act. This code was known only to the couple and had never been published or revealed to anyone. Fletcher, through Ford, was able to give precise details of this secret code, and Mrs. Houdini later confirmed that the message had to come from her husband. This was only one of Fordโ€™s many coups. In the fall of 1967, Ford went into a trance on Canadian television and produced a message for Bishop James Pike from his deceased son. Bishop Pike, who was present at this televised sรฉance, avowed that the message seemed authentic and seemed to come from the familiar personality of his son. This well-publicized sรฉance launched a major revival of spiritualism in the United States. Reverend Ford travels in high circles but has never made any material gain from his peculiar gift. He gives freely of his timeโ€”and Fletcherโ€™s advice from the other sideโ€”at sรฉances all over the country. Mrs. Ruth Montgomery, the well-known author and Washington reporter, tells of the time that Reverend Ford visited her in Washington and lapsed into a trance so she could ask Fletcher for some advice on his behalf. Reverend Ford was then in the process of moving and wanted to know what he should do with some of his things. Fletcher seemed totally disinterested in Fordโ€™s problems, Mrs. Montgomery reported, and when she asked if Ford should visit a clinic for a checkup, Fletcher snapped, โ€œHeโ€™d better do something. If he doesnโ€™t, I canโ€™t work through him much longer.โ€ Although Reverend Ford had voluntarily submitted his person to Fletcherโ€™s use for nearly half a century, the entity was apparently completely disinterested in his problems and welfare. This is, alas, rather typical. Even the most helpful entities seem more dedicated to the job of communicating than to any kind of involvement with those to whom (or through whom) they are communicating. The bizarre history of psychic phenomena is filled with Fletchers. Mrs. Montgomery, incidentally, indulges in automatic writing herself and has received constant messages for the past few years, many of which have been valid prophecies and stern advice meant to govern her future actions. There have been innumerable psychic hoaxes for the past 150 years, and many of these parallel the UFO hoaxes. In 1855, the Fox sisters confessed that their spirit rappings were a hoax. They said they produced the sounds by โ€œsnapping their toes.โ€ Think about that for a moment. Snapping your toes so that it sounded like a rap on a wall or table would be a most remarkable talentโ€”perhaps even more remarkable than the ability to communicate with the spirit world. I donโ€™t believe I would pay ten cents to hear someone talk to a rapping spiritโ€”but I would happily pay five dollars to examine someone who could duplicate the rapping sound by snapping his toes. Later the two sisters said the confession was false, and they had been bribed to make it. "Mrs. Houdini was genuinely astonished and impressed by Reverend Fordโ€™s messages from her husband, and she made numerous public statements to that effect, as well as signing various affidavits. But later, in the 1930s, she chose to deny it all for a time. Then, shortly before her death, she reversed her denials. In ufology we have to contend with teenagersโ€™ hot-air balloons, and in psychic phenomena we have to worry about youngsters firing rocks at houses with slingshots and phony mediums levitating โ€œspirit trumpetsโ€ with black thread. But there are many more UFO sightings than there are plastic balloons, and there are more poltergeists dumping rocks in living rooms than there are wild-eyed youngsters with slingshots. There are also more ultraterrestrial entities than either the occultists or the UFO enthusiasts dream of." ~~~Edit of the Bigelow Interview~~~ Bigelow: "I also, I was...I got very disturbed toward the end (of AAWSAP) about something that happened to some of the government people, and I realized uhh...holy crap." (Read, "Skinwalkers at the Pentagon." I think it's one of the most important UFO books in recent memory.) George Knapp: "Hitchhikers." Bigelow: "Umm... Well, yeah. You know. So, hitchhikers being that you take things home with you. Everybody took things home with them. I took things to my house. Things happened to my wife, and to me. Different things. So, everybody took things home. We all, you know, we did. But we didn't know that, gee, it was like, gonna be kind of permanent. You know, we didn't know that, you know? That it's gonna stay with you for maybe...for years and years or the rest of your life, who knows? "But the ones that bothered me a lot where anybody got hurt or really disturbed... Not that it happened on the ranch, it was when they left the ranch. As you say, hitchhikers. And these were government people and it affected them." Knapp: "In very dramatic ways, though." Bigelow: "Very dramatic ways. Very dramatic ways. You know, and there's a cousin to that that we're facing, but it's abated, at least for now. And this other survival topic, right? The very dramatic kind of things that we wanted to have reduced or stopped." (The "cousin" to the hitchhiker phenomenon features the not-so-rosy things he referred to early on in this clip. But at least it had abated at the time of this interview. Has it started up again?) Bigelow: "But going back to the government people, the buyer (Brandon Fugal) came along at the right time, I had decided I wanted to tone down..." Knapp: "Take this off your plate." Bigelow: "Yeah, take it off my plate, tone it down, and if necessary, just lock it up and forget about it. And next thing I know, you know, [Fugal] comes along and, you know, the rest is history." Knapp: "Before we leave this, though, the incidents that happened to you, to your wife, to Colm (Kelleher), to me, the, you know, you bring it home. How does everybody handle that? I mean, is it spooky at the time, and do you draw the connection that it's ranch related?" Bigelow: "Yes and no. If the events hadn't happened very often prior to the ranch, then it's not ranch connected. But they did happen." (I think he meant to say, if the events hadn't happened prior to him buying the ranch in 1996 and did happen once he made the purchase, then it would seem to be connected just to the ranch. But he says these anomalous events did happen before he bought it. Maybe some events were connected to the ranch and others were not? Or, this precognitive sentient phenomenon, as John Alexander labelled it, was able to know that Bigelow was going to purchase the ranch in the future and began interacting with him and his wife before he bought it?) Bigelow: "And [these anomalous events] did [happen], where we lived with my wife and I. We had a poltergeist event one time that was really fun and very different, and that was before I ever acquired the ranch. My wife was a very strong - and probably still is, in spirit - person. And so she took them in stride. She had a full manifestation of an apparition, a human-form apparition in the bedroom, and looking at her. "And this was a holy cow. And she happened to tell me, kind of like, 'Oh, well, while you were gone, this is what happened here, a manifestation of this.' I've heard this kind of thing many times through other people, and recently. And she felt the bed depress as there was a curiosity going on because the facial features were distinctive enough to be able to...as though, 'Who are you and what are you doing here?' Coming from the manifestation from the apparition, looking at her, right? "And torso up was kind of what was manifested. And being able to see and feel the mattress being depressed as it's looking at you, wondering, 'Who are you?' That kind of look on the face. 'What are you doing here?' You know, usually you think it would be the opposite direction. 'Who the hell are you?'" (Fully-formed apparitions have been reported over the last 150 years or so but many times only partial bodies are seen. In this case, Mrs. Bigelow only saw the apparition from the torso up. When Leslie Kean sat with physical medium, Stewart Alexander, she said she only saw a hand form. The alleged spirits will say that, many times, it takes too much energy to form a full body. Learn more about the Kean encounter here: ) ~ Knapp: "Was [Mrs. Bigelow] freaked out?" Bigelow: "No. No, she wasn't. There was a bar of light - so this was not normal in the survival research, but maybe in the ET - that was between her pillows. A bar of light. It wasn't coming in from shutters or blinds or anything from the room or any kind of other light source. You could cover, put the pillows down, and the bar would not be reflected on the surface of the object above it, on the second pillow. It only happened when you did this. And she did that and said, 'Oh, well.' I said, 'Well, what did you do?' "'Well, I went to sleep.' Went to sleep, so..." ~~~ (In January of 2012, NYT journalist, Ralph Blumenthal wrote an article about Bigelow Institute for Consciousness Studies (BICS). He ended it with this: ) "One personal footnote. Donโ€™t ask me what happened on Jan. 4 at 5:45 a.m. as I lay sleepless, wrestling with this story. A tremendous bang jolted me and my wife and the dog upright. We found the glass door to our 12th-floor terrace completely spiderwebbed with cracks as if struck with tremendous force, but there was no sign of any projectile. Invisible moisture between the double panes? Or something else? There are things I donโ€™t mind talking about and things I do mind talking about." (Was this prosaic or just more of the not-so-rosy phenomena Bigelow referenced? We need to know!)
6:56

"We had people around us that started having things happen. And not all of it was rosy. We didn't know that...it's gonna stay with you for maybe...years and years or the rest of your life." ~Mr. B. A Whole Lot of Not Rosy Robert Bigelow: "And so, it (survival of consciousness research) does have this aspect of things to be concerned about. And you know, I've told you that since we formed this institute (Bigelow Institute for Consciousness Studies (BICS)) in June (of 2020), all of a sudden, we had people around us that started having things happen. And not all of it was rosy, okay?โ€ (I really hope he give details in a future interview because I think it's important to know what happened. Just the formation of an institute that planned on studying consciousness caused phenomena to start taking place and some of it was negative in nature. To me, that's problematic. Did anybody get injured or sick, or were they just scared?) Bigelow: "So, I mean, this is family members, myself, my staff. And none of this we expected, we hadn't asked for anything, positioned anything, decided to do anything in this kind of research. Our whole intention to begin with was simply trying to get ourselves up to speed in the literature, after being away from this for so many years, focusing on [the] space world, right? That's been mainly what I've been doing - except for the Skinwalker Ranch thing for 20 years - is the space world...has been huge in my life to pursue. The legitimate, parochial kind of, you know, using fire engines, rockets to get you there (smiles). "So we didn't expect anything like this to happen." (Again, this is various phenomena that allegedly started happening once they formed BICS with the intention of studying consciousness (including life after death), and apparently, some of it was not good. Again, did anybody get hurt? Exactly how bad was it? Details are sorely needed.) Bigelow: "And so, this Holy Grail is different than the second Holy Grail. If the second one being the ET, is a little bit lower. And this first one: Is there any part of your consciousness that survives your bodily death? That's a big deal, that's a huge story, that's gigantic." (I'd push back and suggest that both Holy Grails may be connected or related and the 2nd one may not be ET at all. This other intelligence (which John Keel labelled, "Ultraterrestrials") may reside in, or be able to enter, the same realms we enter when we die. Thereโ€™s strong evidence that psychic mediums can acquire information they had no way of knowing about via their five senses. But are they talking to the dead, or is something else going on?) ~~~Excerpt from Operation Trojan Horse by John Keel~~~ In 1866, a New Englander named William Denton declared himself to be the first modern contactee. He claimed to be in telepathic contact with beings from another planet, and he and his whole family later purportedly visited Venus and Mars. Denton wrote a series of books describing saucer-shaped vehicles in detail, which he thought were made of aluminum. (A commercial process for manufacturing aluminum was not invented until 1886.) He also told his audiences (he lectured widely) that the folks who rode around in aluminum airships looked very much like us. His narratives were, in many respects, identical to those of the modern contactees. Trance Mediums and Possession Trance mediums were nothing new in 1850. In the Bibleโ€™s First Book of Samuel, Chapter 28 describes how Saul consulted a medium (โ€œโ€ฆ a woman that hath-a familiar spiritโ€). Mediums acted as oracles in ancient times, and people with this peculiar gift appeared in each new generation. Such persons seem to serve as instruments through which the ultraterrestrials can speak to us directly, and they often come up with amazingly accurate prophecies of the future and precise details of events that could seemingly be known only to the dead relatives of the people who consulted them. Of course, when spiritualism became a national fad, a goodly number of charlatans and hucksters moved in. But most of the genuine mediums exercised their talents carefully and for free. They did not indulge in fancy hocus-pocus and did not need paraphernalia, such as spirit cabinets. They wereโ€”and areโ€”people who can apparently summon up unseen entities or alien intelligences and extract information from them. I am not a spiritualist myself, although I have attended a few sรฉances over the years, usually in the role of a scoffer and disbeliever. As a longtime amateur magician, I have been able to see through the frauds, but I have also been genuinely perplexed by some of the manifestations I have personally witnessed. (I recommend everybody read about The Scole Experiment or watch the documentary on YT about it. And...read the book, "Ghost Hunters" by Deborah Blum. Related links here: ) ~ Back to OTH... Essentially, a trance medium lapses into an unconscious state, and while in this condition, his or her body is taken over by some outside influence. This influence is usually a self-styled โ€œIndian guideโ€ from โ€œthe other side.โ€ Many mediums have been simple, uneducated people, but when in a trance state they have been able to talk foreign languages fluently. Scientists and clergymen have put countless mediums through severe tests over the years. At one group of sรฉances in the 1920s, sitters, who were all versed in different languages, grilled mediums in everything from ancient Chinese to Swahili, and the controlling entities not only conversed in those languages but corrected the sittersโ€™ grammar! The daughter of Judge Edmunds, president of the Senate in the 1850s, gave incredible performances while in a trance, speaking fluently in Greek, Spanish, Polish, Latin, Portuguese, Hungarian, and several Indian languages. Because the sittersโ€”and the mediumsโ€”assume that they are dealing with residents of heaven, they ask mostly spiritual questions. Customarily, the โ€œcontrolโ€ will announce that Mr. Blank is standing next to him and wishes to speak to Mrs. Blank, who is attending the sรฉance. Mrs. Blank excitedly begins to question her dead husband, Mr. Blank. How is life on the other side? Just fine, the control replies, a little bored, everyone lives in vine-covered cottages, and all is sweetness and light. Where did Mr. Blank hide his valuable gold watch before he died? Itโ€™s wrapped in an old sock and buried under some papers in the bottom drawer of the old rolltop desk, the control answers. Sure enough, when Mrs. Blank gets home, she finds the watch exactly where the mediumโ€™s alter ego said it would be. Try to convince Mrs. Blank that she didnโ€™t talk with her dead husband! In many cases, the medium even begins to talk in a voice that sounds exactly like the dead Mr. Blank, uses his pet expressions, and even refers to things known only to Mrs. Blank, indulges in their private jokes, and so on. Occasionally, a deceased celebrity will โ€œbreak through.โ€ Recently the late George Bernard Shaw made a tape recording in England that is now circulating in occult circles. Those who knew Shaw claim that it sounds exactly like him, uses his phraseology and vocal mannerisms, and displays his brilliant and distinctive wit. The trance phenomenon deserves extensive study because so many aspects of it are directly related to the contactee phenomenon. The contactees have been told a hundred different stories of what life is like on other planets. If you review the descriptions of heaven produced at the thousands of possibly genuine sรฉances, you will find the same contradictions. The entities will lie transparently at one point in the sรฉance, and a few moments later will come up with astounding information that could not be based upon simple trickery. The mediums themselves have always been aware of their controlsโ€™ mischievous sense of humor. They speak of false shades and malevolent spirits who perform outrageous hoaxes. So the mediums and the professional investigators are always wary. The fact that a control can imitate George Bernard Shaw does not necessarily mean that GBS is doing the speaking from the spirit world. The fact that a control knows where Mr. Blank hid his gold watch does not necessarily prove that Mr. Blank is standing at his side โ€œon the other plane.โ€ The medium generally remains completely inert while in the trance or โ€œoccupiedโ€ state but in some instances can become quite animated and make gestures appropriate to whatever is being said. In a very real sense, the mediumโ€™s mind has been blanked out, and his or her body has been completely taken over by the control. The medium has become a zombie of sorts, possessed by an alien entity, an entity who lacks a physical form of his own. Contactees often find themselves suddenly miles from home without knowing how they got there. They either have induced amnesia, wiping out all memory of the trip, or they were taken over by some means and made the trip in a blacked-out state. Should they encounter a friend on the way, the friend would probably note that their eyes seemed glassy and their behavior seemed peculiar. But if the friend spoke to them, he might receive a curt reply. In the language of the silent contactees this process is called being used. A used person can suddenly lose a day or a week out of his life. I have known silent contactees to disappear from their homes for long periods, and when they returned, they had little or no recollection of where they had been. One girl sent me a postcard from the Bahama Islandsโ€”which surprised me because I knew she was very poor. When she returned, she told me that she had only one memory of the trip. She said she remembered getting off a jet at an airportโ€”she couldnโ€™t recall getting on the jet or making the tripโ€”and there โ€œIndiansโ€ met her and took her baggage. She remembered nothing further after that. The next thing she knew she was back home again. It seems likely the same methods are applied to both mediums and contactees. In the case of the mediums, the mind control serves a useful purpose. It enables the entities to establish direct vocal communication with us and, in many instances, pass along worthwhile information. This process can also be destructive. A young man from Ithaca, New York, called me some time ago at the urging of William Donovan, president of Aerial Investigation and Research (AIR), to tell me of his close brush with death. One evening in the fall of 1967, he said, he left his home to drive to a meeting. For some reason he couldnโ€™t explain, he got out of his car, went back into his house, and carried out several aimless actions such as picking up a book from a table and putting it on the shelf. โ€œFinally, I said to myself, Okay, itโ€™s time,โ€ he told me. He remembers leaving the house and again heading for his parked car. The next thing he knew he was in a hospital bed. He had apparently driven about four miles to a railroad crossing just in time to meet an oncoming train. His car was demolished, but he escaped rather miraculously with only a few minor injuries. If he had not gone back into the house and carried out those meaningless, time-killing chores, he would have avoided the train altogether. It is possible, of course, that the shock of the accident blotted out his memory of that four-mile driveโ€”but he couldnโ€™t even remember putting the key in the ignition. This man had been active in investigating the UFO flap that took place around the radio telescope installations near Ithaca in 1967-68. In his book Passport to Magonia, Dr. Jacques Vallee, a NASA astronomer and computer expert, touches on all this. โ€œIn the Soviet Union, not so long ago, a leading plasma physicist died in strange circumstances,โ€ Dr. Vallee states. โ€œHe was thrown under a Moscow subway train by a mentally deranged woman. It is noteworthy that she claimed a โ€˜voice from spaceโ€™ had given her orders to kill that particular manโ€”orders she could not resist. Soviet criminologists, I have been reliably informed, are worried by the increase of such cases in recent years. Madmen rushing through the streets because they think the Martians are after them have always been commonplace. But the current wave of mental imbalance that can be specifically tied to the rise and development of the contactee myth is an aspect of the UFO problem that must be considered with special care.โ€ So there seem to be both good and evil forces at work in this type of phenomenon. The good guys latch onto people with particularly receptive minds and turn them into trance mediums. The bad guys use the same methods to tamper with the minds of contactees and even to commit murders indirectly. Because incidents of these types can be traced throughout history, it seems probable that these forces have always been extant on this planet. When the good guys worked through mediums, they needed some excuse that we would accept. The answer seemed to be โ€œcommunication with the dead.โ€ These communicative efforts led to the foundation of spiritualism, and the entities played the role to the hilt, using their complete knowledge of us and our individual lives to provide us with โ€œproofโ€ of the existence of a spirit world. This is the same precise methodology being employed with the UFOs to build up support for the extraterrestrial thesis. We humans need acceptable explanations for unnatural phenomena, so โ€œtheyโ€ happilyโ€”and often humorouslyโ€”supply us with all the explanations we can handle. At the same time, they give us tiny fragments of the real truth, hoping no doubt that we will be able to digest them slowly. Ever so slowly. In earlier times it seems as if they made a complicated attempt to convey the truth to us through mediums and psychics, but we chose to misinterpret these efforts and placed them within the context of our primitive religious beliefs. We are still doing this, and they are going along with it because even misinterpreted communication is better than no communication at all. Religion may not be truth but may merely be a step on the long path of the real truth. Do the ultraterrestrials really care about us? There is much disturbing evidence that they donโ€™t. They care only to the extent that we can fulfill our enigmatic use to them. The Reverend Arthur Ford is one of Americaโ€™s best-known trance mediums. For most of his life he has served as an instrument for an entity who calls himself Fletcher. In 1928, Fletcher announced that Harry Houdini (who had died in 1926) was on hand and had a message which he wanted conveyed to his widow, Beatrice. The message was in a code once used by the Houdinis in a mind-reading act. This code was known only to the couple and had never been published or revealed to anyone. Fletcher, through Ford, was able to give precise details of this secret code, and Mrs. Houdini later confirmed that the message had to come from her husband. This was only one of Fordโ€™s many coups. In the fall of 1967, Ford went into a trance on Canadian television and produced a message for Bishop James Pike from his deceased son. Bishop Pike, who was present at this televised sรฉance, avowed that the message seemed authentic and seemed to come from the familiar personality of his son. This well-publicized sรฉance launched a major revival of spiritualism in the United States. Reverend Ford travels in high circles but has never made any material gain from his peculiar gift. He gives freely of his timeโ€”and Fletcherโ€™s advice from the other sideโ€”at sรฉances all over the country. Mrs. Ruth Montgomery, the well-known author and Washington reporter, tells of the time that Reverend Ford visited her in Washington and lapsed into a trance so she could ask Fletcher for some advice on his behalf. Reverend Ford was then in the process of moving and wanted to know what he should do with some of his things. Fletcher seemed totally disinterested in Fordโ€™s problems, Mrs. Montgomery reported, and when she asked if Ford should visit a clinic for a checkup, Fletcher snapped, โ€œHeโ€™d better do something. If he doesnโ€™t, I canโ€™t work through him much longer.โ€ Although Reverend Ford had voluntarily submitted his person to Fletcherโ€™s use for nearly half a century, the entity was apparently completely disinterested in his problems and welfare. This is, alas, rather typical. Even the most helpful entities seem more dedicated to the job of communicating than to any kind of involvement with those to whom (or through whom) they are communicating. The bizarre history of psychic phenomena is filled with Fletchers. Mrs. Montgomery, incidentally, indulges in automatic writing herself and has received constant messages for the past few years, many of which have been valid prophecies and stern advice meant to govern her future actions. There have been innumerable psychic hoaxes for the past 150 years, and many of these parallel the UFO hoaxes. In 1855, the Fox sisters confessed that their spirit rappings were a hoax. They said they produced the sounds by โ€œsnapping their toes.โ€ Think about that for a moment. Snapping your toes so that it sounded like a rap on a wall or table would be a most remarkable talentโ€”perhaps even more remarkable than the ability to communicate with the spirit world. I donโ€™t believe I would pay ten cents to hear someone talk to a rapping spiritโ€”but I would happily pay five dollars to examine someone who could duplicate the rapping sound by snapping his toes. Later the two sisters said the confession was false, and they had been bribed to make it. "Mrs. Houdini was genuinely astonished and impressed by Reverend Fordโ€™s messages from her husband, and she made numerous public statements to that effect, as well as signing various affidavits. But later, in the 1930s, she chose to deny it all for a time. Then, shortly before her death, she reversed her denials. In ufology we have to contend with teenagersโ€™ hot-air balloons, and in psychic phenomena we have to worry about youngsters firing rocks at houses with slingshots and phony mediums levitating โ€œspirit trumpetsโ€ with black thread. But there are many more UFO sightings than there are plastic balloons, and there are more poltergeists dumping rocks in living rooms than there are wild-eyed youngsters with slingshots. There are also more ultraterrestrial entities than either the occultists or the UFO enthusiasts dream of." ~~~Edit of the Bigelow Interview~~~ Bigelow: "I also, I was...I got very disturbed toward the end (of AAWSAP) about something that happened to some of the government people, and I realized uhh...holy crap." (Read, "Skinwalkers at the Pentagon." I think it's one of the most important UFO books in recent memory.) George Knapp: "Hitchhikers." Bigelow: "Umm... Well, yeah. You know. So, hitchhikers being that you take things home with you. Everybody took things home with them. I took things to my house. Things happened to my wife, and to me. Different things. So, everybody took things home. We all, you know, we did. But we didn't know that, gee, it was like, gonna be kind of permanent. You know, we didn't know that, you know? That it's gonna stay with you for maybe...for years and years or the rest of your life, who knows? "But the ones that bothered me a lot where anybody got hurt or really disturbed... Not that it happened on the ranch, it was when they left the ranch. As you say, hitchhikers. And these were government people and it affected them." Knapp: "In very dramatic ways, though." Bigelow: "Very dramatic ways. Very dramatic ways. You know, and there's a cousin to that that we're facing, but it's abated, at least for now. And this other survival topic, right? The very dramatic kind of things that we wanted to have reduced or stopped." (The "cousin" to the hitchhiker phenomenon features the not-so-rosy things he referred to early on in this clip. But at least it had abated at the time of this interview. Has it started up again?) Bigelow: "But going back to the government people, the buyer (Brandon Fugal) came along at the right time, I had decided I wanted to tone down..." Knapp: "Take this off your plate." Bigelow: "Yeah, take it off my plate, tone it down, and if necessary, just lock it up and forget about it. And next thing I know, you know, [Fugal] comes along and, you know, the rest is history." Knapp: "Before we leave this, though, the incidents that happened to you, to your wife, to Colm (Kelleher), to me, the, you know, you bring it home. How does everybody handle that? I mean, is it spooky at the time, and do you draw the connection that it's ranch related?" Bigelow: "Yes and no. If the events hadn't happened very often prior to the ranch, then it's not ranch connected. But they did happen." (I think he meant to say, if the events hadn't happened prior to him buying the ranch in 1996 and did happen once he made the purchase, then it would seem to be connected just to the ranch. But he says these anomalous events did happen before he bought it. Maybe some events were connected to the ranch and others were not? Or, this precognitive sentient phenomenon, as John Alexander labelled it, was able to know that Bigelow was going to purchase the ranch in the future and began interacting with him and his wife before he bought it?) Bigelow: "And [these anomalous events] did [happen], where we lived with my wife and I. We had a poltergeist event one time that was really fun and very different, and that was before I ever acquired the ranch. My wife was a very strong - and probably still is, in spirit - person. And so she took them in stride. She had a full manifestation of an apparition, a human-form apparition in the bedroom, and looking at her. "And this was a holy cow. And she happened to tell me, kind of like, 'Oh, well, while you were gone, this is what happened here, a manifestation of this.' I've heard this kind of thing many times through other people, and recently. And she felt the bed depress as there was a curiosity going on because the facial features were distinctive enough to be able to...as though, 'Who are you and what are you doing here?' Coming from the manifestation from the apparition, looking at her, right? "And torso up was kind of what was manifested. And being able to see and feel the mattress being depressed as it's looking at you, wondering, 'Who are you?' That kind of look on the face. 'What are you doing here?' You know, usually you think it would be the opposite direction. 'Who the hell are you?'" (Fully-formed apparitions have been reported over the last 150 years or so but many times only partial bodies are seen. In this case, Mrs. Bigelow only saw the apparition from the torso up. When Leslie Kean sat with physical medium, Stewart Alexander, she said she only saw a hand form. The alleged spirits will say that, many times, it takes too much energy to form a full body. Learn more about the Kean encounter here: ) ~ Knapp: "Was [Mrs. Bigelow] freaked out?" Bigelow: "No. No, she wasn't. There was a bar of light - so this was not normal in the survival research, but maybe in the ET - that was between her pillows. A bar of light. It wasn't coming in from shutters or blinds or anything from the room or any kind of other light source. You could cover, put the pillows down, and the bar would not be reflected on the surface of the object above it, on the second pillow. It only happened when you did this. And she did that and said, 'Oh, well.' I said, 'Well, what did you do?' "'Well, I went to sleep.' Went to sleep, so..." ~~~ (In January of 2012, NYT journalist, Ralph Blumenthal wrote an article about Bigelow Institute for Consciousness Studies (BICS). He ended it with this: ) "One personal footnote. Donโ€™t ask me what happened on Jan. 4 at 5:45 a.m. as I lay sleepless, wrestling with this story. A tremendous bang jolted me and my wife and the dog upright. We found the glass door to our 12th-floor terrace completely spiderwebbed with cracks as if struck with tremendous force, but there was no sign of any projectile. Invisible moisture between the double panes? Or something else? There are things I donโ€™t mind talking about and things I do mind talking about." (Was this prosaic or just more of the not-so-rosy phenomena Bigelow referenced? We need to know!)

Joe Murgia

106,462 views โ€ข 1 year ago